As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 5, 2019
1933 Act File No. [ ]
1940 Act File No. 811-21869
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM N-2
(Check appropriate box or boxes)
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | ☒ | |||
AND | ||||
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 |
☒ |
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in the Declaration of Trust)
300 Crescent Court, Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75201
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(866) 351-4440
(Registrants Telephone Number, including area code)
(Name and Address of Agent for Service) | Copies of Communications to: | |
Mr. Dustin Norris NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700 Dallas, Texas 75201 |
R. Charles Miller, Esq. K&L Gates LLP 1601 K Street, NW Washington, DC 20006 |
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. ☒
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
☒ |
when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c) |
☐ |
on March 19, 2018 pursuant to Rule 486(b) as applied by no-action relief granted to the Registrant on June 26, 2013 |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
|
||||
Title of Securities Being Registered |
Proposed
Offering Price (1) |
Amount of Registration Fee |
||
$500,000,000 |
$60,600.00 | |||
|
||||
|
(1) |
Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement. |
(2) |
There is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of common or preferred shares or subscription rights to purchase common shares, preferred shares or common and preferred shares as may be sold, from time to time. In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $500,000,000. |
NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
PARTS A AND B
Item No. | Registration Statement Caption | Caption in Part A or Part B | ||
1. | Outside Front Cover | Front Cover | ||
2. | Inside Front and Back Cover Page | Front and Back Cover | ||
3. | Fee Table and Synopsis | Prospectus Summary/Fees and Expenses of the Trust | ||
4. | Financial Highlights | Financial Highlights | ||
5. | Plan of Distribution | Plan of Distribution | ||
6. | Selling Shareholders | Not Applicable | ||
7. | Use of Proceeds | Use of Proceeds | ||
8. | General Description of Registrant | The Fund | ||
9. | Management | Management of the Trust | ||
10. | Capital Stock, Long-Term Debt, and Other Securities | Description of Capital Structure | ||
11. | Defaults and Arrears on Senior Securities | Not Applicable | ||
12. | Legal Proceedings | Legal Proceedings | ||
13. | Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information | Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information | ||
14. | Cover Page | Cover Page | ||
15. | Table of Contents | Table of Contents | ||
16. | General Information and History | The Fund | ||
17. | Investment Objective and Policies | Investment Strategies and Risks | ||
18. | Management | Management of the Trust | ||
19. | Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities | Principal Holders of Securities | ||
20. | Investment Advisory and Other Services | Investment Adviser | ||
21. | Portfolio Managers | Portfolio Managers | ||
22. | Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices | Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage | ||
23. | Tax Status | Tax Matters | ||
24. | Financial Statements | Financial Statements |
Part C
The information required to be included in Part C is set forth under the appropriate Item, so numbered, in Part C of the Registration Statement.
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund
Prospectus dated March 5, 2019
Preferred Shares
Subscription Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund (formerly, NexPoint Credit Strategies Fund) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that commenced operations on June 29, 2006, following its initial public offering. Throughout this Prospectus, NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund is referred to as the Trust.
The Trusts investment objectives are to provide both current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in the following categories of securities and instruments of corporations and other business entities: (i) secured and unsecured floating and fixed rate loans; (ii) bonds and other debt obligations; (iii) debt obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers; (iv) structured products, including but not limited to, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations; (v) equities; (vi) other investment companies, including business development companies; and (vii) real estate investment trusts (REITs). The Trust may also invest in derivative instruments that have economic characteristics similar to instruments in investment categories (i) - (vii). Subject to these general guidelines, NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (the Investment Adviser) has broad discretion to allocate the Trusts assets among these investment categories and other investments and to change allocations as conditions warrant.
Additionally, the Trust has a fundamental policy to concentrate its investments in the real estate industry, and, under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 25% of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the real estate industry.
You should read this Prospectus and the related Prospectus Supplement, which contains important information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated April 20, 2018, containing additional information about the Trust has been filed with the Commission and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You can review the table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information on page 141 of this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, request the Trusts most recent annual and semi-annual reports, request information about the Trust and make shareholder inquiries by calling 1-866-351-4440 or by writing to the Trust at 200 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. You may also obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (and other information regarding the Trust) from the Commissions Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. by calling 1-202-551-8090. The Commission charges a fee for copies. The Trusts most recent annual and semi-annual reports are available, free of charge, on the Trusts website at www.nexpointadvisors.com. You can obtain the same information, free of charge, from the Commissions web site at www.sec.gov.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk and may be considered speculative. Before investing in the Trusts securities, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in the Trust, including the risks of leverage, in the Principal Risks of the Trust section of this Prospectus.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The Trusts securities do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
2 | ||||
45 | ||||
47 | ||||
49 | ||||
50 | ||||
50 | ||||
50 | ||||
51 | ||||
52 | ||||
68 | ||||
69 | ||||
92 | ||||
96 | ||||
98 | ||||
99 | ||||
99 | ||||
100 | ||||
106 | ||||
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust |
107 | |||
109 | ||||
109 | ||||
110 | ||||
113 | ||||
113 | ||||
113 | ||||
113 | ||||
Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information |
114 |
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Trust has not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Trust is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this Prospectus and any accompanying Prospectus Supplements is accurate only as of the date of this Prospectus or such Prospectus Supplement, as applicable, and under no circumstances should the delivery of this Prospectus or any accompanying Prospectus Supplement or the sale of any securities imply that the information in this Prospectus or such accompanying Prospectus Supplement is accurate as of any later date or that the affairs of the Trust have not changed since the date hereof or thereof. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since then. We will update the information in these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law.
i
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or the Trusts future financial performance. Forward-looking statements can generally be identified by terminology such as may, will, should, expects, plans, anticipates, could, intends, target, projects, contemplates, believes, estimates, predicts, potential or continue or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions in forward-looking statements include the Trusts ability to acquire or originate new investments and to achieve certain margins and levels of profitability. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement should not be regarded as a representation by the Trust that its plans or objectives will be achieved.
There are a number of important risks and uncertainties that could cause the Trusts actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
|
Investment risk; |
|
Changes in interest rates; |
|
Risks associated with investing in high yield securities (also known as junk securities), senior loans and other debt and equity securities; |
|
Risks of investing in obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers; |
|
Risks associated with the Trusts use of leverage; |
|
Risk associated with investments in REITs; |
|
Derivatives and structured finance securities risk; and |
|
Market risk generally. |
For a discussion of these and additional risks as well as other factors that could cause the Trusts actual results to differ from forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information, please see the discussion under Principal Risks of the Trust. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. The Trust undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, except as required by federal securities laws.
The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the forward looking statements contained in our periodic reports are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
This Prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Commission using the shelf registration process. Under the shelf registration process, we may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $500,000,000 of our fixed rate preferred shares or subscription rights for fixed rate preferred shares, on the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more Supplements to this Prospectus. This Prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this Prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a Prospectus Supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The Prospectus Supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this Prospectus. Please carefully read this Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement, together with any exhibits, any material terms of which will be summarized in the Prospectus and any applicable Prospectus Supplement, and the additional information described under the headings Principal Risks of the Trust and Where You Can Find Additional Information before you make an investment decision.
1
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Trust. You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information, especially the information set forth under the heading Principal Risks of the Trust.
2
Preferred Shares | The term the preferred shares may be fixed by the Board and may materially limit and/or qualify the rights of holders of the Trusts common shares. If the Trusts Board determines that it may be advantageous to the holders of the Trusts common shares for the Trust to utilize additional leverage, the Trust may issue additional series of fixed rate preferred shares. Any fixed rate preferred shares issued by the Trust will pay distributions at a fixed rate. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss as well as a potential for more gains for the common shares than if leverage were not used. The Trust may also determine in the future to issue other forms of senior securities, such as securities representing debt, subject to the limitations of the Investment Company Act. The Trust may also engage in investment management techniques which will not be considered senior securities if the Trust establishes a segregated account with cash or other liquid assets or sets aside assets on the accounting records equal to the Trusts obligations in respect of such techniques. The Trust may also borrow money, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act. | |
Investment Adviser and Administrator | NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (the Investment Adviser) is the investment adviser and administrator of the Trust. As of December 31, 2018, the Investment Adviser, together with its affiliates, managed approximately $9.9 billion in assets on behalf of investors around the world. In return for its advisory services, the Investment Adviser receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trusts Managed Assets. In return for its administrative services, the Investment Adviser receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.20% of the average weekly value of the Trusts Managed Assets. Managed Assets means the total assets of the Trust, including assets attributable to any form of investment leverage, minus all accrued expenses incurred in the normal course of operations, but not excluding any liabilities or obligations attributable to investment leverage obtained through (i) indebtedness of any type (including, without limitation, borrowing through a credit facility or the issuance of debt securities), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares or other similar preference securities, (iii) the reinvestment of collateral received for securities loaned in accordance with the Trusts investment objectives and policies, and/or (iv) any other means. The Investment Adviser, at its own expense, has the authority to engage both a sub-adviser and a sub-administrator, each of which may be an affiliate of the Investment Adviser. See Management of the Trust Investment Adviser and Management of the Trust Administrator/Sub-Administrator. | |
Potential Conflicts of Interest. As a result of the Trusts arrangements with Highland Capital Management, L.P. (Highland), an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, there may be times when Highland, the Investment Adviser or their affiliates have interests that differ from those of the Trusts shareholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest. Highland and the Investment Adviser are under common ownership, and the Trusts officers serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as the Trust does, or of investment funds managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates. Similarly, the Investment Adviser or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of the Trust or its shareholders. For example, the Trusts officers have, and will continue to have, management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. | ||
The Trusts investment objective may overlap, in part or in whole, with the investment objective of such affiliated investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among the Trust and other investment funds or accounts advised by or affiliated with the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a |
3
manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, the Trust can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to it fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. | ||
Currently, a substantial portion of the Trusts net assets are invested in REITs, asset-backed securities and/or collateralized loan obligations sponsored, organized and/or managed by Highland and its affiliates. The Investment Adviser will monitor for conflicts of interest in accordance with its fiduciary duties and will provide the independent trustees of the Trust with an opportunity to periodically review the Trusts investments in such REITs, asset-backed securities and/or CLOs and assure themselves that continued investment in such securities remains in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. Please see Risk FactorsPotential Conflicts of Interest for a description of risks associated with conflicts of interest. See Management of the Trust Investment Adviser. |
4
Custodian and Transfer Agent | The custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company (One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111). The custodian performs custodial services for the Trust. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219; telephone (718) 921-8200) serves as the Trusts transfer agent with respect to its securities. | |
Closed-End Structure | Closed-end funds differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end funds investment objective and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities. | |
Shares of closed-end investment companies listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by net asset value, dividend or distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for the shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the common shares of the Trust being greater than, less than or equal to, net asset value. The Board has reviewed the structure of the Trust in light of its investment objective and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is appropriate. As described in this Prospectus, however, the Board may review periodically the trading range and activity of the Trusts common shares with respect to their net asset value and may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the common shares at net asset value or the possible conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. There can be no assurance that the Board will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the common shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Share. In addition, as noted above, the Board determined in connection with the initial offering of common shares of the Trust that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Trusts investment objective and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is highly unlikely that the Board would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end investment company. See Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust; Closed-End Fund Structure; Repurchase of Common Shares; Discount. | ||
Listing | The Trusts outstanding common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol NHF. Since the Trust commended trading on the NYSE, the Trusts common shares have traded at a discount to net asset value as high as [ ]% and a premium as high as [ ]%. Any additional series of fixed rate preferred shares or subscription rights issued in the future pursuant to a Prospectus Supplement by the Trust may be listed on the NYSE. | |
Use of Proceeds | Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Trust will use the net proceeds of the sale of securities to invest in accordance with the Trusts investment objectives and policies as stated below, or use such proceeds for other general corporate purposes. See Use of Proceeds. |
5
Investment Objectives and Policies | The Trusts investment objectives are to provide both current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in the following categories of securities and instruments of corporations and other business entities: (i) secured and unsecured floating and fixed rate loans; (ii) bonds and other debt obligations; (iii) debt obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers; (iv) structured products, including but not limited to, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations; (v) equities; (vi) other investment companies, including business development companies; and (vii) REITs. The Trust may also invest in other securities and instruments, including derivative instruments. Subject to these general guidelines, the Investment Adviser has broad discretion to allocate the Trusts assets among these investment categories and other investments and to change allocations as conditions warrant. | |
The Trust has a fundamental policy to concentrate its investments in the real estate industry, and, under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 25% of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the real estate industry. Within the categories of obligations and securities in which the Trust invests, the Investment Adviser employs various trading strategies, including capital structure arbitrage, pair trades and shorting. Capital structure arbitrage is a strategy in which the Trust seeks opportunities created by mispricing in different markets of various instruments issued by one corporation. Pair trades involve matching a long position with a short position in two stocks of different issuers in the same sector, betting that the spread between the two will eventually converge. Short selling (also known as shorting or going short) is a strategy in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. See Portfolio Composition for further description of these strategies.
The Trust may also invest in these categories of obligations and securities through the use of derivatives. The Trust is not limited in the amount it may invest in derivatives, and it may use derivatives for speculative purposes. There is no limitation on the amount of securities and other instruments rated below investment grade, which are commonly referred to as junk securities, that the Trust may purchase, and under normal circumstances substantially all of the Trusts investment portfolio is expected to consist of such securities and instruments or securities and other instruments which, if unrated, are considered to be of similar quality.
The Trust may invest a significant portion of its assets in issuers that are in default or that present a high risk of default. Junk securities are subject to greater risk of loss of principal and interest and may be less liquid than investment grade securities. The Trust may invest up to 15% of its net assets in entities that are excluded from registration under the Investment Company Act by virtue of section 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act (such as private equity funds or hedge funds). This limitation does not apply to any CLOs, certain of which may rely on Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. The Trusts investment objectives may be changed without shareholder approval. There can be no assurance that the Trusts investment objectives will be achieved. See Investment Objectives and Policies. |
6
7
From time to time, the Investment Adviser may also invest a portion of the Trusts assets in short-term U.S. government obligations, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments, including repurchase agreements with respect to such obligations and pooled investment vehicles (for example, money market funds) that invest in these obligations, to enable the Trust to make investments quickly, to serve as collateral with respect to certain of its investments, and for other cash management purposes. A greater percentage of Trust assets may be invested in such obligations if the Investment Adviser believes that a defensive position is appropriate because of the outlook for security prices or in order to respond to adverse market, economic, business or political conditions. See Investment Objectives and Policies Investment Strategies. | ||
Use of Leverage | As provided in the Investment Company Act and subject to certain exceptions, the Trust may issue debt or preferred shares with the condition that immediately after issuance the value of its total assets, less ordinary course liabilities, exceeds 300% of the amount of the debt outstanding and exceeds 200% of the sum of the amount of debt and preferred shares outstanding. | |
Thus, the Trust may use leverage in the form of borrowings in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Trusts total assets (including the proceeds of such leverage) and may use leverage in the form of preferred shares in an amount up to 50% of the Trusts total assets (including the proceeds of such leverage). The total leverage of the Trust is generally expected to range between 25% and 30% of the Trusts total assets. The Trust seeks a leverage ratio, based on a variety of factors including market conditions and the Investment Advisers market outlook, where the rate of return, net of applicable Trust expenses, on the Trusts portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage. | ||
The Trust, as of January 31, 2018, was leveraged through borrowings from a committed facility with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (BNP) with a total commitment of $135,000,000. As of December 31, 2018, the Trust had drawn $90,112,979 on the committed facility.
In addition, the Trust intends to leverage its portfolio through a master repurchase agreement entered into with BNP Paribas Securities Corp. (BNP Securities) on November 16, 2017, as amended, that allows the Trust to enter into reverse repurchase transactions from time to time pursuant to the terms of the master repurchase agreement.
On August 14, 2018, the Trust, and its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC (NREC) and NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC (NREO), entered into a $75.0 million revolving bridge credit agreement with KeyBank National Association. The revolving balance stepped down to $60.0 million after September 14, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, The Trust had drawn $55,400,000 on the bridge facility.
The Trusts asset coverage ratio as of December 31, 2018 was 420.5% See Principal Risks of the Trust Leverage Risk for a brief description of the Trusts committed facility, master repurchase agreement and bridge credit agreement. |
8
Following the completion of an Offering, the Trust may increase the amount of leverage outstanding. The Trust may engage in additional borrowings, issue notes, or issue preferred shares in order to maintain the Trusts desired leverage ratio. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the common shares than if leverage were not used. Interest on borrowings (or dividends on preferred shares) may be at a fixed or floating rate and generally will be based on short-term rates. The costs associated with the Trusts use of leverage, including the issuance of such leverage and the payment of dividends or interest on such leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. As long as the rate of return, net of applicable Trust expenses, on the Trusts portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage, the Trust will generate more return or income than will be needed to pay such costs. In this event, the excess will be available to pay higher dividends to holders of common shares. Conversely, if the Trusts return on such assets is less than the cost of leverage and other Trust expenses, the return to the holders of the common shares will diminish. To the extent that the Trust uses leverage, the net asset value and market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile. The Trusts leveraging strategy may not be successful. See Principal Risks of the TrustLeverage Risk. | ||
Distributions |
Common Shares Distributions. Subject to market conditions, the Trust plans to pay distributions monthly and capital gain distributions annually to common shareholders.
Preferred Shares Distributions. As required by the Investment Company Act, all preferred shares of the Trust must have the same seniority with respect to distributions. Accordingly, no complete distribution due for a particular dividend period will be declared or paid on any series of preferred shares of the Trust for any dividend period, or part thereof, unless full cumulative dividends and distributions due through the most recent dividend payment dates for all series of outstanding preferred shares of the Trust are declared and paid. If full cumulative distributions due have not been declared and made on all outstanding preferred shares of the Trust, any distributions on such preferred shares will be made as nearly pro rata as possible in proportion to the respective amounts of distributions accumulated but unmade on each such series of preferred shares on the relevant dividend payment date.
The Trusts annualized distributions may in the future contain a return of capital and should not be considered as the dividend yield or total return of an investment in its common or preferred shares. Shareholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Trust is net profit. The composition of each distribution is estimated based on the earnings of the Trust as of the record date for each distribution. The actual composition of each of the current years distributions will be based on the Trusts investment activity through the end of the calendar year.
Distributions on fixed rate preferred shares, at the applicable annual rate of the per share liquidation preference, are cumulative from the original issue date and are payable, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of funds legally available therefor. |
|
Principal Risks of the Trust | The following is a summary of the principal risks associated with an investment in the Trusts securities. Investors should also refer to Principal Risks of the Trust in this Prospectus for a more detailed explanation of the risks associated with investing in the Trusts securities. Given the risks described below, an investment in the securities of the Trust may not be appropriate for all investors. |
9
You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in securities of the Trust. | ||
Investment and Market Discount Risk . An investment in the Trusts securities is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trusts common shares fluctuates with market conditions and other factors. If common shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. |
10
REIT-Specific Risk. REITs may be affected by changes in the real estate markets generally as well as changes in the values of the properties owned by the REIT or securing the mortgages owned by the REIT (which changes in value could be influenced by market conditions for real estate in general or fluctuations in the value of rights to natural resources appurtenant to the property held by the REIT). REITs are dependent upon management skill and are not diversified. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for special tax treatment under the Code and to maintain an exemption under the Investment Company Act. For example, because a REIT may acquire debt securities of issuers primarily engaged in or related to the real estate industry, it also could conceivably own real estate directly as a result of a default on such securities. Any rental income or income from the disposition of such real estate could adversely affect its ability to retain its tax status, which would have adverse tax consequences on its shareholders. Finally, certain REITs may be self-liquidating at the end of a specified term, and run the risk of liquidating at an economically inopportune time. | ||
The Trust seeks to gain exposure to the real estate markets, in whole or in part, through investing in certain REIT subsidiaries of the Trust. The Trust invests in NREO, organized under the laws of Delaware on September 17, 2012 and NREC, organized under the laws of Delaware on March 31, 2014 (each, a Subsidiary). Each Subsidiary has elected to be taxed as a REIT. Each Subsidiary is generally subject to the same investment policies and restrictions of the Trust. As of January 31, 2019, NREO and NREC accounted for approximately [ ]% and [ ]%, respectively, of the Trusts Managed Assets, and approximately [ ]% and [ ]%, respectively, of the Trusts total (gross) assets. The Investment Adviser does not charge an additional fee on assets held in each Subsidiary. The Trust intends to limit its investments in each Subsidiary and related entities to the extent necessary to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes. In general, and subject to certain exceptions not applicable here, a RIC is not permitted to invest, including through corporations in which the RIC owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, more than 25% of its total assets in any one issuer, or in any two or more issuers which the taxpayer controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses. | ||
In 2015, the Trust completed its spin-off of NexPoint Residential Trust, Inc. (NXRT) pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from the Commission. No assurance can be given that the Trust would be able to obtain another exemptive order in the event that it should again believe a spin-off of a REIT subsidiary to be in the best interests of the Trusts shareholders. As a result, the Trust may not be able to dispose of its interests in a REIT subsidiary in the manner the Investment Adviser believes would be most efficient. | ||
Interest Rate Risk . Interest rate risk is the risk that debt securities, and the Trusts net assets, may decline in value because of changes in interest rates. Generally, fixed rate debt securities will decrease in value when interest rates rise and increase in value when interest rates decline. This means that the net asset value of the common shares will fluctuate with interest rate changes and the corresponding changes in the value of the Trusts debt security holdings. To the extent the Trust invests in fixed rate debt securities with longer duration, the Trust is subject to greater interest rate risk than funds investing solely in shorter-term fixed rate debt securities. In addition, in a period of rising interest rates, the higher cost of any leverage employed by the Trust and/or increasing defaults by issuers of high-yield securities would likely exacerbate any decline in the Trusts net asset value (NAV). | ||
Prepayment Risk . If interest rates fall, the principal on bonds and loans held by the Trust may be paid earlier than expected. If this happens, the proceeds from a prepaid security may be reinvested by the Trust in securities bearing lower interest |
11
rates, resulting in a possible decline in the Trusts income and distributions to shareholders. The Trust may invest in pools of mortgages or other assets issued or guaranteed by private issuers or U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities are especially sensitive to prepayment risk because borrowers often refinance their mortgages when interest rates decline. | ||
Risks of Investing in High-Yield Securities, also Known as Junk Securities . A substantial portion of the Trusts investments will consist of investments that may generally be characterized as high-yield securities or junk securities, and the Trust may invest without limit in such securities. Such securities are typically rated below investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations or are unrated but of comparable credit quality to obligations rated below investment grade, and have greater credit and liquidity risk than more highly rated obligations. High-yield securities are generally unsecured and may be subordinate to other obligations of the obligor. The lower rating of high-yield securities reflects a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer or in general economic conditions (including, for example, a substantial period of rising interest rates or declining earnings) or both may impair the ability of the issuer to make payment of principal and interest. Many issuers of high-yield securities are highly leveraged, and their relatively high debt to equity ratios create increased risks that their operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service their obligations. Overall declines in the high-yield bond and other markets may adversely affect such issuers by inhibiting their ability to refinance their obligations at maturity. | ||
High-yield securities are often issued in connection with leveraged acquisitions or recapitalizations in which the issuers incur a substantially higher amount of indebtedness than the level at which they had previously operated. High-yield securities that are debt instruments have historically experienced greater default rates than has been the case for investment grade securities. The Trust may also invest in equity securities issued by entities whose obligations are unrated or are rated below investment grade. | ||
The Trust is authorized to invest in obligations of issuers that are generally trading at significantly higher yields than had been historically typical of the applicable issuers obligations. Such investments may include debt obligations that have a heightened probability of being in covenant or payment default in the future. Such investments generally are considered highly speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted security for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or highly speculative. | ||
High-yield securities purchased by the Trust are subject to certain additional risks to the extent that such obligations may be unsecured and subordinated to substantial amounts of senior indebtedness, all or a significant portion of which may be secured. Moreover, such obligations purchased by the Trust may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness and are unlikely to be secured by collateral. |
12
Illiquidity of Investments . The investments made by the Trust may be very illiquid, and consequently, the Trust may not be able to sell such investments at prices that reflect the Investment Advisers assessment of their fair value or the amount paid for such investments by the Trust or to sell such investments in a timely fashion. An inability to sell a portfolio position can adversely affect the Trusts value or prevent the Trust from being able to take advantage of other investment opportunities. Illiquidity may result from the absence of an established market for the investments as well as legal, contractual or other restrictions on their resale by the Trust and other factors. Furthermore, the nature of the Trusts investments, especially those in financially stressed and distressed companies, may require a long holding period prior to being able to determine whether the investment will be profitable or not. There is no limit on the amount of the Trusts investment portfolio that can be invested in illiquid securities. | ||
Risks of Investing in Senior Loans . Senior loans, such as bank loans, are typically at the most senior level of the capital structure, and are sometimes secured by specific collateral, including, but not limited to, trademarks, patents, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, buildings, real estate, franchises and common and preferred stock of the obligor or its affiliates. A portion of the Trusts investments may consist of loans and participations therein originated by banks and other financial institutions, typically referred to as bank loans. The Trusts investments may include loans of a type generally incurred by borrowers in connection with highly leveraged transactions, often to finance internal growth, acquisitions, mergers or stock purchases, or for other reasons. As a result of the additional debt incurred by the borrower in the course of the transaction, the borrowers creditworthiness is often judged by the rating agencies to be below investment grade. Such loans are typically private corporate loans negotiated by one or more commercial banks or financial institutions and syndicated among a group of commercial banks and financial institutions. In order to induce the lenders to extend credit and to offer a favorable interest rate, the borrower often provides the lenders with extensive information about its business that is not generally available to the public. To the extent the Trust receives material non-public information, it may be prohibited from trading in certain securities, even when it might otherwise be beneficial to do so. | ||
Bank loans often, but not always, contain restrictive covenants designed to limit the activities of the borrower in an effort to protect the right of lenders to receive timely payments of principal and interest. Such covenants may include restrictions on distribution payments, specific mandatory minimum financial ratios, limits on total debt and other financial tests. Bank loans usually have shorter terms than subordinated obligations and may require mandatory prepayments from excess cash flow, asset dispositions and offerings of debt and/or equity securities. The bank loans and other debt obligations to be acquired by the Trust are likely to be below investment grade. |
13
The Trust may acquire interests in bank loans and other debt obligations either directly (by way of sale or assignment) or indirectly (by way of participation). The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, its rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Trust may not be able unilaterally to enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and any associated collateral. A participation interest in a portion of a debt obligation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the borrower. In purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement or any rights of setoff against the borrower, and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Trust will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. | ||
Loans may not be considered securities for purposes of the anti-fraud provisions under the federal securities laws and, as a result, as a purchaser of these instruments, the Trust may not be entitled to the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws. | ||
Purchasers of bank loans are predominantly commercial banks, investment funds and investment banks. As secondary market trading volumes increase, new bank loans frequently adopt standardized documentation to facilitate loan trading, which the Investment Adviser believes should improve market liquidity. However, no active trading market may exist for certain senior loans, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded senior loans. In addition, future levels of supply and demand in bank loan trading may not provide an adequate degree of liquidity and the current level of liquidity may not continue. Because of the provision to holders of such loans of confidential information relating to the borrower, the unique and customized nature of the loan agreement, the limited universe of eligible purchasers and the private syndication of the loan, bank loans are not as easily purchased or sold as a publicly-traded security. | ||
As with any debt instrument, senior loans are generally subject to the risk of price declines and to increases in interest rates, particularly long-term rates. Senior loans are also subject to the risk that, as interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases, which may increase the risk of default. In addition, the interest rates of floating rate loans typically only adjust to changes in short-term interest rates; long-term interest rates can vary dramatically from short-term interest rates. Therefore, senior loans may not mitigate price declines in a rising long-term interest rate environment. Declines in interest rates may increase prepayments of debt obligations and require the Trust to invest assets at lower yields. |
14
Legislation Risk . To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of financial institutions to make loans in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of senior loan interests for investment by the Trust may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions may reduce or eliminate sources of financing for affected borrowers. Further, to the extent that legislation or federal or state regulators require such institutions to dispose of senior loan interests relating to highly leveraged transactions or subject such senior loan interests to increased regulatory scrutiny, such financial institutions may determine to sell senior loan interests in a manner that results in a price that, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, is not indicative of fair value. Were the Trust to attempt to sell a senior loan interest at a time when a financial institution was engaging in such a sale with respect to the senior loan interest, the price at which the Trust could consummate such a sale might be adversely affected. | ||
Second Lien Loans Risk . Second lien loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans and non-investment grade securities. However, second lien loans are second in right of payment to senior loans and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second lien loans are expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in second lien loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure. | ||
Other Secured Loans Risk . Secured loans other than senior loans and second lien loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans, second lien loans and non-investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding senior loans and second lien loans of the borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the higher-ranking secured obligations of the borrower. Lower-ranking secured loans are expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans and second lien loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in lower-ranking secured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure. | ||
Unsecured Loans Risk . Unsecured loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans, second lien loans, other secured loans and non-investment grade securities. However, because unsecured loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Unsecured loans are expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans, second lien loans and other secured loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in unsecured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure. | ||
Loans other than senior loans may not be acceptable collateral under any future credit facilities, or may require a higher collateral-to-loan ratio, and therefore to the extent the Trust invests in such loans its ability to borrow may be reduced. |
15
Risks of Investing in Obligations of Stressed, Distressed and Bankrupt Issuers . The Trust is authorized to invest in the securities and other obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. There is no limit on the amount of the Trusts investment portfolio that can be invested in stressed, distressed or bankrupt issuers, and the Trust may invest for purposes of control. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered highly speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recoveries, which may be in the form of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or highly speculative. It is also possible that there could be limited or no recovery for creditors in a bankruptcy or workout. | ||
There are a number of significant risks inherent in the bankruptcy process, including, without limitation, those set forth in this paragraph. First, many events in a bankruptcy are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors are generally given an opportunity to object to significant actions, a bankruptcy court in the exercise of its broad powers may approve actions that are contrary to the interests of the Trust. Second, a bankruptcy filing by an issuer may adversely and permanently affect the issuer. The issuer may lose its market position and key employees and otherwise become incapable of restoring itself as a viable entity. If for this or any other reason the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. Third, the duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is difficult to predict. A creditors return on investment can be adversely affected by delays while the plan of reorganization is being negotiated, approved by the creditors and confirmed by the bankruptcy court and until it ultimately becomes effective. Fourth, the administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtors estate prior to any return to creditors. For example, if a proceeding involves protracted or difficult litigation, or turns into a liquidation, substantial assets may be devoted to administrative costs. Fifth, bankruptcy law permits the classification of substantially similar claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization. Because the standard for classification is vague, there exists the risk that the Trusts influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations it owns can be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in that class or by different classification and treatment. Sixth, in the early stages of the bankruptcy process it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. Seventh, especially in the case of investments made prior to the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings, creditors can lose their ranking and priority if they exercise domination and control over a debtor and other creditors can demonstrate that they have been harmed by such actions. Eighth, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial. |
16
In any investment involving stressed and distressed debt obligations, there exists the risk that the transaction involving such debt obligations will be unsuccessful, take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or a new security or obligation in exchange for the stressed and distressed debt obligations, the value of which may be less than the Trusts purchase price of such debt obligations. Furthermore, if an anticipated transaction does not occur, the Trust may be required to sell its investment at a loss. Given the substantial uncertainties concerning transactions involving stressed and distressed debt obligations in which the Trust invests, there is a potential risk of loss by the Trust of its entire investment in any particular investment. | ||
Investments in companies operating in workout modes or under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code are also, in certain circumstances, subject to certain additional liabilities, which may exceed the value of the Trusts original investment in a company. For example, under certain circumstances, creditors who have inappropriately exercised control over the management and policies of a debtor may have their claims subordinated or disallowed or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions. The Investment Advisers active management style may present a greater risk in this area than would a more passive approach. In addition, under certain circumstances, payments to the Trust and distributions by the Trust or payments on the debt may be reclaimed if any such payment is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance or a preferential payment. | ||
The Investment Adviser on behalf of the Trust (and its other clients) may participate on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled companies that may or may not be in bankruptcy or may negotiate directly with debtors with respect to restructuring issues. If the Trust does choose to join a committee, the Trust would likely be only one of many participants, all of whom would be interested in obtaining an outcome that is in their individual best interests. The Trust may not be successful in obtaining results most favorable to it in such proceedings, although the Trust may incur significant legal and other expenses in attempting to do so. As a result of participation by the Trust on such committees, the Trust may be deemed to have duties to other creditors represented by the committees, which might thereby expose the Trust to liability to such other creditors who disagree with the Trusts actions. Participation by the Trust on such committees may cause the Trust to be subject to certain restrictions on its ability to trade in a particular investment and may also make the Trust an insider or an underwriter for purposes of the federal securities laws. Either circumstance will restrict the Trusts ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular investment when it might otherwise desire to do so. | ||
Distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Trust because the U.S. federal income tax rules relating to those obligations are currently unclear. For instance, tax rules are not entirely clear as to whether and to what extent the Trust should recognize market discount on a distressed debt obligation and when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount on those obligations; and when and to what extent the Trust may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Trust should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Trust when, as and if it invests in such obligations, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a regulated investment company (RIC) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and that it does not become subject to Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. |
17
Insolvency Considerations with Respect to Issuers of Debt Obligations . Various laws enacted for the protection of creditors may apply to the debt obligations held by the Trust. The information in this paragraph is applicable with respect to U.S. issuers subject to U.S. bankruptcy laws. Insolvency considerations may differ with respect to other issuers. If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of an issuer of a debt obligation, such as a trustee in bankruptcy or a creditors committee, were to find that the issuer did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness constituting the debt obligation and, after giving effect to such indebtedness, the issuer (i) was insolvent, (ii) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer constituted unreasonably small capital, or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could determine to invalidate, in whole or in part, such indebtedness as a fraudulent conveyance, to subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of such issuer, or to recover amounts previously paid by such issuer in satisfaction of such indebtedness. | ||
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary. Generally, an issuer would be considered insolvent at a particular time if the sum of its debts were then greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets was then less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they became absolute and matured. There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether the issuer was insolvent after giving effect to the incurrence of the indebtedness constituting the debt obligation or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the issuer was insolvent upon giving effect to such incurrence. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer of a debt obligation, payments made on such debt obligation could be subject to avoidance as a preference if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year) before insolvency. Similarly, a court might apply the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim of a lending institution against an issuer, to claims of other creditors of the borrower, when the lending institution, another investor, or any of their transferees, is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable, or fraudulent conduct. In general, if payments on a debt obligation are avoidable, whether as fraudulent conveyances or preferences, such payments can be recaptured either from the initial recipient (such as the Trust) or from subsequent transferees of such payments (such as the investors in the Trust). To the extent that any such payments are recaptured from the Trust the resulting loss will be borne by the investors. However, a court in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding would be able to direct the recapture of any such payment from such a recipient or transferee only to the extent that such court has jurisdiction over such recipient or transferee or its assets. Moreover, it is likely that avoidable payments could not be recaptured directly from any such recipient or transferee that has given value in exchange for its note, in good faith and without knowledge that the payments were avoidable. Although the Investment Adviser will seek to avoid conduct that would form the basis for a successful cause of action based upon fraudulent conveyance, preference or equitable subordination, these determinations are made in hindsight and a court could disagree with the Trusts position, and, in any event, there can be no assurance as to whether any lending institution or other investor from which the Trust acquired the debt obligations engaged in any such conduct (or any other conduct that would subject the debt obligations and the issuer to insolvency laws) and, if it did, as to whether such creditor claims could be asserted in a U.S. court (or in the courts of any other country) against the Trust. |
18
Litigation Risk . The Trust is sometimes subject to legal proceedings and claims based on the securities and instruments in which the Trust invests. Litigation may result in substantial costs and may seriously harm the Trusts investments and overall financial condition. In addition, legal claims that have not yet been asserted against the Trust may be asserted in the future. | ||
Leverage Risk . When deemed appropriate by the Investment Adviser and subject to applicable regulations, the Trust may use leverage in its investment program, including the use of borrowed funds and investments in certain types of options, such as puts, calls and warrants. While such strategies and techniques increase the opportunity to achieve higher returns on the amounts invested, they also increase the risk of loss. To the extent the Trust purchases securities with borrowed funds, its net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed funds are not used. The level of interest rates generally, and the rates at which such funds may be borrowed in particular, could affect the operating results of the Trust. If the interest expense on borrowings were to exceed the net return on the portfolio securities purchased with borrowed funds, the Trusts use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return than if the Trust were not leveraged. | ||
Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the Commission, the Trust may be required to earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the Trusts daily marked-to-market value of its transactions in futures and options. To maintain this required margin, the Trust may have to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous prices or times because it may not be possible to liquidate a position at a reasonable price. In addition, the earmarking of such assets will have the effect of limiting the Trusts ability otherwise to invest those assets. | ||
The Trust has the ability to use leverage through the issuance of preferred shares, borrowings from a credit facility, issuing notes or other debt securities, or any combination of the three. The Trust currently leverages through borrowings from a committed facility and through a master repurchase agreement. The use of leverage, which can be described as exposure to changes in price at a ratio greater than the amount of equity invested, either through the issuance of preferred shares, borrowings or other forms of market exposure, magnifies both the favorable and unfavorable effects of price movements in the investments made by the Trust. Insofar as the Trust continues to employ leverage in its investment operations, the Trust will be subject to substantial risks of loss. | ||
Therefore, if the market value of the Trusts investment portfolio declines, any leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to common shareholders than if the Trust were not leveraged. Such greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. Further, if at any time while the Trust has leverage outstanding it does not meet applicable asset coverage requirements (as discussed below), it may be required to suspend distributions to common shareholders until the requisite asset coverage is restored. Any such suspension might impair the ability of the Trust to meet the RIC distribution requirements and to avoid Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. |
19
As noted above, the Trust currently leverages through borrowings from a committed facility, a master repurchase agreement and a bridge facility. The Trust entered into a committed facility with BNP on May 16, 2013 (as amended from time to time) to borrow up to $135,000,000 (as amended, the Committed Facility). The Committed Facility has a rolling 90-day term (referred to as a 90-day evergreen). BNP has a termination right if BNPs long-term credit rating declines three or more notches below its highest rating by any of Standard & Poors Ratings Services, Moodys Investor Service, Inc. or Fitch Ratings, Ltd., during the period commencing on and including October 28, 2014 and ending on the date of such long-term credit rating decline. Upon any such termination, BNP shall pay the Trust a fee equal to 0.10% of the maximum amount of financing available on the termination date. The Trust pays interest on borrowed amounts under the Committed Facility at an annual rate of the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 0.60% to 1.30%, depending on the asset class of the underlying collateral. The Committed Facility agreement contains customary covenant and default provisions. When borrowings are made under the Committed Facility, collateral must be posted to an account with the Trusts custodian, State Street held for the benefit of BNP. Such borrowings constitute financial leverage. | ||
The Trust has entered into an agreement with BNP Securities under which it may from time to time enter into reverse repurchase transactions pursuant to the terms of a master repurchase agreement and related annexes, dated as of November 16, 2017 (collectively the Repurchase Agreement). A reverse repurchase transaction is a repurchase transaction in which the Trust is the seller of securities or other assets and agrees to repurchase them at a date certain or on demand. Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, the Trust may agree to sell securities or other assets to BNP Securities for an agreed-upon price (the Purchase Price), with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase such securities or other assets from BNP Securities for the Purchase Price plus a price differential that is economically similar to interest. The price differential is negotiated for each transaction. | ||
On August 14, 2018, the Trust, and its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, NREC and NREO (collectively, the Borrowers), entered into a $75.0 million revolving credit agreement (the Bridge Facility) with KeyBank National Association. The revolving balance stepped down to $60.0 million after September 14, 2018. The Bridge Facility has an initial term of six months, with two 3-month extension options subject to certain conditions. Proceeds of the Bridge Facility are available for the Borrowers to finance the purchase of certain securities and the Bridge Facility is secured by certain collateral. |
20
Other Investment Companies . The Trust may invest in the securities of other investment companies, which can include open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts and business development companies. Investment companies combine shareholders funds for investment in a variety of instruments, including equity securities, debt securities, and money market instruments and may invest primarily in a particular type of security, a particular industry or a mix of securities and industries. An investment company is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if, among other things, it distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its taxable income for each taxable year. As a shareholder of another investment company, the Trust, and therefore its shareholders, will bear a proportionate share of the expenses of such other investment companies, including management fees, administration fees and custodial fees, in addition to the expenses of the Trust. Under one provision of the Investment Company Act, the Trust may not acquire the securities of other investment companies if, as a result, (i) more than 10% of the Trusts total assets would be invested in securities of other investment companies, (ii) such purchase would result in more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any one investment company being held by the Trust or (iii) more than 5% of the Trusts total assets would be invested in any one investment company. Other provisions of the Investment Company Act are less restrictive, provided that the Trust is able to meet certain conditions. These limitations do not apply to the acquisition of shares of any investment company in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of substantially all of the assets of another investment company. | ||
Preferred Share Risk . Preferred share risk is the risk associated with the issuance of preferred shares to leverage the common shares. If preferred shares are issued, the net asset value and market value of the common shares will be more volatile, and the yield to the holders of common shares will tend to fluctuate with changes in the shorter-term dividend rates on the preferred shares. The Trust will pay (and the holders of common shares will bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred shares, including higher advisory fees. Accordingly, the issuance of preferred shares may not result in a higher yield or return to the holders of the common shares. If the dividend rate and other costs of the preferred shares approach the net rate of return on the Trusts investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of the common shares would be reduced. If the dividend rate and other costs of the preferred shares exceed the net rate of return on the Trusts investment portfolio, the leverage will result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common shares than if the Trust had not issued preferred shares. | ||
Similarly, any decline in the net asset value of the Trusts investments will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Trusts investment portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. The Trust might be in danger of failing to maintain the required asset coverage of the preferred shares or of losing its ratings on the preferred shares or, in an extreme case, the Trusts current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred shares. In order to counteract such an event, the Trust might need to liquidate investments in order to fund a redemption of some or all of the preferred shares. Liquidation at times of low prices may result in capital loss and may reduce returns to the holders of common shares. |
21
If preferred shares are issued, holders of preferred shares may have differing interests than holders of common shares and holders of preferred shares may at times have disproportionate influence over the Trusts affairs. If preferred shares are issued, holders of preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, would have the right to elect two members of the Board at all times. The remaining members of the Board would be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting as a single class. The Investment Company Act requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (i) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred shares and (ii) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trusts subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. | ||
If the Trust issues preferred shares, the Trust would likely seek a credit rating on the preferred shares from one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. The Trust expects that, at any time when preferred shares were outstanding, the composition of its investment portfolio would reflect guidelines established by any rating agencies, including, for example, asset coverage requirements that are more restrictive than those under the Investment Company Act, restrictions on certain portfolio investments and investment practices, requirements that the Trust maintain a portion of its assets in higher rated debt securities and certain mandatory redemption requirements relating to the preferred shares. No assurance can be given that the guidelines actually imposed with respect to preferred shares by rating agencies would be more or less restrictive than these examples. These restrictions may require the Trust to alter its investment strategy and invest in different types of assets, some of which may be lower yielding or result in fewer opportunities for capital appreciation. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of preferred shares by the Trust. | ||
Common Stock Risk . The Trust may invest in common stock. Although investments in common stock have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed income securities over the long-term, investments in common stock also have historically experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Therefore, the Trusts investments in common stock could result in worse performance than would be the case had the Trust been invested solely in debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular investment in common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stock is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of a common stock to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting an issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. | ||
Dividend Risk . Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuers board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common stocks in which the Trust invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, the dividends will remain at current levels or increase over time. |
22
Small and Mid-Cap Securities Risk . The Trust may invest in companies with small or medium-sized capitalizations. Securities issued by small and medium-sized companies can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger company securities. There may be less trading in a small or medium-sized companys securities, which means that buy and sell transactions in those securities could have a larger impact on the securitys price than is the case with larger company securities. Small or medium-sized companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a small or medium-sized companys security price than is the case for a larger company. In addition, small or medium-sized company securities may not be well known to the investing public. | ||
Non-U.S. Securities Risk . The Trust may invest without limit in Non-U.S. Securities. The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities of so-called emerging market issuers. The Trust currently does not expect to invest more than 15%, but may invest up to 20%, of its assets in emerging market issuers. Investing in Non-U.S. Securities involves certain risks not involved in domestic investments, including, but not limited to: (i) fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; (ii) future foreign economic, financial, political and social developments; (iii) different legal systems; (iv) the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; (v) lower trading volume; (vi) much greater price volatility and illiquidity of certain non-U.S. securities markets; (vii) different trading and settlement practices; (viii) less governmental supervision; (ix) changes in currency exchange rates; (x) high and volatile rates of inflation; (xi) fluctuating interest rates; (xii) less publicly available information; and (xiii) different accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements. In addition, certain investments in Non-U.S. Securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes on interest, dividends, capital gains or other income. Those taxes will reduce the Trusts yield on any such securities. | ||
Certain countries in which the Trust may invest, especially emerging market countries, historically have experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. These risks are especially evident in the Middle East and Africa. The cost of servicing external debt will generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of: (i) the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets; (ii) confiscatory taxation; (iii) difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment; (iv) economic, political or social instability; and (v) diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries. In addition, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as: (i) growth of gross domestic product; (ii) rates of inflation; (iii) capital reinvestment; (iv) resources; (v) self-sufficiency; and (vi) balance of payments position. | ||
As a result of these potential risks, the Investment Adviser may determine that, notwithstanding otherwise favorable investment criteria, it may not be practicable or appropriate to invest in a particular country. The Trust may invest in countries in which foreign investors, including the Investment Adviser, have had no or limited prior experience. |
23
Emerging Markets Risk . The Trust currently does not expect to invest more than 15%, but may invest up to 20% of its total assets in securities of issuers based in emerging markets. An emerging market country is any country having an economy and market that are (or would be) considered by the World Bank to be emerging or developing or is listed in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Index. Emerging market countries are located in regions such as Asia, Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Europe, Eastern Europe (including the former republics of the Soviet Union and the Eastern Bloc) and Africa. Investing in securities of issuers based in emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers, but to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the markets for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Trusts investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests. | ||
Foreign Currency Risk . Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities owned by the Trust, the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and gains on and income from investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trusts net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. These risks often are heightened for investments in smaller or emerging capital markets. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign currency transactions in an attempt to enhance total return, which may further expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other risks. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. | ||
Investments in Unseasoned Companies . The Trust may invest in the securities of less seasoned companies. These investments may present greater opportunities for growth, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with investments in securities of more established companies. Some of the companies in which the Trust may invest will be start-up companies that may have insubstantial operational or earnings history or may have limited products, markets, financial resources or management depth. Some may also be emerging companies at the research and development stage with no products or technologies to market or approved for marketing. Securities of emerging companies may lack an active secondary market and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger, more established companies or stock market averages in general. Competitors of certain companies may have substantially greater financial resources than many of the companies in which the Trust may invest. |
24
Initial Public Offerings Risk . The Trust may invest in shares of companies through initial public offerings (IPOs). IPOs and companies that have recently gone public have the potential to produce substantial gains for the Trust. However, the Trust may not have access to or invest in IPOs that are ultimately profitable for investors. The investment performance of the Trust during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Trust is able to do so. Securities issued in IPOs are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for limited periods of time. In addition, the prices of securities sold in IPOs may be highly volatile or may decline shortly after the IPO. | ||
Securities Lending Risk . Under the Trusts current securities lending agreement, the Trust may lend its portfolio securities (up to a maximum of one-third of its total assets) to financial institutions on an approved list of borrowers. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis and the Trust may, therefore, lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely affect the Trusts performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding. In addition, voting rights with respect to loaned securities generally pass to the borrower. The Trust, as the lender, retains the right to recall the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned in order to vote the loaned securities. However, in many circumstances the Trust may be unable to recall the securities in time to vote or may determine that the benefits to the Trust of voting are outweighed by the indirect or direct costs of such a recall. In these circumstances, loaned securities may be voted or not voted in a manner adverse to the best interests of the Trust. All of the aforementioned risks may be greater for Non-U.S. Securities. | ||
These lending transactions must be fully collateralized at all times, but involve some credit risk to the Trust if the borrower or the party (if any) guaranteeing the loan should default on its obligation and the Trust is delayed in or prevented from recovering the collateral. In addition, any income or gains and losses from investing and reinvesting any cash collateral delivered by a borrower pursuant to a loan are generally at the Trusts risk, and to the extent any such losses reduce the amount of cash below the amount required to be returned to the borrower upon the termination of any loan, the Trust may be required to pay or cause to be paid to such borrower or another entity an amount equal to such shortfall in cash. The Trust generally accepts cash (U.S. and foreign currency), securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, or sovereign debt as collateral for these lending transactions, although in the future may accept other types of collateral. | ||
Risks Associated with Options on Securities . There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities, such as exchange-listed, over-the-counter and index options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. |
25
As the writer of a covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the options life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. | ||
When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trusts potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium. | ||
Exchange-Listed Option Risks . A liquid market may not exist when the Trust seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. If the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. | ||
The hours of trading for options on an exchange may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily, and their value will be affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the options expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of a call option written by the Trust would reduce the Trusts capital appreciation potential on the underlying security. |
26
Over-the-Counter Option Risk . The Trust may purchase and write (sell) unlisted (OTC or over-the-counter) options. Options written by the Trust with respect to Non-U.S. Securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are two-party contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. The Trust may be required to treat as illiquid those securities being used to cover certain written OTC options. The OTC options written by the Trust will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the Options Clearing Corporation. In addition, the Trusts ability to terminate the OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position. | ||
Index Option Risk . The Trust may purchase and sell index put and call options from time to time. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. Because the exercise of an index option is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index option the difference between the cash value of the index on which the option was written and the exercise price and such difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for writing the option. The value of index options written by the Trust, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks in the respective index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller. Distributions paid by the Trust on its common shares may be derived in part from the net index option premiums it receives from selling index put and call options, less the cost of paying settlement amounts to purchasers of the options that exercise their options. Net index option premiums can vary widely over the short term and long term. | ||
Asset-Backed Securities Risk . Payment of interest and repayment of principal on asset-backed securities is largely dependent upon the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities and, in certain cases, supported by letters of credit, surety bonds or other credit enhancements. Asset-backed security values may also be affected by the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the loans or receivables and any entities providing the credit enhancement. In addition, the underlying assets are subject to prepayments that shorten the securities weighted average maturity and may lower their return. | ||
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk . A mortgage-backed security, which represents an interest in a pool of assets such as mortgage loans, will mature once all the mortgages in the pool mature or are prepaid. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities do not have a fixed maturity, and their expected maturities may vary when interest rates rise or fall. |
27
When interest rates fall, homeowners are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans. An increased rate of prepayments on the Trusts mortgage-backed securities will result in an unforeseen loss of interest income to the Trust, as the Trust may be required to reinvest assets at a lower interest rate. Because prepayments increase when interest rates fall, the price of mortgage-backed securities does not increase as much as that of other fixed income securities when interest rates fall. | ||
When interest rates rise, homeowners are less likely to prepay their mortgage loans. A decreased rate of prepayments lengthens the expected maturity of a mortgage-backed security. Therefore, the prices of mortgage-backed securities may decrease more than prices of other fixed income securities when interest rates rise. | ||
Timely payment of interest and principal of mortgage-backed securities may be supported by various forms of private insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance purchased or held by the issuer. Private insurers may not, however, be able to meet their obligations under the policies. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to the Trust. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include sub-prime mortgages (which are typically granted to individuals with poor credit histories who, as a result of their deficient credit ratings, would not be able to qualify for conventional mortgages), Alt-A mortgages (typically characterized by borrowers with less than full documentation, lower credit scores or higher loan-to-value ratios), interest only mortgages (which permit interest-only payments for a specified period before payment of principal is required) and/or option ARM mortgages (which are typically 30-year adjustable rate mortgages that initially offer a borrower four monthly payment options: a specified minimum payment, an interest-only payment, a 15-year fully amortizing payment and a 30-year fully amortizing payment). Some of these types of mortgages may be subject to negative amortization, which occurs whenever the loan payment for any period is less than the interest charged over that period so that the outstanding principal balance of the loan increases. The types of mortgages discussed above are made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their mortgages, and are subject to a greater risk of default than prime mortgages. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic downturn, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages. To the extent the Trust invests in securities directly or indirectly backed by these types of mortgages, it will be subject to greater risks. | ||
Credit ratings on mortgage-backed securities are subject to the same limitations that apply to credit ratings generally. See Limitations of Credit Ratings. | ||
The market for mortgage-backed securities (and other asset-backed securities) has in recent years experienced high volatility and a lack of liquidity. As a result, the value of many of these securities has significantly declined. There can be no assurance that these markets will become more liquid or less volatile, and it is possible that the value of these securities could decline further. |
28
Risks of Investing in Royalty Securities . The Trust may invest in debt and/or equity royalty securities. The risks of investing in these securities will include the risks of investing in the underlying industry. In addition, royalty securities are currently not widely recognized or understood and the Trust may not be able to sell the securities when it wants to do so. Under certain market conditions, these securities may also become highly illiquid. Each security will include different risk factors specific to that transaction. Risk factors of royalty securities generally include risks relating to the products associated with the royalty stream, risks relating to the license agreement, risks relating to the structure of the financing and risks relating to bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings. | ||
Repurchase Agreement Risk . The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase transactions with BNP Securities or other banks and securities dealers. A reverse repurchase transaction is a repurchase transaction in which the Trust is the seller of, rather than the investor in, securities or other assets and agrees to repurchase them at a date certain or on demand. Use of a reverse repurchase transaction may be preferable to a regular sale and later repurchase of securities or other assets because it avoids certain market risks and transaction costs. Reverse repurchase transactions involve the risk that the market value of securities and/or other assets purchased by the Trust with the proceeds received by the Trust in connection with such reverse repurchase transactions may decline below the market value of the securities the Trust is obligated to repurchase under such reverse repurchase transactions. They also involve the risk that the counterparty liquidates the securities delivered to it by the Trust under the reverse repurchase agreement following the occurrence of an event of default under the reverse repurchase agreement by the Trust. At the time when the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase transactions, liquid securities (cash, U.S. Government securities or other high grade debt obligations) of the Trust having a value at least as great as the Purchase Price of the securities to be purchased will be segregated on the books of the Trust throughout the period of the obligation. The use of these investment strategies may increase net asset value fluctuation. |
29
Derivatives Risk . Derivative transactions in which the Trust may engage for hedging and speculative purposes or to enhance total return, including engaging in transactions such as options, futures, swaps, foreign currency transactions, forward foreign currency contracts, currency swaps or options on currency futures and other derivatives transactions (collectively, Derivative Transactions), involve certain risks and special considerations. Derivative Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Derivative Transactions depends on the Investment Advisers ability to predict pertinent market movements. Because many derivatives are leveraged, and thus provide significantly more market exposure than the money paid or deposited when the transaction is entered into, a relatively small adverse market movement may not only result in the loss of the entire investment, but may also expose the Trust to the possibility of a loss exceeding the original amount invested. Thus, the use of Derivative Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, the suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Derivative Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. In addition, the Trusts Derivative Transactions are generally subject to numerous special and complex tax rules. Because the tax rules applicable to such transactions may be uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future Internal Revenue Service (IRS) guidance with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Trust has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification and eligibility for treatment as a RIC and avoid Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. Therefore, the Trusts investments in derivative instruments may be limited by these or other U.S. federal income tax considerations. | ||
If a put or call option purchased by the Trust is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Trust will lose its entire investment in the option. | ||
Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Trust might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Trust were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. |
30
Under recently adopted rules and regulations, transactions in some types of swaps (including interest rate swaps and credit default swaps on North American and European indices) are required to be centrally cleared. In a transaction involving those swaps (cleared derivatives), the Trusts counterparty is a clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Since the Trust is not a member of any clearing houses and only members of a clearing house (a clearing member) can participate directly in the clearing house, the Trust will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at a clearing member. In cleared derivatives positions, the Trust will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through its accounts at a clearing member. A clearing member guarantees performance of its clients obligations to the clearing house. | ||
In many ways, cleared derivative arrangements are less favorable to mutual funds than bilateral arrangements. For example, the Trust may be required to provide more margin for cleared derivatives positions than for bilateral derivatives positions. Also, in contrast to a bilateral derivatives position, following a period of notice to the Trust, a clearing member generally can require termination of an existing cleared derivatives position at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing positions or to terminate those positions at any time. Any increase in margin requirements or termination of existing cleared derivatives positions by the clearing member or the clearing house could interfere with the ability of the Trust to pursue its investment strategy. Further, any increase in margin requirements by a clearing member could expose the Trust to greater credit risk to its clearing member because margin for cleared derivatives positions in excess of a clearing houses margin requirements typically is held by the clearing member. Also, The Trust is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Investment Adviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Trusts behalf. While the documentation in place between the Trust and its clearing member generally provides that the clearing member will accept for clearing all cleared derivatives transactions that are within credit limits (specified in advance) for the Trust, the Trust is still subject to the risk that no clearing member will be willing or able to clear a transaction. In those cases, the position might have to be terminated, and the Trust could lose some or all of the benefit of the position, including loss of an increase in the value of the position and/or loss of hedging protection. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Trust and its clearing member is drafted by the clearing member and generally is less favorable to the Trust than typical bilateral derivatives documentation. For example, documentation relating to cleared derivatives generally includes a one-way indemnity by the Trust in favor of the clearing member for losses the clearing member incurs as the Trusts clearing member and typically does not provide the Trust any remedies if the clearing member defaults or becomes insolvent. While futures contracts entail similar risks, the risks likely are more pronounced for cleared swaps due to their more limited liquidity and market history. |
31
Some types of cleared derivatives are required to be executed on an exchange or on a swap execution facility. A swap execution facility is a trading platform where multiple market participants can execute derivatives by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants in the platform. While this execution requirement is designed to increase transparency and liquidity in the cleared derivatives market, trading on a swap execution facility can create additional costs and risks for the Trust. For example, swap execution facilities typically charge fees, and if the Trust executes derivatives on a swap execution facility through a broker intermediary, the intermediary may impose fees as well. Also, the Trust may indemnify a swap execution facility, or a broker intermediary who executes cleared derivatives on a swap execution facility on the Trusts behalf, against any losses or costs that may be incurred as a result of the Trusts transactions on the swap execution facility. | ||
These and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, further restrict the Trusts ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Trust of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Trust, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. These regulations are new and evolving, so their potential impact on the Trust and the financial system are not yet known. While the new regulations and central clearing of some derivatives transactions are designed to reduce systemic risk (i.e., the risk that the interdependence of large derivatives dealers could cause them to suffer liquidity, solvency or other challenges simultaneously), there is no assurance that the new clearing mechanisms will achieve that result, and in the meantime, as noted above, central clearing and related requirements exposes the Trust to new kinds of risks and costs. | ||
Derivatives; Future Developments . The above discussion relates to the Trusts proposed use of certain types of derivatives currently available. However, the Trust is not limited to the transactions described above. In addition, the relevant markets and related regulations are constantly changing and, in the future, the Trust may use derivatives not currently available or widely in use. | ||
Regulatory Risk . Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect the Trust and its ability to pursue its investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New (or revised) laws or regulations may be imposed by the Commission, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC), the IRS, the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Trust. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to financial reform legislation in the United States. The Trust also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self regulatory organizations. |
32
To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of financial institutions to make loans in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of senior loan interests for investment by the Trust may be adversely affected. To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of the Trust to invest in the assets of distressed companies, the availability of distressed company interests for investment by the Trust may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions may reduce or eliminate sources of financing for affected borrowers. Further, to the extent that legislation or federal or state regulators require such institutions to dispose of senior loan interests relating to highly leveraged transactions or subject such senior loan interests to increased regulatory scrutiny, such financial institutions may determine to sell senior loan interests in a manner that results in a price that, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, is not indicative of fair value. Were the Trust to attempt to sell a senior loan interest at a time when a financial institution was engaging in such a sale with respect to the senior loan interest, the price at which the Trust could consummate such a sale might be adversely affected. | ||
Regulatory Risk Commodity Pool Operator . The Trust is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA; therefore, the Investment Adviser (with respect to the Trust) is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion, the Trust will be limited in its ability to use certain derivatives instruments regulated under the CEA (commodity interests), including futures, most swaps and options on futures. In the event that the Trusts investments in commodity interests exceed a certain threshold, the Investment Adviser may be required to register as a commodity pool operator and/or commodity trading advisor with the CFTC with respect to the Trust. The Investment Advisers eligibility to claim the exclusion with respect to the Trust will be based upon the level and scope of the Trusts investment in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which the Trust holds out its use of commodity interests. For example, CFTC Rule 4.5 requires a fund with respect to which the operator is claiming the exclusion to, among other things, satisfy one of the two following trading thresholds: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in commodity interests cannot exceed 5% of the liquidation value of a funds portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of commodity interests not used solely for bona fide hedging purposes, determined at the time the most recent position was established, cannot generally exceed 100% of the liquidation value of a funds portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions it has entered into. The Trust currently intends to operate in a manner that would permit the Investment Adviser to continue to claim the exclusion under Rule 4.5, which may adversely affect the Investment Advisers ability to manage the Trust under certain market conditions and may adversely affect the Trusts total return. In the event the Investment Adviser becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 and is required to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator, the Trusts expenses may increase, adversely affecting the Trusts total return. |
33
Counterparty Risk . The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased or sold by the Trust. Recently, several broker-dealers and other financial institutions have experienced extreme financial difficulty, sometimes resulting in bankruptcy of the institution. Although the Investment Adviser monitors the creditworthiness of the Trusts counterparties, there can be no assurance that the Trusts counterparties will not experience similar difficulties, possibly resulting in losses to the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt, or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Material exposure to a single or small group of counterparties increases the Trusts counterparty risk. | ||
Credit Default Swaps Risk . The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more debt securities or an index of such securities. In a credit default swap, one party (the protection buyer) is obligated to pay the other party (the protection seller) a stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event, such as a default or, in some instances, a downgrade in credit rating, occurs on the reference obligation. If a credit event occurs, the protection seller must generally pay the protection buyer the par value (the agreed-upon notional value) of the referenced debt obligation in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable reference obligations. | ||
The Trust may be either the protection buyer or protection seller in a credit default swap. If the Trust is a protection buyer, the Trust would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract and would not recover any of those payments if no credit event were to occur. However, if a credit event occurs, the Trust as a protection buyer has the right to deliver the referenced debt obligations or a specified amount of cash, depending upon the terms of the swap, and receive the par value of such debt obligations from the counterparty protection seller. As a protection seller, the Trust would receive fixed payments throughout the term of the contract if no credit event occurs. If a credit event occurs, however, the value of the obligation received by the Trust (e.g., bonds which defaulted), plus the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the par value of the obligation, or cash received, resulting in a loss to the protection seller. Furthermore, the Trust as a protection seller would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because it will have investment exposure to the notional amount of the swap. | ||
Credit default swap agreements are subject to greater risk than a direct investment in the reference obligation. Like all swap agreements, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity, credit and counterparty risks. In additional, collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated and there is no regulatory requirement that a counterparty post collateral to secure its obligations under a credit default swap. Furthermore, there is no requirement that a party be informed in advance when a credit default swap agreement is sold. Accordingly, the Trust may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of its claims. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments. |
34
In the past, the market for credit default swaps has become more volatile as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterpartys credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Trust may not receive adequate collateral. Credit default swaps are not currently traded on any securities exchange. The Trust generally may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Trust to incur more losses. | ||
In addition, the Trust may invest in publicly or privately issued interests in investment pools whose underlying assets are credit default, credit-linked, interest rate, currency exchange, equity-linked or other types of swap contracts and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements. The pools investment results may be designed to correspond generally to the performance of a specified securities index or basket of securities, sometimes a single security. These types of pools are often used to gain exposure to multiple securities with a smaller investment than would be required to invest directly in the individual securities. They may also be used to gain exposure to foreign securities markets without investing in the foreign securities themselves or the relevant foreign market. To the extent that the Trust invests in pools of swaps and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements whose return corresponds to the performance of a foreign securities index or one or more foreign securities, investing in such pools will involve risks similar to the risks of investing in foreign securities. See Foreign Securities below. In addition to the risks associated with investing in swaps generally, the Trust bears the risks and costs generally associated with investing in pooled investment vehicles, such as paying the fees and expenses of the pool and the risk that the pool or the operator of the pool may default on its obligations to the holder of interests in the pool, such as the Trust. Interests in privately offered investment pools of swaps may be considered illiquid or deemed liquid, subject to the Trusts restrictions on investments in illiquid securities. | ||
Market Risk Generally . The profitability of a significant portion of the Trusts investment program depends to a great extent upon correctly assessing the future course of the price movements of securities and other investments and the movements of interest rates. The Investment Adviser may not be able to predict accurately these price and interest rate movements. With respect to certain investment strategies the Trust utilizes, there is a high degree of market risk. | ||
Reinvestment Risk . The Trust reinvests the cash flows received from a security. The additional income from such reinvestment, sometimes called interest-on-interest, is reliant on the prevailing interest rate levels at the time of reinvestment. There is a risk that the interest rate at which interim cash flows can be reinvested will fall. Reinvestment risk is greater for longer holding periods and for securities with large, early cash flows such as high-coupon bonds. Reinvestment risk also applies generally to the reinvestment of the proceeds the Trust receives upon the maturity or sale of a portfolio security. |
35
Timing Risk . Many agency, corporate and municipal bonds, and most mortgage-backed securities, contain a provision that allows the issuer to call all or part of the issue before the bonds maturity date often after five or ten years. The issuer usually retains the right to refinance the bond in the future if market interest rates decline below the coupon rate. There are three disadvantages to the call provision. First, the cash flow pattern of a callable bond is not known with certainty. Second, because an issuer is more likely to call the bonds when interest rates have dropped, the Trust is exposed to reinvestment risk, i.e., the Trust may have to reinvest at lower interest rates the proceeds received when the bond is called. Finally, the capital appreciation potential of a bond will be reduced because the price of a callable bond may not rise much above the price at which the issuer may call the bond. | ||
Inflation Risk . Inflation risk results from the variation in the value of cash flows from a security due to inflation, as measured in terms of purchasing power. For example, if the Trust purchases a bond in which it can realize a coupon rate of 5%, but the rate of inflation increases from 2% to 6%, then the purchasing power of the cash flow has declined. For all but adjustable bonds or floating rate bonds, the Trust is exposed to inflation risk because the interest rate the issuer promises to make is fixed for the life of the security. To the extent that interest rates reflect the expected inflation rate, floating rate bonds have a lower level of inflation risk. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, dividend rates of any variable rate preferred stock issued by the Trust would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to common shareholders. | ||
Arbitrage Risks . The Trust engages in capital structure arbitrage and other arbitrage strategies. Arbitrage strategies entail various risks, including the risk that external events, regulatory approvals and other factors will impact the consummation of announced corporate events and/or the prices of certain positions. In addition, hedging is an important feature of capital structure arbitrage. There is no guarantee that the Investment Adviser will be able to hedge the Trusts investment portfolio in the manner necessary to employ successfully the Trusts strategy. | ||
Short Sales Risk . Short selling involves selling securities that may or may not be owned and borrowing the same securities for delivery to the purchaser, with an obligation to replace the borrowed securities at a later date. Short selling allows the Trust to profit from declines in market prices to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. However, because the borrowed securities must be replaced by purchases at market prices in order to close out the short position, any appreciation in the price of the borrowed securities would result in a loss. The securities necessary to cover a short position may not be available for purchase. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. The Trust may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, the Trust might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. Short sales by the Trust that are not made against the box theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, since the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase. |
36
REIT Tax Risk for REIT Subsidiaries . In addition to NREO and NREC, we may form one or more subsidiaries that will elect to be taxed as REITs beginning with the first year in which they commence material operations. In order for each subsidiary to qualify and maintain its qualification as a REIT, it must satisfy certain requirements set forth in the Code and Treasury Regulations that depend on various factual matters and circumstances. The Trust and the Investment Adviser intend to structure each REIT subsidiary and its activities in a manner designed to satisfy all of these requirements. However, the application of such requirements is not entirely clear, and it is possible that the IRS may interpret or apply those requirements in a manner that jeopardizes the ability of such REIT subsidiary to satisfy all of the requirements for qualification as a REIT. | ||
If a REIT subsidiary fails to qualify as a REIT for any taxable year and it does not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income at corporate rates. In addition, it will generally be disqualified from treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year of losing its REIT status. Losing its REIT status will reduce its net earnings available for investment or distribution to stockholders because of the additional tax liability. In addition, distributions to stockholders will no longer qualify for the dividends paid deduction, and the REIT subsidiary will no longer be required to make distributions. If this occurs, such REIT subsidiary might be required to borrow funds or liquidate some investments in order to pay the applicable tax. | ||
To obtain the favorable tax treatment afforded to REITs under the Code, among other things each REIT subsidiary generally will be required each year to distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of its REIT taxable income determined without regard to the dividends-paid deduction and excluding net capital gain. To the extent that it does not distribute all of its net capital gains, or distributes at least 90%, but less than 100%, of its REIT taxable income, as adjusted, it will have to pay a corporate level tax on amounts retained. Furthermore, if it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (a) 85% of its ordinary income for that year, (b) 95% of its capital gain net income for that year, and (c) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, it would have to pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the amounts required to be distributed over the sum of (a) the amounts that it actually distributed and (b) the amounts it retained and upon which it paid income tax at the corporate level. These requirements could cause it to distribute amounts that otherwise would be spent on investments in real estate assets, and it is possible that the REIT subsidiary might be required to borrow funds, possibly at unfavorable rates, or sell assets to fund the required distributions. |
37
MLP Risk . The Trust may invest in master limited partnership (MLP) securities. MLPs typically are characterized as publicly traded partnerships that qualify to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are principally engaged in one or more aspects of the exploration, production, processing, transmission, marketing, storage or delivery of energy-related commodities, such as natural gas, natural gas liquids, coal, crude oil or refined petroleum products (collectively, the energy industry). As a result, holders of MLP securities will be subject to risks related to the energy industry, including: (i) fluctuations in commodity prices; (ii) reduced volumes of natural gas or other energy commodities available for transporting, processing, storing or distributing; (iii) slowdowns in new construction and acquisitions; (iv) reduced demand for commodities such as crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum products; (v) depletion of natural gas reserves or other commodities; (vi) extreme weather and environmental hazards; (vii) stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies; and (viii) dangers inherent to the energy industry, such as leaks, fires, explosions, damage to facilities and equipment resulting from natural disasters, inadvertent damage to facilities and equipment and terrorist acts. | ||
Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like the Trust when it invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. The Trust also may invest in companies who serve (or whose affiliates serve) as the general partner of an MLP. These investments may not be taxed as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. General Partners typically have limited fiduciary duties to an MLP, which could allow a general partner to favor its own interests over the MLPs interests. Additionally, general partners of MLPs often have limited call rights that may require MLP unit holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price. | ||
Holders of MLP securities have limited control and voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. Holders of securities issued by an MLP are exposed to a remote possibility of liability for all of the obligations of that MLP in the event that a court determines that the rights of the holders of MLP securities to vote to remove or replace the general partner of that MLP, to approve amendments to that MLPs partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement of that MLP would constitute control of the business of that MLP, or a court or governmental agency determines that the MLP is conducting business in a state without complying with the partnership statute of that state. Holders of MLP securities are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them. | ||
In addition, MLPs are subject to the risk that they will fail to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If an MLP does not meet current legal requirements to maintain its partnership status, or if it is unable to do so because of tax or other law changes, it would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In that case, the MLP would be obligated to pay U.S. federal income tax (as well as state and local taxes) at the entity level on its taxable income and distributions received by the Trust would be taxable to the Trust as dividend income to the extent of the MLPs current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal tax purposes. The classification of an MLP as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes could have the effect of reducing the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP and the value of the Trusts investment in any such MLP. As a result, the value of the Trusts shares and the cash available for distribution to Trust shareholders could be materially reduced. |
38
The Trust intends to limit its investments in MLPs and related entities to the extent necessary to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes. In general, a RIC is not permitted to invest, including through corporations in which the RIC owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, more than 25% of its total assets in qualified publicly-traded partnerships. | ||
BDC Risk . Business Development Companies (BDCs) generally invest in less mature private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well-established publicly-traded companies. The Trust will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other operating expenses and of any performance-based or incentive fees charged by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Trust. The Investment Company Act imposes certain constraints upon the operations of a BDC. Generally, little public information exists for private and thinly traded companies in which a BDC may invest and there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of a BDC and its portfolio of investments. In addition, to qualify and remain eligible for the special tax treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders, the BDCs in which the Trust invests must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If a BDC in which the Trust invests fails to qualify as a RIC, such BDC would be liable for federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains. Such failure by a BDC could substantially reduce the BDCs net assets and the amount of income available for distribution to the Trust, which would in turn decrease the total return of the Trust in respect of such investment. | ||
Risks of Investing in Structured Finance Securities . A portion of the Trusts investments may consist of equipment trust certificates, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized bond obligations, CLOs or similar instruments. Such structured finance securities are generally backed by an asset or a pool of assets, which serve as collateral. Depending on the type of security, the collateral may take the form of a portfolio of mortgage loans or bonds or other assets. The Trust and other investors in structured finance securities ultimately bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. In some instances, the structured finance securities are issued in multiple tranches, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics, often categorized as senior, mezzanine and subordinated/equity according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the relevant collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches of such securities take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. In light of the above considerations, structured finance securities may present risks similar to those of the other types of debt obligations in which the Trust may invest and, in fact, such risks may be of greater significance in the case of structured finance securities. Moreover, investing in structured finance securities may entail a variety of unique risks. In addition to the risks noted above and other risks, structured finance securities may be subject to prepayment risk. In addition, the performance of a structured finance security will be affected by a variety of factors, including the securitys priority in the capital structure of the issuer thereof, the availability of any credit enhancement, the level and timing of payments and recoveries on and the characteristics of the underlying receivables, loans or other assets that are being securitized, remoteness of those assets from the originator or transferor, the adequacy of and ability to realize upon any related collateral and the capability of the servicer of the securitized assets. In addition, the complex structure of the security may produce unexpected investment results, especially during times of market stress or volatility. Investments in structured finance securities may also be subject to illiquidity risk. Collateralized mortgage obligations may have risks similar to those of mortgage-backed securities. See Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk for more information. |
39
Risks of Investing in Preferred Securities . There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including: | ||
Deferral . Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Trust owns a preferred security that is deferring the payment of its distributions, the Trust may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any such deferred distribution even though the Trust has not yet received such income. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to distribute this reported income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is reported (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of income the Trust actually received, and, among other things, to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions.
Subordination . Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a companys capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
Liquidity . Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stock or U.S. government securities.
Limited Voting Rights . Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuers board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. |
||
Risks of Investing in Swaps . Investments in swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments. Use of swaps subjects the Trust to risk of default by the counterparty. If there is a default by the counterparty to such a transaction, there may be contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction although contractual remedies may not be sufficient in the event the counterparty is insolvent. The Trust may enter into credit default swaps, currency swaps or other swaps which may be surrogates for other instruments such as currency forwards or options. Swap agreements are sophisticated financial instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. Swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Trusts performance, as the potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not necessarily subject to any fixed limit. | ||
Recently, several broker-dealers and other financial institutions have experienced extreme financial difficulty, sometimes resulting in bankruptcy of the institution. Although the Investment Adviser monitors the creditworthiness of the Trusts counterparties, the Trusts counterparties could experience similar difficulties, possibly resulting in losses to the Trust. |
40
Risks of Investing in Synthetic Securities . In addition to credit risks associated with holding non-investment grade loans and high-yield debt securities, with respect to synthetic securities the Trust will usually have a contractual relationship only with the counterparty of such synthetic securities, and not the issuer (the Reference Obligor) of the debt security or other obligation upon which the synthetic security is based (the Reference Obligation). The Trust generally will have no right to enforce directly compliance by the Reference Obligor with the terms of the Reference Obligation nor any rights of setoff against the Reference Obligor, nor have any voting rights with respect to the Reference Obligation. The Trust will not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the Reference Obligation or have the benefit of the remedies on default that would normally be available to a holder of such Reference Obligation. In addition, in the event of insolvency of its counterparty, the Trust will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the credit risk of the counterparty as well as that of the Reference Obligor. As a result, investments in synthetic securities are subject to an additional degree of risk because they are subject to the credit risk of the counterparty as well as that of the Reference Obligor. The Investment Adviser may not perform independent credit analyses of any particular counterparty, or any entity guaranteeing the obligations of such counterparty. See Prospectus Summary Principal Risks of the Trust Counterparty Risk. | ||
The Trust currently does not expect to invest more than 10% of its assets in synthetic securities as measured on a mark-to-market basis. However, the Trusts investments in synthetic securities may exceed this amount from time to time. | ||
Valuation Risk . Portfolio securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations, under the circumstances described under Determination of Net Asset Value. The value established for a portfolio security may be different than what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if it had been priced using market quotations. Portfolio securities that are valued using techniques other than market quotations, including fair valued securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that the Fund could sell a portfolio security for the value established for it at any time and it is possible that the Fund would incur a loss because a portfolio security is sold at a discount to its established value.
Fair value is defined as the amount for which assets could be sold in an orderly disposition over a reasonable period of time, taking into account the nature of the asset. Fair value pricing, however, involves judgments that are inherently subjective and inexact, since fair valuation procedures are used only when it is not possible to be sure what value should be attributed to a particular asset or when an event will affect the market price of an asset and to what extent. As a result, fair value pricing may not reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security will be materially different from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that asset. |
||
Risks of Non-Diversification and Other Focused Strategies . While the Investment Adviser invests in a number of fixed-income and equity instruments issued by different issuers and employs multiple investment strategies with respect to the Trusts investment portfolio, it is possible that a significant amount of the Trusts investments could be invested in the instruments of only a few companies or other issuers or that at any particular point in time one investment strategy could be more heavily weighted than the others. The focus of the Trusts investment portfolio in any one issuer would subject the Trust to a greater degree of risk with respect to defaults by such issuer or other adverse events affecting that issuer, and the focus of the portfolio in any one industry or group of industries would subject the Trust to a greater degree of risk with respect to economic downturns relating to such industry or industries. The focus of the Trusts investment portfolio in any one investment strategy would subject the Trust to a greater degree of risk than if the Trusts investment portfolio were varied in its investments with respect to several investment strategies. |
41
Risks Related to Current Market Conditions . Recently, debt markets have experienced a period of high volatility, which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions and prices. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. These concerns expanded to include derivatives, securitized assets and a broad range of other debt securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes, and sectors. As a result, debt instruments have experienced, and may in the future experience, liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Debt securities may be difficult to value during such periods. These market conditions may have an adverse effect on the Trusts investments and hamper the Trusts ability to sell the debt securities in which it invests or to find and purchase suitable debt instruments. Because the Trust invests heavily in fixed income securities and related investments, it may underperform during periods of rising interest rates. Market conditions may also make it more difficult or impossible for the Trust to use leverage to the degree required, or make any such leverage more expensive (for example, by increasing interest expense). In addition, these conditions may directly and adversely affect the setting of dividend rates on the common shares. | ||
The recent market conditions have also caused domestic and international issuers to seek capital infusions to strengthen their financial positions or to remain financially viable. These capital infusions have taken a variety of forms, including the public or private issuance of additional debt securities, equity securities or both, which have been purchased by, among others, public and private investors, government agencies, and sovereign wealth funds. If the Trust owns shares of an issuer that sells additional equity securities and the Trust cannot or chooses not to purchase shares in the offering, the Trusts interest in the issuing company will be diluted. | ||
Risks of Investing in a Trust with Anti-Takeover Provisions . The Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. | ||
Key Adviser Personnel Risk . The Trusts ability to identify and invest in attractive opportunities is dependent upon the Investment Adviser. If one or more key individuals leaves the Investment Adviser, the Investment Adviser may not be able to hire qualified replacements or may require an extended time to do so. This situation could prevent the Trust from achieving its investment objectives. |
42
Risks Relating to Dilution of Shareholders Interests . Shareholders interests in the Trust may be diluted if they do not fully exercise their subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then there will be an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of our shares. In the event we issue subscription rights, shareholders who do not fully exercise their rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this Prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. Such dilution is not currently determinable because it is not known what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Any such dilution will disproportionately affect non-exercising shareholders. This dilution could be substantial. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of the rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. | ||
Risks Relating to Trusts Tax Status . To remain eligible for the special tax treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code, the Trust must meet certain source of income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If the Trust were to fail to comply with the income, diversification or distribution requirements, the Trust could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Trust-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Trust were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or were to otherwise fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment, all of its taxable income regardless of whether timely distributed to shareholders would be subject to corporate-level tax and all of its distributions from earnings and profits (including from net long-term capital gains) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. For individual shareholders who meet certain holding period requirements, such distributions would be eligible for reduced tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income. In any such event, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce the Trusts net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of its distributions. Any such failure would have a material adverse effect on the Trust and its shareholders. In addition, in some cases, the Trust could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions in order to re-qualify as a RIC. | ||
RIC-Related Risks of Investments Generating Non-Cash Taxable Income . Certain of the Trusts investments will require the Trust to recognize taxable income in a taxable year in excess of the cash generated on those investments during that year. In particular, the Trust expects that a substantial portion of its investments in loans and other debt obligations will be treated as having market discount and/or original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which, in some cases, could be significant. Because the Trust may be required to recognize income in respect of these investments before or without receiving cash representing such income, the Trust may have difficulty satisfying the annual distribution requirements applicable to RICs and avoiding Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. Accordingly, the Trust may be required to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, raise additional debt or equity capital, or reduce new investments, to obtain the cash needed to make these income distributions. If the Trust liquidates portfolio securities to raise cash, the Trust may realize gain or loss on such liquidations; in the event the Trust realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions. |
43
Limitations of Credit Ratings . Credit ratings represent only the opinion of the rating agency with respect to the ability of the issuer to make principal and interest payments on the securities. In determining a credit rating, rating agencies do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in market value. Further, there may be limits on the effectiveness of the rating agencies financial models. For these and other reasons, a credit rating may not fully reflect the risks inherent in the relevant security. Further, a rating organization may have a conflict of interest with respect to a security for which it assigns a particular rating. For example, if the issuer or sponsor of a security pays a rating agency for the analysis of the security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the conditions of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. In other words, a security or an issuer may maintain a certain credit rating even though conditions have deteriorated since the rating was issued. Consequently, credit ratings should not necessarily be relied upon as an indicator of investment quality. If a rating organization changes the rating assigned to one or more of the Trusts portfolio securities, the Trust is not required to sell the relevant securities. | ||
Certain Affiliations . Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Trust or the Investment Adviser. Absent an exemption from the SEC or other regulatory relief, the Trust is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Trusts ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities. In addition, unless and until the underwriting syndicate is broken in connection with the initial public offering of the securities, the Trust will be precluded from effecting principal transactions with brokers who are members of the syndicate. | ||
Operational and Technology Risk . Cyberattacks, disruptions, or failures that affect the Trusts service providers, counterparties, market participants, or issuers of securities held by the Trust may adversely affect the Trust and its shareholders, including by causing losses for the Trust or impairing Trust operations. | ||
Concentration Risk . The Trust is required to invest at least 25% of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the real estate industry. Under this policy, the Trust may be subject to greater market fluctuations than a fund that does not concentrate its investments in a particular industry. Financial, economic, business, and other developments affecting issuers in the real estate industry will have a greater effect on the Trust, and if securities of the real estate industry fall out of favor, the Trust could underperform, or its net asset value may be more volatile than, funds that have greater industry diversification. | ||
Real Estate Industry Risk . Issuers principally engaged in real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts, may be subject to risks similar to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, including: (i) changes in general economic and market conditions; (ii) changes in the value of real estate properties; (iii) risks related to local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition; (iv) increases in property taxes and operating expenses; (v) changes in zoning laws; (vi) casualty and condemnation losses; (vii) variations in rental income, neighborhood values or the appeal of property to tenants; (viii) the availability of financing and (ix) changes in interest rates and leverage. |
44
Communications Industry Risk . The market for communications products and services is characterized by rapidly changing technology, rapid product obsolescence, cyclical market patterns, evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions. The success of the communications industry issuers depends in substantial part on the timely and successful introduction of new products and services. An unexpected change in in the market for products or services based on a particular technology could have a material adverse affect on an issuers operating results. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that communications industry issuers will be able to respond in a timely manner to compete in the rapidly developing marketplace. Many communications companies rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secret laws to establish and protect their intellectual property. There can be no assurance that the steps taken to protect intellectual property will be adequate to prevent misappropriation or that competitors will not independently develop products or services that are substantially equivalent or superior to such issuers products or services. |
Given the risks described above, an investment in the securities may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Trust.
The Trusts common and preferred shares are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) and we are required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. The materials we file are available at the Commissions public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the Commissions public reference room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Commission maintains an Internet website, at http://www.sec.gov , that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including us, that file documents electronically with the Commission.
Summary of Trust Fees and Expenses
The following table shows the Trusts expenses, including preferred shares offering expenses, as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares.
Shareholder Transaction Expenses |
||||
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price) |
| % | ||
Offering expenses borne by holders of common shares (as a percentage of offering price) |
0.05 | % (1) | ||
Dividend reinvestment and cash purchase plan fees |
None | (2) | ||
Preferred Shares Offering Expenses Borne by the Trust (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares) |
Percentage of Net Assets
|
||||
Annual Expenses |
||||
Management fees |
1.60 | % (4) | ||
Other expenses |
1.55 | % (5) | ||
Interest payments on borrowed funds |
1.29 | % (6) | ||
Remainder of other expenses |
0.26 | % | ||
|
|
|||
Total annual expenses |
3.15 | % | ||
Dividends on Preferred Shares |
[ | ]%(X) | ||
Total Annual Expenses and Dividends on Preferred Shares |
[ | ]% | ||
|
|
(1) |
The fees and expenses of the Offering will be borne by the Trust and indirectly by all of its common shareholders, including those who do not exercise their Rights. |
(2) |
Common shareholders will pay a brokerage commission of $0.04 per share sold if they direct the Plan Agent (as defined in the accompanying Prospectus) to sell common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See Dividend Reinvestment Plan in the accompanying Prospectus. |
45
(3) |
Assumes leverage in the amount of 25% of net assets. As of December 31, 2018, the Trust employed leverage in an amount equal to 23.7% of net assets. The Trust may use leverage through borrowings and/or preferred shares. The Trust currently leverages through borrowings from two committed facilities and through a master repurchase agreement. See Principal Risks of the Trust Leverage Risk in the accompanying Prospectus for a brief description of the Trusts Committed Facility with BNP, the Repurchase Agreement with BNP Securities and the Committed Facility with KeyBank National Association. |
(4) |
Management fees are the investment advisory and administrative services fees paid to the Investment Adviser, which are computed based on Managed Assets. See Management of the Trust Investment Adviser and Management of the Trust Administrator/Sub-Administrator in the accompanying Prospectus. Such fees have been converted to net assets for purposes of the fee table presentation as follows: management fees, assuming no leverage, divided by (one minus the Trusts assumed leverage of 20% of the Trusts total assets). Because the base management fees of 1.20% (including an administrative fee of 0.20%) are based on the Trusts gross assets, when the Trust uses leverage, the base management fees as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares will increase because the Trusts common shareholders bear all of the fees and expenses of the Trust. |
(5) |
Other Expenses, which is based on the Trusts estimated current expenses, includes costs associated with the Trusts short sales on securities, including dividend and interest expenses associated with securities sold short. When a cash dividend is declared or interest is payable on a security for which the Trust holds a short position, the Trust incurs the obligation to pay an amount equal to that dividend or interest to the lender of the shorted security. Thus, the estimate for dividend and interest expenses paid is also based on the dividend yields or interest payments of securities that would be sold short as part of anticipated trading practices (which may involve avoiding dividend or interest expenses with respect to certain short sale transactions by closing out the position prior to the underlying issuers ex-dividend or ex-interest date). Other Expenses also includes the dividend and interest expense that the Trust is expected to incur during the current fiscal year. |
(6) |
Assumes the use of leverage in the form of borrowings representing 25% of the Trusts total assets (including assets obtained through such borrowing) at an effective annual interest rate cost to the Trust of 3.87%. This variable rate is based on current interest rates under the Trusts borrowing facilities and is subject to change. The interest rate will increase in rising interest rate environments and, therefore, the actual interest expense borne by Trust shareholders will increase over time in a rising interest rate environment. The Margin Facility has a rolling 90-day term. There is no guarantee that the Trust will be able to renew its credit facility on these or other favorable terms in the future. While the Trust has no present intention to issue preferred shares within the next twelve months, if an attractive preferred shares financing opportunity were to come to the Trusts attention during that period, the Trust may consider that opportunity. |
Estimated maximum amount based on offering of $[ ] million in common shares and $500,000,000 million in preferred shares. The estimates assume a [ ]% sales load on common shares and $[ ] in common offering expenses, and [ ]% sales load on preferred shares and $[ ] in preferred offering expenses. Actual sales loads and offering expenses may be higher or lower than these estimates and will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement if applicable.
Shareholders participating in the Trusts dividend reinvestment and cash purchase plan do not incur any additional fees.
Assumes issuance of $500,000,000.00 in liquidation preference of fixed rate preferred shares, net assets attributable to common shares of $[ ] (which includes issuance of $[ ] million in common shares) and $[ ] in preferred offering expenses. The actual amounts in connection with any offering will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement if applicable.
Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current year assuming completion of the proposed issuances.
Dividends on Preferred Shares represent the aggregate of (1) the estimated distributions on the existing preferred shares outstanding and (2) the distributions that would be made assuming $[ ] million of preferred shares is issued with a fixed dividend rate of [ ]%. There can, of course, be no guarantee that any preferred shares would be issued or, if issued, the terms thereof.
The purpose of this table is to assist the investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in the Trust will bear directly or indirectly.
EXAMPLE
The following example illustrates the projected expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in preferred shares of the Trust (including the estimated costs of this offering borne by the Trust of $[250,000]), assuming (1) that the Trusts current net assets do not increase or decrease, (2) that the Trust maintains a leverage ratio of 20% from all sources of leverage, (3) that the Trust incurs total annual expenses of [2.75]% of net assets attributable to common shares through year 10, and (4) a 5% annual return. The following example also assumes all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses, and actual expenses (including leverage and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.
46
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Total expenses incurred |
$ | [33 | ] | $ | [98 | ] | $ | [166 | ] | $ | [346 | ] |
** |
The example includes Dividends of Preferred Shares. If Dividends on Preferred Shares were not included in the example calculation, the expenses for the 1-, 3-, 5- and 10-year periods in the table above would be as follows (based on the same assumptions as above): $33, $98, $166 and $346. The applicable Prospectus Supplement to be used in connection with any sales of securities will set forth any applicable sales load and the estimated offering expenses borne by the Trust. |
The following Financial Highlights table is intended to help you understand the Trusts financial performance since inception. The information in the table was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and the Report of the Independent Registered Accounting Firm thereon appear in the Trusts Annual Report for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018 are incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information and available from the Trust upon request. The Trusts performance has been enhanced by the existence of contractual waivers of fees and expenses, which may not continue into the future.
Selected data for a share outstanding throughout each period is as follows:
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015* | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year |
$ | 26.02 | $ | 25.89 | $ | 22.92 | $ | 53.92 | $ | 11.34 | ||||||||||
Income from Investment Operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income (a) |
0.75 | 0.93 | 4.08 | 8.75 | (b) | 0.82 | ||||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) |
0.83 | 2.88 | 1.69 | (16.08 | ) | 2.02 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total from investment operations |
1.58 | 3.81 | 5.77 | (7.33 | ) | 2.84 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Less Distributions Declared to Common Shareholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||
From net investment income |
(0.77 | ) | (2.39 | ) | (2.80 | ) | (2.88 | ) | (0.70 | ) | ||||||||||
From return of capital |
(1.63 | ) | (0.01 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||
From spin-off (d) |
| | | (20.79 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total distributions declared to common shareholders |
(2.40 | ) | (2.40 | ) | (2.80 | ) | (23.67 | ) | (0.70 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Issuance of Common Shares (e) : |
||||||||||||||||||||
Shares Issued: |
(1.46 | ) | (1.28 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
$ | 23.74 | $ | 26.02 | $ | 25.89 | $ | 22.92 | $ | 13.48 | ||||||||||
Market Value, End of Period |
$ | 19.93 | $ | 25.29 | $ | 22.77 | $ | 20.44 | $ | 11.23 | ||||||||||
Market Value Total Return (f) |
(8.93 | )% | 27.31 | % | 27.69 | % | (18.09 | )% | 26.77 | % | ||||||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets/ Supplemental Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (in 000s) |
$ | 767,711 | $ | 592,309 | $ | 414,800 | $ | 366,078 | $ | 860,877 | ||||||||||
Common Shares Information at End of Period: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Ratios based on average net assets of common shares: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Gross operating expenses (g) |
2.65 | % | 2.58 | % | 3.12 | % | 3.43 | % | 2.48 | % | ||||||||||
Net investment income/(loss) |
3.02 | % | 3.69 | % | 17.34 | % | 24.23 | % (h) | 6.45 | % | ||||||||||
Common and Preferred Shares Information at End of Period: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Ratios based on average managed assets of common shares: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Gross operating expenses (g) |
2.14 | % | 2.21 | % | 2.17 | % | 2.23 | % | 1.68 | % | ||||||||||
Net investment income/(loss) |
2.44 | % | 3.16 | % | 12.05 | % | 15.79 | % (i) | 4.38 | % | ||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate (j) |
48 | % | 36 | % | 41 | % | 31 | % | 59 | % | ||||||||||
Average commission rate paid (k) |
0.0263 | 0.0286 | 0.0294 | 0.0223 | 0.0266 |
* |
Per share data prior to October 6, 2015 has been adjusted to give effect to a 4 to 1 reverse stock split. |
47
(a) |
Net investment income (loss) per share was calculated using average shares outstanding during the period. |
(b) |
Includes non-recurring dividend from Freedom REIT. |
(c) |
Less than 0.005% |
(d) |
On April 1, 2015, the Fund completed a spinoff transaction whereby shares of NexPoint Residential Trust, Inc. were distributed to shareholders in a pro-rata taxable distribution |
(e) |
Shares issued at a discount to NAV. The per share impact was derived by computing (A) the number of shares issued times (B) the difference between the net proceeds per share and NAV divided by (C) the total shares outstanding following the share issuance. |
(f) |
Based on market value per share. Distributions, if any, are assumed for purposes of this calculation to be reinvested at prices obtained under the Funds Dividend Reinvestment Plan. |
(g) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below: |
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Ratios based on average net assets of common shares: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses) |
2.65 | % | 2.58 | % | 3.12 | % | 3.43 | % | 2.48 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees |
0.90 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.93 | % | 0.71 | % | 0.50 | % | ||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short |
| % (c) | | % (c) | 0.07 | % | 0.24 | % | 0.07 | % | ||||||||||
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Ratios based on Managed Assets of common shares: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses) |
2.14 | % | 2.21 | % | 2.17 | % | 2.23 | % | 1.68 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees |
0.73 | % | 0.59 | % | 0.65 | % | 0.46 | % | 0.34 | % | ||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short |
| % (c) | | % (c) | 0.05 | % | 0.15 | % | 0.04 | % |
(h) |
Net investment income (excluding non-recurring dividend from Freedom REIT) was 9.76%. |
(i) |
Net investment income (excluding non-recurring dividend from Freedom REIT) was 6.36%. |
(j) |
Excludes in-kind activity. |
(k) |
Represents the total dollar amount of commissions paid on portfolio transactions divided by total number of portfolio shares purchased and sold for which commissions were charged. |
48
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund
We may offer, from time to time, in one or more Offerings, up to $500,000,000 of our fixed rate preferred shares or subscription rights (either transferable or non-transferable), separately or as units comprising any combination of the foregoing, on the terms to be determined at the time of such Offering. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any sale of fixed rate preferred shares will set forth the liquidation preference and information about the dividend period, dividend rate, any call protection or non-call period and other matters. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any offering of subscription rights will set forth the number of common and/or fixed rate preferred shares issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering. We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale (including agents, underwriters or dealers affiliated with the Investment Adviser). Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
While the aggregate number and amount of securities we may issue pursuant to this registration statement is limited to $500,000,000 of securities, our Board may, without any action by the shareholders, amend our Agreement and Declaration of Trust from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares or the number of shares of any class or series that we have authority to issue. We may not sell any of our securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering.
The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices; provided , however , that the price per share at which our common shares are sold, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common shares at the time of the offering except (i) in connection with a rights offering to our existing shareholders, (ii) with the consent of the majority of our common shareholders, or (iii) under such circumstances as the Commission may permit.
In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions, commissions, structuring fees, distribution assistance payments or other compensation. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) and any discounts, commissions or other compensation they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The maximum commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 9% for the sale of any securities being registered.
We may sell the securities through agents from time to time. The Prospectus Supplement will name any agent involved in the offer or sale of the securities and any commissions we pay to them. Generally, any agent will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of its appointment.
Any securities sold pursuant to a Prospectus Supplement may be traded on the NYSE, or another exchange on which the securities are traded.
Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.
We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this Prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable Prospectus Supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of shares, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of shares. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this Prospectus, will be identified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
49
In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.
The Trusts common shareholders will indirectly bear all of the various expenses incurred in connection with the distribution activities described herein.
The Trust will invest the net proceeds of the Offer in accordance with the Trusts investment objectives and policies as stated in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement. Assuming current market conditions, the Trust estimates that investment of the net proceeds of an Offering will be substantially complete within one to three months of the completion of such Offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds of the Offering may be invested in cash and/or short-term debt securities. These temporary investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we hope to achieve from our targeted investments. Following the completion of the Offering, the Trust may increase the amount of leverage outstanding. See Use of Leverage.
The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 2006, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust commenced operations on June 29, 2006, following its initial public offering. The Trusts principal office is located at 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201 and its telephone number is 1-866-351-4440.
Investment Objectives and Policies
The Trusts investment objectives are to provide both current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in the following categories of securities and instruments of corporations and other business entities: (i) secured and unsecured floating and fixed rate loans; (ii) bonds and other debt obligations; (iii) debt obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers; (iv) structured products, including but not limited to, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations; (v) equities; (vi) other investment companies, including business development companies; and (vii) REITs. The Trust may also invest in other securities and instruments, including derivative instruments. Subject to these general guidelines, the Investment Adviser has broad discretion to allocate the Trusts assets among these investment categories and other investments and to change allocations as conditions warrant. In order to pursue most effectively its opportunistic investment strategy, the Trust will not maintain fixed duration, maturity or credit quality policies. The Trust may invest in debt obligations of any credit quality. The Trust may invest in securities and obligations of domestic issuers and in credit or securities market investments that are either issued by entities domiciled outside of the U.S., or denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, or both (Non-U.S. Securities).
Additionally, the Trust has a fundamental policy to concentrate its investments in the real estate industry, and, under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 25% of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the real estate industry. Within the categories of obligations and securities in which the Trust invests, the Investment Adviser employs various trading strategies, including capital structure arbitrage, pair trades and shorting. Capital structure arbitrage is a strategy in which the Trust seeks opportunities created by mispricing in different markets of various instruments issued by one corporation. Pair trades involve matching a long position with a short position in two stocks of different issuers in the same sector, betting that the spread between the two will eventually converge. Short selling (also known as shorting or going short) is a strategy in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. See Portfolio Composition for further description of these strategies. The Trust may also invest in these categories of obligations and securities through the use of derivatives. The Trust is not limited in the amount it may invest in derivatives, and it may use derivatives for speculative purposes. There is no limitation on the amount of securities and other instruments rated below investment grade, which are commonly referred to as junk securities, that the Trust may purchase, and under normal circumstances substantially all of the Trusts investment portfolio is expected to consist of such securities and instruments or securities and other instruments which, if unrated, are considered to be of similar quality. The Trust may invest a significant portion of its assets in issuers that are in default or that present a high risk of default. Junk securities are subject to greater risk of loss of principal and interest and may be less liquid than investment grade securities. The Trust may invest up to 15% of its net assets in entities that are excluded from registration under the Investment Company Act by virtue of section 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act (such as private equity funds or hedge funds). This limitation does not apply to any CLOs, certain of which may rely on Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.
50
The Trusts investment objectives may be changed without shareholder approval. There can be no assurance that the Trusts investment objectives will be achieved.
Under normal market conditions, the Trust invests across various markets in which the Investment Adviser holds significant investment experience: primarily the leveraged loan, high yield, structured products, real estate, communications, natural resources and stressed and distressed markets. The Investment Adviser makes investment decisions based on quantitative analysis, which employs sophisticated, data-intensive models to drive the investment process. The Trust has a fundamental policy to concentrate its investments in the real estate industry, and, under normal market conditions, the Trust invests at least 25% of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the real estate industry and the Investment Adviser has full discretion regarding the capital markets from which it can access investment opportunities in accordance with the investment limitations set forth in this Prospectus.
The Investment Adviser uses trading strategies to seek to exploit pricing inefficiencies across the credit markets, or debt markets, and within an individual issuers capital structure. The Investment Adviser varies its investments by strategy, industry, security type and credit market, but reserves the right to re-position its portfolio among these criteria depending on market dynamics, and thus the Trust may experience high portfolio turnover. The Investment Adviser manages interest rate, default, currency and systemic risks through a variety of trading methods and market tools, including derivative hedging instruments, as it deems appropriate. This multi-strategy investment program allows the Investment Adviser to assess what it considers to be the best opportunities across multiple markets and to adjust quickly the Trusts trading strategies and market focus to changing conditions. The Investment Adviser focuses primarily on the U.S. marketplace, but may pursue opportunities in the non-U.S. credit or securities markets by investing the Trusts assets in Non-U.S. Securities.
The Investment Adviser may select investments from a wide range of trading strategies and credit markets in order to vary the Trusts investments and to optimize the risk-reward parameters of the Trust. The Investment Adviser does not intend to invest the Trusts assets according to pre-determined allocations. The investment team and other personnel of the Investment Adviser use a wide range of resources to identify attractive individual investments and promising investment strategies for consideration in connection with investments by the Trust. The following is a description of the general types of securities in which the Trust may invest. This description is merely a summary, and the Investment Adviser has discretion to cause the Trust to invest in other types of securities and to follow other investment criteria and guidelines as described herein.
The Trust invests and trades in listed and unlisted, public and private, rated and unrated, debt and equity instruments and other obligations, including structured debt and equity instruments and financial derivatives. Investments may include investments in stressed and distressed positions, which may include publicly-traded debt and equity securities (including securities of REITs, BDCs and MLPs), obligations which were privately placed with banks, insurance companies and other lending institutions, trade claims, accounts receivable and any other form of obligation recognized as a claim in a bankruptcy or workout process. The Trust may invest in securities traded in foreign countries and denominated in foreign currencies.
As part of its investment program, the Trust may invest, from time to time, in securities or other instruments that are sold in private placements and that are neither listed on an exchange, nor traded over the counter. The Trust may also receive equity or equity-related securities in connection with a workout transaction or may invest directly in equity securities.
The Trust may employ currency hedges (either in the forward or options markets) in certain circumstances to reduce currency risk and may engage in other derivative transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return. The Trust may also lend securities and engage in short sales of securities. The Trust currently leverages through borrowings from a committed facility, through a master repurchase agreement and through a bridge credit agreement. Additionally, the Trust may continue to use leverage in the future through borrowings or the issuance of preferred shares. However, the Trust has no present intention to issue preferred shares within the next twelve months. However, it is possible that an attractive preferred shares financing opportunity may arise, which the Trust may consider. In addition, the Trust may invest in the securities of companies whose capital structures are highly leveraged.
From time to time, the Investment Adviser may also invest a portion of the Trusts assets in short-term U.S. government obligations, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments, including repurchase agreements with respect to such obligations and pooled investment vehicles (for example, money market funds) that invest in these obligations, to enable the Trust to make investments quickly, to serve as collateral with respect to certain of its investments, and for other cash management purposes. A greater percentage of Trust assets may be invested in such obligations if the Investment Adviser believes that a defensive position is appropriate because of the outlook for security prices or in order to respond to adverse market, economic, business or political conditions.
51
As of March [XX], 2019, [XX]% of the Trusts investment portfolio consisted of unrated securities, [XX]% of the Trusts investment portfolio consisted of securities rated below investment grade, also known as junk securities, [XX]% of the Trusts investment portfolio consisted of securities of issuers that are in default, [XX]% of the Trusts investment portfolio consisted of securities rated investment grade, [XX]% of the Trusts investment portfolio consisted of equities (excluding investments considered to be debt obligations) and [XX]% of the Trusts investment portfolio consisted of REITs. All of the unrated securities referenced in the prior sentence have credit characteristics substantially equivalent to below investment grade securities, which are also known as junk securities.
For a more complete discussion of the Trusts investment portfolio composition, see Portfolio Composition below.
The Trusts investment portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. Additional information relating to the Trusts investment policies and restrictions and the Trusts portfolio investments is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.
Senior Loans. Senior loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the general assets of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the borrower. The proceeds of senior loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, and, to a lesser extent, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined either daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium. These base lending rates generally are the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks (Prime Rate) or the certificate of deposit (CD) rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
Senior loans will generally be supported by liens in the Trusts favor on all or a portion of the assets of the portfolio company or on assets of affiliates of the portfolio company. Although the Trust may seek to dispose of such collateral in the event of default, it may be delayed in exercising such rights or its rights may be contested by others. In addition, the value of the collateral may deteriorate so that the collateral is insufficient for the Trust to recover its investment in the event of default.
The Trust also may invest in unsecured loans, other floating rate debt securities such as notes, bonds and asset-backed securities (such as securities issued by special purchase funds investing in bank loans), investment grade and below-investment grade fixed income debt obligations and money market instruments, such as commercial paper. The Trust also may purchase obligations issued in connection with a restructuring pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
Loans and other corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Trust, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Trust. Liquidation of any collateral securing a senior loan may not satisfy a borrowers obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a senior loan. To the extent that a senior loan is collateralized by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower. Some senior loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate senior loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of senior loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such senior loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Trusts performance. To the extent a senior loan is subordinated in the capital structure, it will have characteristics similar to other subordinated debtholders, including a greater risk of nonpayment of interest or principal.
Many loans in which the Investment Adviser anticipates the Trust will invest, and the issuers of such loans, may not be rated by a rating agency, will not be registered with the Commission or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to issuers of senior loans will generally be less extensive than that available for issuers of registered or exchange listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of borrowers, the Investment Adviser will consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. The Investment Adviser does not view ratings as the determinative factor in its investment decisions and relies more upon its credit analysis abilities than upon ratings. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency. A high percentage of senior loans held by the Trust may be rated, if at all, below investment grade by independent rating agencies. In the event senior loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Debt securities which are unsecured and rated below investment grade ( i.e. , Ba and below by Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys) or BB and below by Standard & Poors Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (S&P)) and comparable unrated bonds, are viewed by the rating agencies as having speculative characteristics and are commonly known as junk bonds. A description of the ratings of corporate
52
bonds by Moodys and S&P is included as Appendix A to the Statement of Additional Information. Because senior loans are senior in a borrowers capital structure and are often secured by specific collateral, the Investment Adviser believes that senior loans have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to most other types of below investment grade debt obligations. However, the Trusts actual loss recovery experience may not be consistent with the Investment Advisers prior experience and the Trusts senior loans may not achieve any specific loss recovery rates.
No active trading market may exist for many senior loans, and some senior loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. The Trust is not limited in the percentage of its assets that may be invested in senior loans and other securities deemed to be illiquid. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value on the disposition of an illiquid senior loan, and cause a material decline in the Trusts net asset value.
Senior loans generally are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and a group of financial institutions initially represented by an agent who is usually one of the originating lenders. In larger transactions, it is common to have several agents. Generally, however, only one such agent has primary responsibility for ongoing administration of a senior loan. Agents are typically paid fees by the borrower for their services. The agent is primarily responsible for negotiating the credit agreement which establishes the terms and conditions of the senior loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. The agent is also responsible for monitoring collateral and for exercising remedies available to the lenders such as foreclosure upon collateral.
Credit agreements may provide for the termination of the agents status in the event that it fails to act as required under the relevant credit agreement, becomes insolvent, enters FDIC receivership or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy. Should such an agent, lender or assignor with respect to an assignment interpositioned between the Trust and the borrower become insolvent or enter FDIC receivership or bankruptcy, any interest in the senior loan of such person and any loan payment held by such person for the benefit of the Trust should not be included in such persons or entitys bankruptcy estate. If, however, any such amount were included in such persons or entitys bankruptcy estate, the Trust would incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment or could suffer a loss of principal or interest. In this event, the Trust could experience a decrease in net asset value.
The Trusts investments in senior loans may take one of several forms, including acting as one of the group of lenders originating a senior loan, purchasing an assignment of a portion of a senior loan from a third party or acquiring a participation in a senior loan. When the Trust is a member of the originating syndicate for a senior loan, it may share in a fee paid to the syndicate. When the Trust acquires a participation in, or an assignment of, a senior loan, it may pay a fee to, or forego a portion of interest payments from, the lender selling the participation or assignment. The Trust will act as lender, or purchase an assignment or participation, with respect to a senior loan only if the agent is determined by the Investment Adviser to be creditworthy.
When the Trust is one of the original lenders, it will have a direct contractual relationship with the borrower and can enforce compliance by the borrower with terms of the credit agreement. It also may have negotiated rights with respect to any funds acquired by other lenders through setoff. Original lenders also negotiate voting and consent rights under the credit agreement. Actions subject to lender vote or consent generally require the vote or consent of the majority of the holders of some specified percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the senior loan. Certain decisions, such as reducing the interest rate, or extending the maturity of a senior loan, or releasing collateral securing a senior loan, among others, frequently require the unanimous vote or consent of all lenders affected.
When the Trust is a purchaser of an assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the credit agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments are, however, arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.
The Trust may also invest in participations in senior loans. The rights of the Trust when it acquires a participation are likely to be more limited than the rights of an original lender or an investor who acquired an assignment. Participation by the Trust in a lenders portion of a senior loan typically means that the Trust has only a contractual relationship with the lender, not with the borrower. This means that the Trust has the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of payments from the borrower.
With a participation, the Trust will have no rights to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the credit agreement or any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other lenders through setoff against the borrower. In addition, the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the senior loan because it may be treated as a general creditor of the lender instead of a senior secured creditor of the borrower. As a result, the Trust may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that exist when the Trust is the original lender or holds an assignment. This means the Trust must assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender selling the participation. The Trust will consider a purchase of participations only in those situations where the Investment Adviser considers the participating lender to be creditworthy.
53
In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of a borrower, the obligation of the borrower to repay the senior loan may be subject to certain defenses that can be asserted by such borrower against the Trust as a result of improper conduct of the lender selling the participation. A participation in a senior loan will be deemed to be a senior loan for the purposes of the Trusts investment objectives and policies.
The Trust may have difficulty disposing of assignments and participations. Because there is no liquid market for such securities, the Trust anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market will have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and on the Trusts ability to dispose of particular assignments or participations when necessary to meet the Trusts liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for assignments and participations also may make it more difficult for the Trust to assign a value to those securities for purposes of valuing the Trusts investment portfolio and calculating its net asset value.
Investing in senior loans involves investment risk. Some borrowers default on their senior loan payments. The Trust attempts to manage this credit risk through multiple different investments within the portfolio and ongoing analysis and monitoring of borrowers. The Trust also is subject to market, liquidity, interest rate and other risks. See Principal Risks of the Trust.
Loans other than senior loans may not be acceptable collateral under the Trusts current credit facility or under any future credit facilities, or may require a higher collateral-to-loan ratio, and therefore to the extent the Trust invests in such loans its ability to borrow may be reduced.
Second Lien Loans. Second lien loans are loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Second lien loans are second in right of payment to one or more senior loans of the related borrower. Second lien loans typically are secured by a second priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the borrowers obligation under the loan and typically have similar protections and rights as senior loans. Second lien loans are not (and by their terms cannot) become subordinate in right of payment to any obligation of the related borrower other than senior loans of such borrower. Second lien loans, like senior loans, typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because second lien loans are second to senior loans, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated status, second lien loans have many characteristics and risks similar to senior loans discussed above. In addition, second lien loans of below investment grade quality share many of the risk characteristics of non-investment grade securities. As in the case of senior loans, the Trust may purchase interests in second lien loans through assignments or participations.
Second lien loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans and non-investment grade securities. Because second lien loans are second in right of payment to one or more senior loans of the related borrower, they therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second lien loans are also expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in second lien loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
The risks associated with second lien loans are higher than the risks of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a second lien loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder, resulting in a loss to the Trust.
Other Secured Loans. Secured loans other than senior loans and second lien loans are made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Such secured loans may rank lower in right of payment to one or more senior loans and second lien loans of the borrower. Such secured loans typically are secured by a lower priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the borrowers obligation under the loan, and typically have more subordinated protections and rights than senior loans and second lien loans. Secured loans may become subordinated in right of payment to more senior obligations of the borrower issued in the future. Such secured loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because such secured loans may rank lower as to right of payment than senior loans and second lien loans of the borrower, they may present a greater degree of investment risk than senior loans and second lien loans but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their more subordinated status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to senior loans and second lien loans discussed above. In addition, secured loans of below investment grade quality share many of the risk characteristics of non-investment grade securities. As in the case of senior loans and second lien loans, the Trust may purchase interests in other secured loans through assignments or participations. Other secured loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans, second lien loans and non-investment grade securities. Because such loans, however, may rank lower in right of payment to senior loans and second lien loans of the borrower, they may be subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to repay the scheduled payments after giving effect to more senior secured obligations of the borrower. Such secured loans are also expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans and second lien loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in other secured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
54
Unsecured Loans. Unsecured loans are loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Unsecured loans generally have lower priority in right of payment compared to holders of secured debt of the borrower. Unsecured loans are not secured by a security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the borrowers obligation under the loan. Unsecured loans by their terms may be or may become subordinate in right of payment to other obligations of the borrower, including senior loans, second lien loans and other secured loans. Unsecured loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because unsecured loans are subordinate to the secured debt of the borrower, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of non-investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated and unsecured status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to senior loans, second lien loans and other secured loans discussed above. In addition, unsecured loans of non-investment grade quality share many of the risk characteristics of non-investment grade securities. As in the case of secured loans, the Trust may purchase interests in unsecured loans through assignments or participations.
Unsecured loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans, second lien loans, other secured loans and non-investment grade securities. However, because unsecured loans rank lower in right of payment to any secured obligations of the borrower, they may be subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the borrower. Unsecured loans are also expected to have greater price volatility than secured loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that loan originators will not be able to sell participations in unsecured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
Mezzanine Debt. The Trusts assets may include mezzanine loans. Structurally, mezzanine loans usually rank subordinate in priority of payment to senior debt, such as senior bank debt, and are often unsecured. However, mezzanine loans rank senior to common and preferred equity in a borrowers capital structure. Mezzanine debt is often used in leveraged buyout and real estate finance transactions. Typically, mezzanine loans have elements of both debt and equity instruments, offering the fixed returns in the form of interest payments associated with senior debt, while providing lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation of a borrower, if any, through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of warrants. Due to their higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants as compared to senior loans, mezzanine loans generally earn a higher return than senior secured loans. The warrants associated with mezzanine loans are typically detachable, which allows lenders to receive repayment of their principal on an agreed amortization schedule while retaining their equity interest in the borrower. Mezzanine loans also may include a put feature, which permits the holder to sell its equity interest back to the borrower at a price determined through an agreed-upon formula. The Trust believes that mezzanine loans offer an alternative investment opportunity based upon their historical returns and resilience during economic downturns.
Investment Grade Securities. The Trust may invest in a wide variety of bonds that are rated or determined by the Investment Adviser to be of investment grade quality of varying maturities issued by U.S. corporations and other business entities. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors for a variety of business purposes. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are perpetual in that they have no maturity date. Some investment grade securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are sold at a discount from their face values. Although more creditworthy and generally less risky than non-investment grade securities, investment grade securities are still subject to market and credit risk. Market risk relates to changes in a securitys value as a result of interest rate changes generally. Investment grade securities have varying levels of sensitivity to changes in interest rates and varying degrees of credit quality. In general, bond prices rise when interest rates fall, and fall when interest rates rise. Longer-term bonds and zero coupon bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Credit risk relates to the ability of the issuer to make payments of principal and interest. The values of investment grade securities like those of other debt securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of an issuer. Investment grade securities are generally considered medium- and high-quality securities. Some, however, may possess speculative characteristics, and may be more sensitive to economic changes and to changes in the financial condition of issuers. The market prices of investment grade securities in the lowest investment grade categories may fluctuate more than higher-quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Like non-investment grade securities, such investment grade securities in the lowest investment grade categories may be thinly traded, making them difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price.
Other Fixed Income Securities. The Trust also may purchase unsecured loans, other floating rate or fixed rate debt securities such as notes, bonds and asset-backed securities (such as securities issued by special purpose funds investing in bank loans), investment grade and below investment grade fixed income debt obligations and money market instruments, such as commercial paper. The high yield securities in which the Trust invests are rated Ba or lower by Moodys or BB or lower by S&P or are unrated but determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as junk securities and are considered speculative with respect to the issuers capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
55
Below investment grade debt securities involve greater risk of loss, are subject to greater price volatility and are less liquid, especially during periods of economic uncertainty or change, than higher rated debt securities. The Trusts fixed-income securities may have fixed or variable principal payments and all types of interest rate and dividend payment and reset terms, including fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features. The Trust may invest in fixed-income securities with a broad range of maturities. The Trust may invest in zero coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds and bonds or preferred stock on which the interest is payable-in-kind (PIK bonds). To the extent the Trust invests in such instruments, they will not contribute to the Trusts goal of current income. Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are debt obligations which are issued at a significant discount from face value. While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. PIK bonds are debt obligations that provide that the issuer thereof may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates. The Trust may be required to recognize income on these investments for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though the Trust receives no corresponding interest payment in cash on the investments. As a result, in order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid any U.S. federal income or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount greater than the total amount of interest and other income the Trust actually received. The Trust may be required to, among other things, sell securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for income distributions, and may realize gain or loss from such liquidations. In the event the Trust realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
Non-Investment Grade Securities. The Trust may invest a significant portion of its assets in securities rated below investment grade, such as those rated Ba or lower by Moodys and BB or lower by S&P or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies or in unrated securities determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Ba by Moodys are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Securities rated C are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. Securities rated D are in default and the payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears. The Trust may purchase securities rated as low as D. When the Investment Adviser believes it to be in the best interests of the Trusts shareholders, the Trust will reduce its investment in lower grade securities.
Lower grade securities, though generally high-yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trusts net asset value.
The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and may cause the value of the Trusts securities to fluctuate. Distressed debt securities often are priced based on estimated recovery value and are less sensitive to interest rate movement.
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
The ratings of Moodys, S&P and any other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Investment Adviser also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trusts ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Investment Advisers credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
Asset-Backed Securities. The Trust may invest a portion of its assets in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in an underlying pool of assets,
56
or as debt instruments, which are also known as collateralized obligations, and are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. Asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws which give debtors the right to setoff certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be able to support payments on these securities.
Royalty Securitizations. Companies holding rights to intellectual property may create bankruptcy remote special purpose entities whose underlying assets are royalty license agreements and intellectual property rights related to a product. A significant portion of the Trusts investments will be related to pharmaceutical royalties that are secured by rights related to one or more drugs. The Trust may, however, invest in royalty streams related to other industries.
Royalty securities may include bonds, loans and equity issued by the special purpose entity. The Investment Adviser believes that the terms of royalty securities that are bonds may be favorable as compared to the broader debt universe, and that the returns are not highly correlated with general credit market events.
In a typical structure in the pharmaceutical industry, a small pharmaceutical company that develops a compound may license the commercial opportunity to a large-cap pharmaceutical company in exchange for payments upon completion of certain milestones (for example, Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval) and a percentage of future product sales. Upon securing the right to receive royalties on product sales, the small pharmaceutical company finances a loan or bond secured by the royalty stream, which is typically non-recourse to either of the pharmaceutical companies.
In addition, a company, the sponsor, may create a wholly owned subsidiary, the issuer, that issues the royalty securities. The sponsor sells, assigns and contributes to the issuer rights under one or more license agreements, including the right to receive royalties and certain other payments from sales of the pharmaceutical or other products. The sponsor also pledges the equity ownership interests in the issuer to the trustee under the indenture related to the notes. In return, the sponsor receives the proceeds of the securities from the issuer. The issuer of the securities grants a security interest in its assets to the trustee and is responsible for the debt service on the notes. An interest reserve account may be established to provide a source for payments should there be a cash flow shortfall for one or more periods. Many structures include a 100% cash flow sweep, which means that the principal is paid down by all cash flows received. Although the notes may have a legal maturity date of up to five to sixteen years from issuance, the expected weighted average maturity of the notes may be significantly shorter because of expected required principal repayments if funds are available.
If the issuer of the loan or bond defaults, any recourse will be limited to the issuer (which is formed for the limited purpose of purchasing and holding the license agreement or related intellectual property) and the collateral. The pharmaceutical or other company sponsoring the special purpose entity will generally not have the obligation to contribute additional equity to the issuer. If the sponsor of the issuer were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a creditor, debtor in possession or trustee could request that the bankruptcy court substantively consolidate the issuer of the royalty security with the sponsor and/or recharacterize the transaction pursuant to which the royalty stream was transferred to the issuer and/or take other actions challenging the transaction. To the extent that these efforts are successful, these actions may adversely impact the securities and the Trust.
Collateralized Loan Obligations and Bond Obligations. The Trust may invest in certain asset-backed securities that are securitizing certain financial assets by issuing securities in the form of negotiable paper that are issued by a financing company (generally called a Special Purpose Vehicle or SPV). These securitized assets are, as a rule, corporate financial assets brought into a pool according to specific diversification rules. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing these claims and its only asset is the diversified asset pool. On this basis, marketable securities are issued which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, are generally considered to represent a lower level of risk than the original assets taken separately. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims.
A collateralized loan obligation (CLO) is a structured security issued by an SPV that was created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. The assets, typically senior loans, are used as collateral supporting the various debt and equity tranches issued by the SPV. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt (and, to a lesser degree, equity) securities among the several classes of securities issued by a CLO. The Trust may invest in both equity and debt tranches issued by the SPV.
The Trust may also invest in collateralized bond obligations (CBOs), which are structured securities backed by a diversified pool of high-yield, public or private fixed income securities. These may be fixed pools or may be market value (or managed) pools
57
of collateral. The CBO issues debt securities that are typically separated into tranches representing different degrees of credit quality. The top tranche of securities has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. Lower CBO tranches have a lesser degree of collateralization quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks. The bottom tranche specifically receives the residual interest payments ( i.e. , money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. The return on the lower tranches of CBOs/CLOs is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool and lower tranches of CBOs/CLOs typically present the highest risk of loss of entire investment and are required to bear losses before the higher tranches. Under normal market conditions, the Trust expects to invest in the lower tranches of CBOs/CLOs, including equity tranches.
Distressed Debt. The Trust is authorized to invest in the securities and other obligations of distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative. The Trust may invest in securities of a company for purposes of gaining control.
Stressed Debt. The Trust is authorized to invest in securities and other obligations of stressed issuers. Stressed issuers are issuers that are not yet deemed distressed or bankrupt and whose debt securities are trading at a discount to par, but not yet at distressed levels. An example would be an issuer that is in technical default of its credit agreement, or undergoing strategic or operational changes, which results in market pricing uncertainty.
Credit Derivatives. The Trust may engage in credit derivative transactions for hedging or capital appreciation purposes. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index.
There are currently three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Investment Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being purchased. There is no limit on the amount of credit derivative transactions that may be entered into by the Trust. The Trusts risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trusts loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trusts loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protects.
The sections entitled Derivative Transactions and Risk Management and Additional Characteristics and Risks of Derivative Transactions in the Trusts Statement of Additional Information contain further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Derivative Transactions and the Trusts other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to investment in futures contracts and options. The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Derivative Transactions are: (i) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Trusts investment portfolio; (ii) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (iii) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Investment Adviser; and (iv) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Trust being in a worse position than if such techniques had not been used.
Credit Default Swaps. The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements for hedging or capital appreciation purposes. The buyer in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the seller a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the par value (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Trust is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Trust loses its investment and recovers nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the buyer receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Trust receives income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event.
58
Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Trust had invested in the reference obligation directly. In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks. The Trust will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that are judged by the Investment Adviser to present acceptable credit risk to the Trust. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no event of default occur. If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. Credit default swaps also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. When buying protection under a swap, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually obligated to make. When selling protection under a swap, however, the risk of loss is often the notional value of the underlying asset, which can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the swap itself. In addition, collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated and there is no regulatory requirement that a counterparty post collateral to secure its obligations or a specified amount of cash, depending upon the terms of the swap, under a credit default swap. Furthermore, there is no requirement that a party be informed in advance when a credit default swap agreement is transferred. Accordingly, the Trust may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of its claims. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments. The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile recently as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterpartys credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Trust may not receive adequate collateral. There is no readily available market for trading credit default swaps. The Trust generally may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Trust to incur more losses. When the Trust acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage described under Principal Risks of the Trust Leverage Risk in this Prospectus. If the Trust uses credit default swaps to leverage its portfolio, the Trust will be exposed to additional risks, including the risk that the Trusts use of leverage will magnify the effect of any losses the Trust incurs since if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. The Trust will at all times segregate liquid securities or cash in an amount at least equal to the notional amount of the credit default swap due to the buyer if the credit event occurs. Such segregation will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations and will limit any potential leveraging of the Trusts portfolio with respect to the transaction. Such segregation will not limit the Trusts exposure to loss.
The Trust is generally not limited in the amount it may invest in credit default swaps and all other derivatives. The Trust may use derivatives for speculative purposes.
Senior Loan Based Derivatives. The Trust may obtain exposure to senior loans and baskets of senior loans through the use of derivative instruments. The Investment Adviser reserves the right to utilize these instruments and similar instruments that may be available in the future. For example, the Trust may invest in a derivative instrument known as the Loan-Only Credit Default Swap Index (LCDX), a tradeable index with 100 equally-weighted underlying single-name long-only credit default swaps (LCDS). Each underlying LCDS references an issuer whose loans trade in the secondary leveraged loan market. The Trust can either buy the Index (take on credit exposure) or sell the Index (pass credit exposure to a counterparty). In either case, the Trust is in essence taking a macro view of the market as a whole rather than on a particular issuer. To compensate investors for the change in the value of the Index over time, an upfront payment is made at the time of a trade to account for the change in the present value of the Index since inception. The payment is the difference between par (or 100) and the amount of the purchase price, plus or minus (depending on whether the Trust is a buyer or seller of the Index) accrued interest. Each version of the Index launches with a fixed coupon which the seller of the Index pays quarterly (and the buyer of the Index receives quarterly). The amount of payments received or paid is the coupon times the notional amount. While investing in these types of derivatives will increase the universe of debt securities to which the Trust is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other debt securities. The liquidity of the market for these types of instruments will be subject to liquidity in the secured loan and derivatives markets. The Trust may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will default on its obligations. These transactions generally involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, uncertainty regarding the tax rules applicable to these transactions and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantially greater than the initial investment therein.
Investments in the Index may involve greater risks than if the Trust had invested in the reference obligation directly. The Trust will not engage in these transactions for speculative purposes and will use them only as a means to hedge or manage the risks associated with assets held in, or anticipated to be purchased for, the investment portfolio or obligations incurred by the Trust.
Credit-Linked Notes. The Trust may invest in credit-linked notes (CLNs) for risk management purposes and to vary its portfolio. A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.
59
Common Stocks. The Trust may acquire an interest in common stocks in various ways, including upon the default of a senior loan secured by such common stock, in a workout or restructuring or by acquiring common stock for investment. The Trust may also acquire warrants or other rights to purchase a borrowers common stock in connection with the making of a senior loan. Common stocks of a corporation or other entity entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits, if any, of the corporation without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of such entitys preferred stocks and other senior equity securities. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.
Preferred Stocks. The Trust may invest in preferred stocks. Preferred stocks are equity securities, but they have many characteristics of fixed income securities, such as a fixed dividend payment rate and/or a liquidity preference over the issuers common shares. However, because preferred stocks are equity securities, they may be more susceptible to risks traditionally associated with equity investments than the Trusts fixed income securities.
The market value of preferred stocks may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred stocks, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in U.S. federal corporate income tax rates or the dividends-received deduction. Because the claim on an issuers earnings represented by traditional preferred stocks may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such stocks, the issuer may redeem the stocks. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Trusts holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred stocks may be reduced and the Trust would be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
Fixed rate preferred stocks have fixed dividend rates. They can be perpetual, with no mandatory redemption date, or issued with a fixed mandatory redemption date. Certain issues of preferred stock are convertible into other equity securities. Perpetual preferred stocks provide a fixed dividend throughout the life of the issue, with no mandatory retirement provisions, but may be callable. Sinking fund preferred stocks provide for the redemption of a portion of the issue on a regularly scheduled basis with, in most cases, the entire issue being retired at a future date. The value of fixed rate preferred stocks can be expected to vary inversely with interest rates.
Adjustable rate preferred stocks have a variable dividend rate which is determined periodically, typically quarterly, according to a formula based on a specified premium or discount to the yield on particular U.S. Treasury securities, typically the highest base-rate yield of one of three U.S. Treasury securities: the 90-day Treasury bill; the 10-year Treasury note; and either the 20-year or 30-year Treasury bond or other index. The premium or discount to be added to or subtracted from this base-rate yield is fixed at the time of issuance and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the adjustable rate preferred stock. Some adjustable rate preferred stocks have a maximum and a minimum rate and in some cases are convertible into common stocks.
Auction rate preferred stocks pay dividends that adjust based on periodic auctions. Such preferred stocks are similar to short-term corporate money market instruments in that an auction rate preferred stockholder has the opportunity to sell the preferred stock at par in an auction, normally conducted at least every 49 days, through which buyers set the dividend rate in a bidding process for the next period. The dividend rate set in the auction depends on market conditions and the credit quality of the particular issuer. Typically, the auction rate preferred stocks dividend rate is limited to a specified maximum percentage of an external commercial paper index as of the auction date. Further, the terms of the auction rate preferred stocks generally provide that they are redeemable by the issuer at certain times or under certain conditions. In early 2008, auction rate preferred stocks became subject to numerous failed auctions, causing securities previously thought to be liquid to become illiquid. It is not known when, if ever, these auction markets will begin to function again. Special tax considerations may apply to the Trusts investments in preferred stock. See Tax Matters below.
Convertible Securities. The Trusts investment in fixed income securities may include convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities.
The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible securitys investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporations capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible securitys governing instrument.
Depending on the relationship of the conversion price to the market value of the underlying securities, convertible securities may trade more like equity securities than debt instruments.
60
Money Market Instruments. The Trust may invest in money market instruments, which include short-term U.S. government securities, U.S. dollar-denominated, high quality commercial paper (unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance their short-term credit needs), certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances and repurchase agreements relating to any of the foregoing, and pooled investment vehicles (for example, money market funds) that invest in these obligations. U.S. government securities include Treasury notes, bonds and bills, which are direct obligations of the U.S. government backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government, which may be guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, may be supported by the issuers right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or may be backed only by the credit of the federal agency or instrumentality itself.
U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities in which the Trust invests include debt obligations of varying maturities issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government, including the Federal Housing Administration, Federal Financing Bank, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Maritime Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, District of Columbia Armory Board and various institutions that previously were or currently are part of the Farm Credit System (which has been undergoing reorganization since 1987). Some U.S. government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Others are supported by (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agencys obligations; or (iii) only the credit of the issuer. The U.S. government may not in the future continue to provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. To the extent the Trust invests in U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, such investments may involve a greater risk of loss of principal and interest since the Trust must look principally or solely to the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality for repayment.
Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participations in loans made to non-U.S. governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participations is limited and therefore may be regarded as illiquid.
In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. The companies remain in conservatorship, and the effect that this conservatorship will have on the companies debt and equity securities is unclear. Although the U.S. government has recently provided financial support to FNMA and FHLMC, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future. In addition, any such government support may benefit the holders of only certain classes of an issuers securities.
Other Investment Companies. The Trust may invest in the securities of other investment companies, which can include open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts and business development companies. Investment companies combine shareholders funds for investment in a variety of instruments, including equity securities, debt securities, and money market instruments and may invest primarily in a particular type of security, a particular industry or a mix of securities and industries. An investment company is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if, among other things, it distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its taxable income for each taxable year. As a shareholder of another investment company, the Trust, and therefore its shareholders, will bear a proportionate share of the expenses of such other investment companies, including management fees, administration fees and custodial fees, in addition to the expenses of the Trust. Under one provision of the Investment Company Act, the Trust may not acquire the securities of other investment companies if, as a result, (i) more than 10% of the Trusts total assets would be invested in securities of other investment companies, (ii) such purchase would result in more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any one investment company being held by the Trust or (iii) more than 5% of the Trusts total assets would be invested in any one investment company. Other provisions of the Investment Company Act are less restrictive, provided that the Trust is able to meet certain conditions. These limitations do not apply to the acquisition of shares of any investment company in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of substantially all of the assets of another investment company.
The Trust, as a holder of the securities of other investment companies, will bear its pro rata portion of the other investment companies expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses will be in addition to the direct expenses incurred by the Trust.
Exchange Traded Funds. Although not a principal investment strategy of the Trust, subject to the limitations on investment in other investment companies, the Trust may invest in exchange traded funds (ETFs). ETFs, such as SPDRs, NASDAQ 100 Index Trading Stock (QQQs), iShares and various country index funds, are funds whose shares are traded on a national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (NASDAQ). ETFs may be based on underlying equity or fixed income securities. SPDRs, for example, seek to provide investment results that generally correspond to the performance of the
61
component common stocks of the S&P 500. ETFs do not sell individual shares directly to investors and only issue their shares in large blocks known as creation units. The investor purchasing a creation unit may sell the individual shares on a secondary market. Therefore, the liquidity of ETFs depends on the adequacy of the secondary market. An ETFs investment objective may not be achieved. ETFs based on an index may not replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weightings of securities in the index and for these and other reasons the returns of an ETF may diverge significantly from the index which it is designated to track. ETFs are subject to the risks of investing in the underlying securities. The Trust, as a holder of the securities of the ETF, will bear its pro rata portion of the ETFs expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Trusts own operations.
Master Limited Partnerships . The Trust may invest in MLPs. MLPs typically are characterized as publicly traded partnerships that qualify to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are principally engaged in one or more aspects of the exploration, production, processing, transmission, marketing, storage or delivery of energy-related commodities, such as natural gas, natural gas liquids, coal, crude oil or refined petroleum products. The Trusts MLP investments include investments that offer economic exposure to public MLPs in the form of common or subordinated units issued by MLPs, securities of entities holding primarily general partner or managing member interests in MLPs, debt securities of MLPs, and securities that are derivatives of interests in MLPs, including I-Shares, and derivative instruments in which the Trust may invest that have economic characteristics of MLP securities. The Trust intends to limit its investments in MLPs and related entities to the extent necessary to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes. In general, a RIC is not permitted to invest, including through corporations in which the RIC owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, more than 25% of its total assets in qualified publicly-traded partnerships.
Real Estate Investment Trusts. The Trust may invest in real estate investment trusts (REITs). REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. The Trust will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Trust. Debt securities issued by REITs are, for the most part, general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs.
The Trust seeks to gain exposure to the real estate markets, in whole or in part, through investment in each Subsidiary. Each Subsidiary has elected to be taxed as a REIT. Each Subsidiary is generally subject to the same investment policies and restrictions of the Trust. As of December 31, 2017, NREO and NREC accounted for approximately 13.3% and 13.2%, respectively, of the Trusts Managed Assets. The Investment Adviser does not charge an additional fee on assets held in each Subsidiary. The Trust intends to limit its investments in each Subsidiary and related entities to the extent necessary to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes. In general, and subject to certain exceptions not applicable here, a RIC is not permitted to invest, including through corporations in which the RIC owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, more than 25% of its total assets in any one issuer, or in any two or more issuers which the RIC controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses.
Structured Investments. The Trust may invest a portion of its assets in interests in entities organized and operated solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of securities. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or a trust, of specified instruments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities (Structured Investments) backed by, or representing interests in the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued Structured Investments to create securities with different investment characteristics such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of the payments made with respect to Structured Investments is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because Structured Investments of the type in which the Trust anticipates it will invest typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments.
The Trust is permitted to invest in a class of Structured Investments that is either subordinated or not subordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated Structured Investments typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated Structured Investments.
Certain issuers of Structured Investments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the Investment Company Act. As a result, the Trusts investment in these Structured Investments may be limited by the restrictions contained in the Investment Company Act. Structured Investments are typically sold in private placement transaction, and there currently is no active trading market for Structured Investments.
Zero Coupon Securities. The securities in which the Trust invests may include zero coupon securities, which are debt obligations that are issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of
62
interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the particular interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Zero coupon securities do not require the periodic payment of interest. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but generally require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. These investments may experience greater volatility in market value than securities that make regular payments of interest. The Trust is generally required to recognize income on these investments for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though the Trust receives no corresponding interest payment in cash on the investments. As a result, in order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid any U.S. federal income or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount greater than the total amount of interest or other income the Trust actually received. The Trust may be required to, among other things, sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions, and may realize gain or loss from such liquidations. In the event the Trust realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
Deferred Payment Obligations. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals. Deferred payment securities are subject to greater fluctuations in value and may have lesser liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities paying cash interest at regular interest payment periods. Because, during the period before interest payments begin on deferred payment securities, the Trust will not receive cash payments on a current basis in respect of income it is required to recognize on these securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount greater than the total amount of interest and other income the Trust actually received, in order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid any U.S. federal income or excise taxes at the Trust level. The Trust may be required to, among other things, sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions, and may realize gain or loss from such liquidations. In the event the Trust realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
Derivative Transactions. In addition to the credit and senior loan based derivatives discussed above the Trust may, but is not required to, use various Derivative Transactions described below to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. Such Derivative Transactions are generally accepted under modern portfolio management theory and are regularly used by many mutual funds and other institutional investors. Although the Investment Adviser seeks to use the practices to further the Trusts investment objectives, no assurance can be given that these practices will achieve this result. With changes in the market or the Investment Advisers strategy, it is possible that these instruments may be a more significant part of the Trusts investment approach in the future.
The Trust may purchase and sell derivative instruments such as exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial futures, equity, fixed-income and interest rate indices, and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars and enter into various currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures or credit transactions and credit default swaps. The Trust also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. The Trust generally seeks to use Derivative Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of senior loans or other securities held in or to be purchased for the Trusts investment portfolio, protect the value of the Trusts investment portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage the effective interest rate exposure of the Trust, protect against changes in currency exchange rates, manage the effective maturity or duration of the Trusts investment portfolio, or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities.
Derivative Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to use Derivative Transactions successfully depends on the Investment Advisers ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Derivative Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. The use of currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Derivative Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. In addition, the Trusts Derivative Transactions are generally subject to numerous special and complex tax rules. Because the tax rules applicable to such transactions may be uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future IRS guidance with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Trust has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a
63
RIC and avoid Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. Therefore, the Trusts investments in derivative instruments may be limited by these or other U.S. federal income tax considerations. Recently enacted legislation provides for new regulation of certain portions of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Trusts ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Trust) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Trust may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result.
A more complete discussion of Derivative Transactions and their risks is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.
Other Derivatives; Future Developments. The above discussion relates to the Trusts proposed use of certain types of derivatives currently available. However, the Trust is not limited to the transactions described above. In addition, the relevant markets and related regulations are constantly changing and, in the future, the Trust may use derivatives not currently available or widely in use.
Swaps. Swap contracts may be purchased or sold to obtain investment exposure and/or to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, currencies, interest rates or market conditions, to change the duration of the overall portfolio or to mitigate default risk. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a notional value, i.e. , the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments. The Trust intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis, i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the other party to a swap contract entered into on net basis defaults, the Trusts risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually entitled to receive. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trusts obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Trusts custodian. The Trust will not enter into a swap agreement unless the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be an acceptable credit risk to the Trust by the Investment Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the over-the-counter market.
Interest Rate Swaps. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest ( e.g. , an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments). The Trust may use interest rate swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
Total Return Swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the designated underlying asset(s), which may include securities, baskets of securities, or securities indices, during the specified period, in return for receiving payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from the other designated underlying asset(s). The Trust may use total return swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
Currency Swaps. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies ( e.g. , an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen). The Trust may enter into currency swap contracts and baskets thereof for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
Short Sales. The Trust may attempt to limit exposure to a possible market decline in the value of its portfolio securities through short sales of securities that the Investment Adviser believes possess volatility characteristics similar to those being hedged. In addition, the Trust intends to use short sales for non-hedging purposes to pursue its investment objectives. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Code, the Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short by the Trust exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. The Trust may make short sales against the box (as described below) without respect to such limitations.
A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short from a broker-dealer and deliver it to the buyer upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.
The Trusts obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities. The Trust will also be required to designate on its books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.
64
If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trusts gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is unlimited.
The Trust may also sell a security short if it owns at least an equal amount of the security sold short or another security convertible or exchangeable for an equal amount of the security sold short without payment of further compensation (a short sale against the box). In a short sale against the box, the short seller is exposed to the risk of being forced to deliver stocks that it holds to close the position if the borrowed stock is called in by the lender, which would cause gain or loss to be recognized on the delivered stock. The Trust expects normally to close its short sales against the box by delivering newly acquired stock.
Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. Short-selling exposes the Trust to unlimited risk with respect to that security due to the lack of an upper limit on the price to which an instrument can rise. Although the Trust reserves the right to utilize short sales, and currently intends to utilize short sales, the Investment Adviser is under no obligation to utilize short sales at all. Special tax considerations will apply to the Trusts short sales. See Tax Matters below.
Capital Structure Arbitrage. Capital structure arbitrage typically involves establishing long and short positions in securities (or their derivatives) at different tiers within an issuers capital structure in ratios designed to maintain a generally neutral overall exposure to the issuer while exploiting a pricing inefficiency. Some issuers may also have more than one class of shares or an equivalent vehicle that trades in a different market ( e.g. , European equities and their American Depository Receipt counterparts). This strategy seeks to profit from the disparity in prices between the various related securities in anticipation that over time all tiers and classes will become more efficiently priced relative to one another.
Pair Trades. Pair trades involve the establishment of a long position in one security and a short position in another security at the same time. A pair trade attempts to minimize the effect of larger market trends and emphasizes the performance of one security relative to another.
Repurchase Agreements. The Trust may invest up to 33 1/3% of its assets in repurchase agreements. It may enter into repurchase agreements with broker-dealers, member banks of the Federal Reserve System and other financial institutions. Repurchase agreements are loans or arrangements under which the Trust purchases securities and the seller agrees to repurchase the securities within a specific time and at a specific price. The repurchase price is generally higher than the Trusts purchase price, with the difference being income to the Trust. Under the direction of the Board, the Investment Adviser reviews and monitors the creditworthiness of any institution which enters into a repurchase agreement with the Trust. The counterpartys obligations under the repurchase agreement are collateralized with U.S. Treasury and/or agency obligations with a market value of not less than 100% of the obligations, valued daily. Collateral is held by the Trusts custodian in a segregated, safekeeping account for the benefit of the Trust. Repurchase agreements afford the Trust an opportunity to earn income on temporarily available cash at relatively low risk. In the event of commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the security before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, the Trust may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the security. If the court characterizes the transaction as a loan and the Trust has not perfected a security interest in the security, the Trust may be required to return the security to the sellers estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, the Trust would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A reverse repurchase agreement is an investment technique under which the Trust sells an underlying debt security and simultaneously obtains the commitment of the purchaser (generally, a commercial bank or a broker or dealer) to sell the security back to the Trust at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon date. The repurchase price is generally higher than the Trusts sale price. Reverse repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Trusts ability to dispose of the underlying securities. An additional risk is that the market value of securities sold by the Trust under a reverse repurchase agreement could decline below the price at which the Trust is obligated to repurchase them. Reverse repurchase agreements will be considered borrowings by the Trust and as such would be subject to any restrictions on borrowing.
Reverse repurchase agreements are also generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements, with the result that the Trust will designate on its books and records on an ongoing basis cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Trusts obligations under the reverse repurchase agreement.
65
Restricted and Illiquid Securities. Certain of the Trusts investments may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on disposition or lack an established secondary trading market. The sale of restricted and illiquid securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on resale.
Pay-in-kind (PIK) Securities. PIK securities are securities which pay interest through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities. Similar to zero coupon obligations, PIK securities also carry additional risk as holders of these types of securities realize no cash until the cash payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold. If the issuer defaults, the Trust may obtain no return at all on its investment. The market price of PIK securities is affected by interest rate changes to a greater extent, and therefore tends to be more volatile, than that of securities which pay interest in cash. Additionally, the Trust may be required to recognize income on certain PIK securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though the Trust receives no corresponding interest payment in cash on the investments. As a result, in order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid any U.S. federal income or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount greater than the total amount of interest or other income the Trust actually received. The Trust may be required to, among other things, sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions, and may realize gain or loss from such liquidations. In the event the Trust realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
When-Issued, Delayed-Delivery and Forward Commitment Purchases. The Trust may purchase securities on a when-issued basis and may purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis in order to acquire the security or to offset against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.
Lending of Assets. Under the Trusts current securities lending agreement, the Trust may lend up to 33 1/3% of its portfolio securities to financial institutions on an approved list of borrowers. The agreement requires that the loans be secured continuously by collateral maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. The Trust generally accepts cash (U.S. and foreign currency), securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, or sovereign debt as collateral for these lending transactions, although in the future, it may accept other types of collateral. The Trust continues to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned as well as the benefit of an increase and the detriment of any decrease in the market value of the securities loaned and would also receive compensation based on investment of the collateral. The Trust would not, however, have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but would have the right to call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among holders of the securities or of the giving or withholding of consent on a material matter affecting the investment (although it may not always be able to call the loan in time to vote or consent, or may choose not to for various reasons).
As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. In addition, any income or gains and losses from investing and reinvesting any cash collateral delivered by a borrower pursuant to a loan are generally at the Trusts risk, and to the extent any such losses reduce the amount of cash below the amount required to be returned to the borrower upon the termination of any loan, the Trust may be required to pay or cause to be paid to such borrower or another entity an amount equal to such shortfall in cash.
Non-U.S. Securities. The Trust may invest without limit in Non-U.S. Securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies or multinational currency units. The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities of so-called emerging market issuers. The Trust does not currently expect to invest more than 15%, but may invest up to 20%, of its assets in emerging market issuers. For purposes of the Trust, a company is deemed to be a non-U.S. company if it meets any of the following tests: (i) such company was not organized in the United States; (ii) such companys primary business office is not in the United States; (iii) the principal trading market for such companys securities is not located in the United States; (iv) less than 50% of such companys assets are located in the United States; or (v) 50% or more of such issuers revenues are derived from outside the United States.
66
Non-U.S. securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. Securities of some non-U.S. issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most non-U.S. securities markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility of price can be greater than in the United States. In addition, certain investments in Non-U.S. Securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes on interest, dividends, capital gains or other income. Those taxes will reduce the Trusts yield on any such securities. See Tax Matters below.
Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Trust would be subject to additional risks if it invested in Non-U.S. Securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the Non-U.S. Securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise.
Since Non-U.S. Securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.
Options. An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or strike price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as American style options, may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as European style options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option.
If an option written by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Trust at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when or at the price the Trust desires. The Trust may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option when purchased. The Trust will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Trust will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Trust will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Trust will realize a capital loss.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (initial margin). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of variation margin may be required, a process known as marking to the market. Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts. The Trust may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers.
Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position; Invest-Up Period. During the period in which the net proceeds of this offering of common shares are being invested, during periods of adverse market conditions, during periods in which the Investment Adviser determines that it is temporarily unable to follow the Trusts investment strategy or that it would not be in the best interest of the Trust to do so or pending reinvestment of proceeds received in connection with the sale of a portfolio security or the issuance of additional securities or borrowing money by the Trust, all or any portion of the Trusts assets may be invested in cash or
67
cash equivalents. The Investment Advisers determination that it is temporarily unable to follow the Trusts investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so will generally occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Trusts investment strategy is extremely limited or absent. In such a case, the market price of the Trusts securities may be adversely affected, and the Trust may not pursue or achieve its investment objectives.
As provided in the Investment Company Act and subject to certain exceptions, the Trust may issue debt or preferred shares with the condition that immediately after issuance the value of its total assets, less certain ordinary course liabilities, exceed 300% of the amount of the debt outstanding and exceed 200% of the sum of the amount of debt and preferred shares outstanding.
Thus, the Trust may use leverage in the form of borrowings in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Trusts total assets (including the proceeds of such leverage) and may use leverage in the form of preferred shares in an amount up to 50% of the Trusts total assets (including the proceeds of such leverage). The total leverage of the Trust is currently expected to range between 25% and 30% of the Trusts total assets. The Trust seeks a leverage ratio, based on a variety of factors including market conditions and the Investment Advisers market outlook, for which the rate of return, net of applicable Trust expenses, on the Trusts portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage.
The Trust, as of January 31, 2019, was leveraged through borrowings from a committed facility with BNP with a total commitment of $135,000,000. As of January 31, 2019, the Trust had drawn [$XXX] on the committed facility. In addition, the Trust intends to leverage its portfolio through a master repurchase agreement entered into with BNP Securities on November 16, 2017, as amended, that allows the Trust to enter into reverse repurchase transactions from time to time pursuant to the terms of the master repurchase agreement. On August 14, 2018, the Trust, and its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, NREC and NREO, entered into a $75.0 million revolving credit agreement with KeyBank National Association. The revolving balance stepped down to $60.0 million after September 14, 2018. As of March [XX], 2019, The Trust had drawn $[XX,000,000] on the committed facility. The Trusts asset coverage ratio as of January 31, 2019 was [XXX]%. See Principal Risks of the Trust Leverage Risk for a brief description of the Trusts committed facility, master repurchase agreement and bridge credit agreement.
Following the completion of an Offering, the Trust may increase the amount of leverage outstanding. The Trust may engage in additional borrowings, issue notes, or issue preferred shares in order to maintain the Trusts desired leverage ratio. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the common shares than if leverage were not used. Interest on borrowings (or dividends on preferred shares) may be at a fixed or floating rate and generally will be based on short-term rates. The costs associated with the Trusts use of leverage, including the issuance of such leverage and the payment of dividends or interest on such leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. As long as the rate of return, net of applicable Trust expenses, on the Trusts portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage, the Trust will generate more return or income than will be needed to pay such costs. In this event, the excess will be available to pay higher dividends to holders of common shares. Conversely, if the Trusts return on such assets is less than the cost of leverage and other Trust expenses, the return to the holders of the common shares will diminish. To the extent that the Trust uses leverage, the net asset value and market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile. The Trusts leveraging strategy may not be successful. See Principal Risks of the TrustLeverage Risk.
Assuming the utilization of leverage in the amount of [XX]% of the Trusts total assets and an annual interest rate of [X.XX]% payable on such leverage based on market rates as of January 31, 2019, the additional income that the Trust must earn (net of expenses) in order to cover such leverage is [0.XX]% of NAV. Actual costs of leverage may be higher or lower than that assumed in the previous example.
The following table is designed to illustrate the effect on the return to a holder of the Trusts common shares of leverage in the amount of approximately [XX]% of the Trusts total assets, assuming hypothetical annual returns of the Trusts investment portfolio of minus 10% to plus 10%. As the table shows, leverage generally increases the return to holders of common shares when portfolio return is positive and greater than the cost of leverage and decreases the return when the portfolio return is negative or less than the cost of leverage. The figures appearing in the table are hypothetical and actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table.
Assumed return on portfolio (net of expenses) |
[-10 | % | -5 | % | 0 | % | 5 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||
Corresponding return to common stockholder |
-13.3 | % | -7.0 | % | -0.8 | % | 5.5 | % | 11.7 | %] |
68
The following is a description of the principal risks associated with an investment in the Trusts common and preferred shares specifically, as well as those risks generally associated with investment in a company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to the Trust. Given the risks described below, an investment in the common shares of the Trust may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in common shares of the Trust.
INVESTMENT AND MARKET DISCOUNT RISK
An investment in the Trusts common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trusts shares fluctuates with market conditions and other factors. If common shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. The Trusts common shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of an Offering. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles.
REIT-SPECIFIC RISK
REITs may be affected by changes in the real estate markets generally as well as changes in the values of the properties owned by the REIT or securing the mortgages owned by the REIT (which changes in value could be influenced by market conditions for real estate in general or fluctuations in the value of rights to natural resources appurtenant to the property held by the REIT). REITs are dependent upon management skill and are not diversified. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for special tax treatment under the Code and to maintain an exemption under the Investment Company Act. For example, because a REIT may acquire debt securities of issuers primarily engaged in or related to the real estate industry, it also could conceivably own real estate directly as a result of a default on such securities. Any rental income or income from the disposition of such real estate could adversely affect its ability to retain its tax status, which would have adverse tax consequences on its shareholders. Finally, certain REITs may be self-liquidating at the end of a specified term, and run the risk of liquidating at an economically inopportune time.
We intend to form one or more subsidiaries that will elect to be taxed as REITs beginning with the first year in which they commence material operations. In order for each subsidiary to qualify and maintain its qualification as a REIT, it must satisfy certain requirements set forth in the Code and Treasury Regulations that depend on various factual matters and circumstances. The Trust and the Investment Adviser intend to structure each REIT subsidiary and its activities in a manner designed to satisfy all of these requirements. However, the application of such requirements is not entirely clear, and it is possible that the IRS may interpret or apply those requirements in a manner that jeopardizes the ability of such REIT subsidiary to satisfy all of the requirements for qualification as a REIT.
If a REIT subsidiary fails to qualify as a REIT for any taxable year and it does not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income at corporate rates. In addition, it will generally be disqualified from treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year of losing its REIT status. Losing its REIT status will reduce its net earnings available for investment or distribution to stockholders because of the additional tax liability. In addition, distributions to stockholders will no longer qualify for the dividends paid deduction, and the REIT subsidiary will no longer be required to make distributions. If this occurs, such REIT subsidiary might be required to borrow funds or liquidate some investments in order to pay the applicable tax.
To obtain the favorable tax treatment afforded to REITs under the Code, each REIT subsidiary generally will be required each year to distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of its REIT taxable income determined without regard to the dividends-paid deduction and excluding net capital gain. To the extent that it does not distribute all of its net capital gains, or distributes at least 90%, but less than 100%, of its REIT taxable income, as adjusted, it will have to pay tax on amounts retained at regular ordinary and capital gains corporate tax rates. Furthermore, if it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (a) 85% of its ordinary income for that year, (b) 95% of its capital gain net income for that year, and (c) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, it would have to pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the amounts required to be distributed over the sum of (a) the amounts that it actually distributed and (b) the amounts it retained and upon which it paid income tax at the corporate level. These requirements could cause it to distribute amounts that otherwise would be spent on investments in real estate assets, and it is possible that the REIT subsidiary might be required to borrow funds, possibly at unfavorable rates, or sell assets to fund the required distributions.
69
INTEREST RATE RISK
Interest rate risk is the risk that debt securities, and the Trusts net assets, may decline in value because of changes in interest rates. Generally, debt securities will decrease in value when interest rates rise and increase in value when interest rates decline. This means that the net asset value of the common shares will fluctuate with interest rate changes and the corresponding changes in the value of the Trusts debt security holdings. To the extent the Trust invests in longer duration fixed rate debt securities, the Trust is subject to greater interest rate risk than funds investing solely in shorter-term fixed-rate debt securities. Interest rate risk may be heightened when interest rates are below or significantly below historical averages. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the U.S. are at or near historically low levels, increasing the exposure of debt securities to the risks associated with rising interest rates. Rising market interest rates could have unpredictable effects on the markets and may expose fixed-income and related markets to heightened volatility. Recent and potential future changes in government policy may affect interest rates. In addition, in a period of rising interest rates, the higher cost of any leverage employed by the Trust and/or increasing defaults by issuers of high yield securities would likely exacerbate any decline in the Trusts NAV.
Duration is a measure used to determine the sensitivity of a securitys price to changes in interest rates that incorporates a securitys yield, coupon, final maturity and call features, among other characteristics. Duration is useful primarily as a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income securitys market price to interest rate (i.e. yield) movements. All other things remaining equal, for each one percentage point increase in interest rates, the value of a portfolio of fixed income investments would generally be expected to decline by one percent for every year of the portfolios average duration above zero. For example, the value of a portfolio of fixed income securities with an average duration of three years would generally be expected to decline by approximately 3% if interest rates rose by one percentage point.
PREPAYMENT RISK
If interest rates fall, the principal on bonds and loans held by the Trust may be paid earlier than expected. If this happens, the proceeds from a prepaid security may be reinvested by the Trust in securities bearing lower interest rates, resulting in a possible decline in the Trusts income and distributions to shareholders. The Trust may invest in pools of mortgages or other assets issued or guaranteed by private issuers or U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities are especially sensitive to prepayment risk because borrowers often refinance their mortgages when interest rates decline.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN HIGH-YIELD SECURITIES
A substantial portion of the Trusts investments will consist of investments that may generally be characterized as high-yield securities or junk securities, and the Trust may invest without limit in such securities. Such securities are typically rated below investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations or are unrated but of comparable credit quality to obligations rated below investment grade, and have greater credit and liquidity risk than more highly rated obligations. High-yield securities are generally unsecured and may be subordinate to other obligations of the obligor. The lower rating of high-yield securities reflects a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer or in general economic conditions (including, for example, a substantial period of rising interest rates or declining earnings) or both may impair the ability of the issuer to make payment of principal and interest. Many issuers of high-yield securities are highly leveraged, and their relatively high debt to equity ratios create increased risks that their operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service their obligations. Overall declines in the high-yield bond and other markets may adversely affect such issuers by inhibiting their ability to refinance their obligations at maturity.
High-yield securities are often issued in connection with leveraged acquisitions or recapitalizations in which the issuers incur a substantially higher amount of indebtedness than the level at which they had previously operated. High-yield securities that are debt instruments have historically experienced greater default rates than has been the case for investment grade securities. The Trust may also invest in equity securities issued by entities whose obligations are unrated or are rated below investment grade.
The Trust is authorized to invest in obligations of issuers that are generally trading at significantly higher yields than had been historically typical of the applicable issuers obligations. Such investments may include debt obligations that have a heightened probability of being in covenant or payment default in the future. Such investments generally are considered highly speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted security for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or highly speculative.
High-yield securities purchased by the Trust are subject to certain additional risks to the extent that such obligations may be unsecured and subordinated to substantial amounts of senior indebtedness, all or a significant portion of which may be secured. Moreover, such obligations purchased by the Trust may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness and are unlikely to be secured by collateral.
70
ILLIQUIDITY OF INVESTMENTS
The investments made by the Trust may be very illiquid, and consequently, the Trust may not be able to sell such investments at prices that reflect the Investment Advisers assessment of their fair value or the amount paid for such investments by the Trust. An inability to sell a portfolio position can adversely affect the Trusts value or prevent the Trust from being able to take advantage of other investment opportunities. Illiquidity may result from the absence of an established market for the investments as well as legal, contractual or other restrictions on their resale by the Trust and other factors. Furthermore, the nature of the Trusts investments, especially those in financially stressed and distressed companies, may require a long holding period prior to being able to determine whether the investment will be profitable or not. There is no limit on the amount of the Trusts investment portfolio that can be invested in illiquid securities.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN SENIOR LOANS
Senior loans, such as bank loans, are typically at the most senior level of the capital structure, and are sometimes secured by specific collateral, including, but not limited to, trademarks, patents, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, buildings, real estate, franchises and common and preferred stock of the obligor or its affiliates. A portion of the Trusts investments may consist of loans and participations therein originated by banks and other financial institutions, typically referred to as bank loans. The Trusts investments may include loans of a type generally incurred by borrowers in connection with highly leveraged transactions, often to finance internal growth, acquisitions, mergers or stock purchases, or for other reasons. As a result of the additional debt incurred by the borrower in the course of the transaction, the borrowers creditworthiness is often judged by the rating agencies to be below investment grade. Such loans are typically private corporate loans negotiated by one or more commercial banks or financial institutions and syndicated among a group of commercial banks and financial institutions. In order to induce the lenders to extend credit and to offer a favorable interest rate, the borrower often provides the lenders with extensive information about its business that is not generally available to the public. To the extent the Trust receives material non-public information, it may be prohibited from trading in certain securities, even when it might otherwise be beneficial to do so.
Bank loans often, but not always, contain restrictive covenants designed to limit the activities of the borrower in an effort to protect the right of lenders to receive timely payments of principal and interest. Such covenants may include restrictions on distribution payments, specific mandatory minimum financial ratios, limits on total debt and other financial tests. Bank loans usually have shorter terms than subordinated obligations and may require mandatory prepayments from excess cash flow, asset dispositions and offerings of debt and/or equity securities. The bank loans and other debt obligations to be acquired by the Trust are likely to be below investment grade.
The Trust may acquire interests in bank loans and other debt obligations either directly (by way of sale or assignment) or indirectly (by way of participation). The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, its rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Trust may not be able unilaterally to enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and any associated collateral. A participation interest in a portion of a debt obligation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the borrower. In purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement or any rights of setoff against the borrower, and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Trust will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation.
Purchasers of bank loans are predominantly commercial banks, investment funds and investment banks. As secondary market trading volumes increase, new bank loans frequently adopt standardized documentation to facilitate loan trading, which the Investment Adviser believes should improve market liquidity. However, no active trading market may exist for certain senior loans, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded senior loans. In addition, future levels of supply and demand in bank loan trading may not provide an adequate degree of liquidity and the current level of liquidity may not continue. Because of the provision to holders of such loans of confidential information relating to the borrower, the unique and customized nature of the loan agreement, the limited universe of eligible purchasers and the private syndication of the loan, bank loans are not as easily purchased or sold as a publicly-traded security.
As with any debt instrument, senior loans are generally subject to the risk of price declines and to increases in interest rates, particularly long-term rates. Senior loans are also subject to the risk that, as interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases, which may increase the risk of default. In addition, the interest rates of floating rate loans typically only adjust to changes in short-term
71
interest rates; long-term interest rates can vary dramatically from short-term interest rates. Therefore, senior loans may not mitigate price declines in a rising long-term interest rate environment. Declines in interest rates may increase prepayments of debt obligations and require the Trust to invest assets at lower yields.
LEGISLATION RISK
To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of financial institutions to make loans in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of senior loan interests for investment by the Trust may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions may reduce or eliminate sources of financing for affected borrowers. Further, to the extent that legislation or federal or state regulators require such institutions to dispose of senior loan interests relating to highly leveraged transactions or subject such senior loan interests to increased regulatory scrutiny, such financial institutions may determine to sell senior loan interests in a manner that results in a price that, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, is not indicative of fair value. Were the Trust to attempt to sell a senior loan interest at a time when a financial institution was engaging in such a sale with respect to the senior loan interest, the price at which the Trust could consummate such a sale might be adversely affected.
SECOND LIEN LOANS RISK
Second lien loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans and non-investment grade securities. However, second lien loans are second in right of payment to senior loans and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second lien loans are expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in second lien loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
OTHER SECURED LOANS RISK
Secured loans other than senior loans and second lien loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans, second lien loans and non-investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding senior loans and second lien loans of the borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the higher-ranking secured obligations of the borrower. Lower-ranking secured loans are expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans and second lien loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in lower-ranking secured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
UNSECURED LOANS RISK
Unsecured loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans, second lien loans, other secured loans and non-investment grade securities. However, because unsecured loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Unsecured loans are expected to have greater price volatility than senior loans, second lien loans and other secured loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in unsecured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
Loans other than senior loans may not be acceptable collateral under the Trusts current credit facility or under any future credit facilities, or may require a higher collateral-to-loan ratio, and therefore to the extent the Trust invests in such loans its ability to borrow may be reduced.
CYBER SECURITY RISK
With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Trust is susceptible to operational and information security risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites. Cyber security failures or breaches of the Trusts third party service providers (including, but not limited to the administrator and transfer agent) or the issuers of securities in which the Trust invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, the inability of Trust shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional
72
compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. The Trust and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result. While the Trusts service providers may have established business continuity plans and systems designed to prevent such cyber attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Trust cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by issuers in which the Trust invests.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN OBLIGATIONS OF STRESSED, DISTRESSED AND BANKRUPT ISSUERS
The Trust is authorized to invest in the securities and other obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. There is no limit on the amount of the Trusts investment portfolio that can be invested in stressed, distressed or bankrupt issuers, and the Trust may invest for purposes of control. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered highly speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recoveries, which may be in the form of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or highly speculative. It is also possible that there could be limited or no recovery for creditors in a bankruptcy or workout.
There are a number of significant risks inherent in the bankruptcy process, including, without limitation, those set forth in this paragraph. First, many events in a bankruptcy are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors are generally given an opportunity to object to significant actions, a bankruptcy court in the exercise of its broad equitable powers may approve actions that are contrary to the interests of the Trust. Second, a bankruptcy filing by an issuer may adversely and permanently affect the issuer. The issuer may lose its market position and key employees and otherwise become incapable of restoring itself as a viable entity. If for this or any other reason the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. Third, the duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is difficult to predict. A creditors return on investment can be adversely affected by delays while the plan of reorganization is being negotiated (or, in some cases, litigated), approved by the creditors and confirmed by the bankruptcy court and until it ultimately becomes effective. Fourth, the administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtors estate prior to any return to creditors. For example, if a proceeding involves protracted or difficult litigation, or turns into a liquidation, substantial assets may be devoted to administrative costs. Fifth, bankruptcy law permits the classification of substantially similar claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization. Because the standard for classification is vague, there exists the risk that the Trusts influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations it owns can be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in that class or by different classification and treatment. Sixth, in certain circumstances in which the Trust acquires claims against the issuer to obtain a control position with respect to a class or classes of claims, the Trusts influence with respect to all of the class or classes of securities or other obligations it owns can be lost if the bankruptcy court designates the Trusts vote or votes on the Chapter 11 plan as a result of the Trusts claim purchases. Seventh, in the early stages of the bankruptcy process it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. Eighth, especially in the case of investments made prior to the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings, creditors can lose their ranking and priority if they exercise domination and control over a debtor and other creditors can demonstrate that they have been harmed by such actions. Ninth, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.
In any investment involving stressed and distressed debt obligations, there exists the risk that the transaction involving such debt obligations will be unsuccessful, take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or a new security or obligation in exchange for the stressed and distressed debt obligations, the value of which may be less than the Trusts purchase price of such debt obligations. Furthermore, if an anticipated transaction does not occur, the Trust may be required to sell its investment at a loss. Given the substantial uncertainties concerning transactions involving stressed and distressed debt obligations in which the Trust invests, there is a potential risk of loss by the Trust of its entire investment in any particular investment.
Investments in companies operating in workout modes or under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code are also, in certain circumstances, subject to certain additional liabilities, which may exceed the value of the Trusts original investment in a company. For example, under certain circumstances, creditors who have inappropriately exercised control over the management and policies of a debtor may have their claims subordinated or disallowed or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions. The Investment Advisers active management style may present a greater risk in this area than would a more passive approach. In addition, under certain circumstances, payments to the Trust and distributions by the Trust or payments on the debt may be reclaimed if any such payment is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance or a preferential payment.
The Investment Adviser on behalf of the Trust (and its other clients) may participate on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled companies that may or may not be in bankruptcy or may negotiate directly with debtors with respect to restructuring issues. If the Trust does choose to join a committee, the Trust would likely be only one of many
73
participants, all of whom would be interested in obtaining an outcome that is in their individual best interests. The Trust may not be successful in obtaining results most favorable to it in such proceedings, although the Trust may incur significant legal and other expenses in attempting to do so. As a result of participation by the Trust on such committees, the Trust may be deemed to have duties to other creditors represented by the committees, which might thereby expose the Trust to liability to such other creditors who disagree with the Trusts actions. Participation by the Trust on such committees may cause the Trust to be subject to certain restrictions on its ability to trade in a particular investment and may also make the Trust an insider or an underwriter for purposes of the federal securities laws. Either circumstance will restrict the Trusts ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular investment when it might otherwise desire to do so.
Investments in distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Trust. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent the Trust should recognize market discount on certain distressed debt obligations; when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount; when and to what extent the Trust may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Trust should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Trust when, as and if it invests in such obligations, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to maintain its eligibility for treatment as a RIC under the Code and that it does not become subject to Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes.
INSOLVENCY CONSIDERATIONS WITH RESPECT TO ISSUERS OF DEBT OBLIGATIONS
Various laws enacted for the protection of creditors may apply to the debt obligations held by the Trust. The information in this paragraph is applicable with respect to U.S. issuers subject to U.S. bankruptcy laws. Insolvency considerations may differ with respect to other issuers. If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of an issuer of a debt obligation, such as a trustee in bankruptcy or a creditors committee, were to find that the issuer did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness constituting the debt obligation and, after giving effect to such indebtedness, the issuer (i) was insolvent, (ii) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer constituted unreasonably small capital, or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could determine to invalidate, in whole or in part, such indebtedness as a fraudulent conveyance, to subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of such issuer, or to recover amounts previously paid by such issuer in satisfaction of such indebtedness.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary. Generally, an issuer would be considered insolvent at a particular time if the sum of its debts were then greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets was then less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they became absolute and matured. There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether the issuer was insolvent after giving effect to the incurrence of the indebtedness constituting the debt obligation or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the issuer was insolvent upon giving effect to such incurrence. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer of a debt obligation, payments made on such debt obligation could be subject to avoidance as a preference if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year) before insolvency. Similarly, a court might apply the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim of a lending institution against an issuer, to claims of other creditors of the borrower, when the lending institution, another investor, or any of their transferees, is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable, or fraudulent conduct. In general, if payments on a debt obligation are avoidable, whether as fraudulent conveyances or preferences, such payments can be recaptured either from the initial recipient (such as the Trust) or from subsequent transferees of such payments (such as the investors in the Trust). To the extent that any such payments are recaptured from the Trust the resulting loss will be borne by the investors. However, a court in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding would be able to direct the recapture of any such payment from such a recipient or transferee only to the extent that such court has jurisdiction over such recipient or transferee or its assets. Moreover, it is likely that avoidable payments could not be recaptured directly from any such recipient or transferee that has given value in exchange for its note, in good faith and without knowledge that the payments were avoidable. Although the Investment Adviser will seek to avoid conduct that would form the basis for a successful cause of action based upon fraudulent conveyance, preference or equitable subordination, these determinations are made in hindsight and a court could disagree with the Trusts position, and, in any event, there can be no assurance as to whether any lending institution or other investor from which the Trust acquired the debt obligations engaged in any such conduct (or any other conduct that would subject the debt obligations and the issuer to insolvency laws) and, if it did, as to whether such creditor claims could be asserted in a U.S. court (or in the courts of any other country) against the Trust.
LITIGATION RISK
The Trust is sometimes subject to legal proceedings and claims based on the securities and instruments in which the Trust invests. Litigation may result in substantial costs and may seriously harm the Trusts investments and overall financial condition. In addition, legal claims that have not yet been asserted against the Trust may be asserted in the future.
74
LEVERAGE RISK
When deemed appropriate by the Investment Adviser and subject to applicable regulations, the Trust may use leverage in its investment program, including the use of borrowed funds and investments in certain types of options, such as puts, calls and warrants. While such strategies and techniques increase the opportunity to achieve higher returns on the amounts invested, they also increase the risk of loss. To the extent the Trust purchases securities with borrowed funds, its net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed funds are not used. The level of interest rates generally, and the rates at which such funds may be borrowed in particular, could affect the operating results of the Trust. If the interest expense on borrowings were to exceed the net return on the portfolio securities purchased with borrowed funds, the Trusts use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return than if the Trust were not leveraged.
Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the Commission, the Trust may be required to earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the Trusts daily marked-to-market value of its transactions in futures and options. To maintain this required margin, the Trust may have to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous prices or times because it may not be possible to liquidate a position at a reasonable price. In addition, the earmarking of such assets will have the effect of limiting the Trusts ability otherwise to invest those assets.
The Trust also has the ability to use leverage through the issuance of preferred shares, borrowings from a credit facility, issuance of secured notes or other debt securities, or any combination of the three. The Trust currently leverages through borrowings from a committed facility, through a master repurchase agreement and through a bridge credit agreement. The use of leverage, which can be described as exposure to changes in price at a ratio greater than the amount of equity invested, either through the issuance of preferred shares, borrowings or other forms of market exposure, magnifies both the favorable and unfavorable effects of price movements in the investments made by the Trust. Insofar as the Trust continues to employ leverage in its investment operations, the Trust will be subject to substantial risks of loss.
Therefore, if the market value of the Trusts investment portfolio declines, any leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to common shareholders than if the Trust were not leveraged. Such greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. Further, if at any time while the Trust has leverage outstanding it does not meet applicable asset coverage requirements (as discussed below), it may be required to suspend distributions to common shareholders until the requisite asset coverage is restored. Any such suspension might impair the ability of the Trust to meet the RIC distribution requirements and to avoid Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes.
As noted above, the Trust currently leverages through borrowings from a committed facility, through a master repurchase agreement and through a bridge credit agreement. The Trust had previously entered into a secured Credit Facility with State Street. Such borrowings constitute financial leverage.
Indebtedness incurred under the Committed Facility is not convertible into any other securities of the Trust. Outstanding amounts would be payable at maturity or such earlier times as required by the Committed Facility agreement. The Trust may be required to prepay outstanding amounts under the Committed Facility or incur a penalty rate of interest in the event of the occurrence of certain events of default. The Committed Facility agreement obligates the Trust to provide certain indemnities to the agent and the lenders and their affiliates. The Trust is required to pay ongoing commitment fees on the undrawn amount under the terms of the Committed Facility agreement. With the use of borrowings, there is a risk that the interest rates paid by the Trust on the amount it borrows will be higher than the return on the Trusts investments. The Committed Facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of preferred shares, or the Trust may be unable to renew or replace its Committed Facility upon the termination of the current facilities, possibly requiring it to sell portfolio securities at times or prices that are disadvantageous. Any of these situations could adversely impact income or total return to shareholders.
The Trust must comply with investment quality, diversification and other guidelines established by the Committed Facility agreement. The Trust does not anticipate that such guidelines will have a material adverse effect on the Trusts common shareholders or its ability to achieve its investment objectives.
Successful use of a leveraging strategy may depend on the Investment Advisers ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
PREFERRED SHARE RISK
Preferred share risk is the risk associated with the issuance of preferred shares to leverage the common shares. If preferred shares are issued, the net asset value and market value of the common shares will be more volatile, and the yield to the holders of common shares will tend to fluctuate with changes in the shorter-term dividend rates on the preferred shares. The Trust will pay (and
75
the holders of common shares will bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred shares, including higher advisory fees. Accordingly, the issuance of preferred shares may not result in a higher yield or return to the holders of the common shares. If the dividend rate and other costs of the preferred shares approach the net rate of return on the Trusts investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of the common shares would be reduced. If the dividend rate and other costs of the preferred shares exceed the net rate of return on the Trusts investment portfolio, the leverage will result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common shares than if the Trust had not issued preferred shares.
Similarly, any decline in the net asset value of the Trusts investments will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Trusts investment portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. The Trust might be in danger of failing to maintain the required asset coverage of the preferred shares or of losing its ratings on the preferred shares or, in an extreme case, the Trusts current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred shares. In order to counteract such an event, the Trust might need to liquidate investments in order to fund a redemption of some or all of the preferred shares. Liquidation at times of low prices may result in capital loss and may reduce returns to the holders of common shares.
If preferred shares are issued, holders of preferred shares may have differing interests than holders of common shares and holders of preferred shares may at times have disproportionate influence over the Trusts affairs. If preferred shares are issued, holders of preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, would have the right to elect two members of the Board at all times. The remaining members of the Board would be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting as a single class. The Investment Company Act requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (i) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred shares and (ii) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trusts subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions.
If the Trust issues preferred shares, the Trust would likely seek a credit rating on the preferred shares from one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. The Trust expects that, at anytime when preferred shares were outstanding, the composition of its investment portfolio would reflect guidelines established by any rating agencies, including for example, asset coverage requirements that are more restrictive than those under the Investment Company Act, restrictions on certain portfolio investments and investment practices, requirements that the Trust maintain a portion of its assets in higher rated debt securities and certain mandatory redemption requirements relating to the preferred shares. No assurance can be given that the guidelines actually imposed with respect to preferred shares by rating agencies would be more or less restrictive than these examples. These restrictions may require the Trust to alter its investment strategy and invest in different types of assets some of which may be lower yielding or result in less opportunities for capital appreciation. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of preferred shares by the Trust.
COMMON STOCK RISK
The Trust may invest in common stock. Although investments in common stock have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed income securities over the long-term, investments in common stock also have historically experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Therefore, the Trusts investments in common stock could result in worse performance than would be the case had the Trust been invested solely in debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular investment in common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stock is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stock to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting an issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
DIVIDEND RISK
Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuers board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common stock in which the Trust invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, the dividends will remain at current levels or increase over time.
SMALL AND MID-CAP SECURITIES RISK
The Trust may invest in companies with small or medium-sized capitalizations. Securities issued by small and medium-sized companies can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger company securities. There may be less trading in a small or medium-sized companys securities, which means that buy and sell transactions in those securities could have a larger impact on the
76
securitys price than is the case with larger company securities. Small or medium-sized companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a small or medium-sized companys security price than is the case for a larger company. In addition, small or medium-sized company securities may not be well known to the investing public.
NON-U.S. SECURITIES RISK
The Trust may invest without limit in Non-U.S. Securities. Investing in Non-U.S. Securities involves certain risks not involved in domestic investments, including, but not limited to: (i) fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; (ii) future foreign economic, financial, political and social developments; (iii) different legal systems; (iv) the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; (v) lower trading volume; (vi) much greater price volatility and illiquidity of certain non-U.S. securities markets; (vii) different trading and settlement practices; (viii) less governmental supervision; (ix) changes in currency exchange rates; (x) high and volatile rates of inflation; (xi) fluctuating interest rates; (xii) less publicly available information; and (xiii) different accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements. In addition, certain investments in Non-U.S. Securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes on interest, dividends, capital gains or other income. Those taxes will reduce the Trusts yield on any such securities. See Tax Matters below.
Certain countries in which the Trust may invest, especially emerging market countries, historically have experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. These risks are especially evident in the Middle East and Africa. The cost of servicing external debt will generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of: (i) the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets; (ii) confiscatory taxation; (iii) difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment; (iv) economic, political or social instability; and (v) diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries. In addition, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as: (i) growth of gross domestic product; (ii) rates of inflation; (iii) capital reinvestment; (iv) resources; (v) self-sufficiency; and (vi) balance of payments position.
As a result of these potential risks, the Investment Adviser may determine that, notwithstanding otherwise favorable investment criteria, it may not be practicable or appropriate to invest in a particular country. The Trust may invest in countries in which foreign investors, including the Investment Adviser, have had no or limited prior experience.
EMERGING MARKETS RISK
The Trust currently does not expect to invest more than 15%, but may invest up to 20% of its total assets in securities of issuers based in emerging markets. An emerging market country is any country having an economy and market that are (or would be) considered by the World Bank to be emerging or developing or is listed in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Index. Emerging market countries are located in regions such as Asia, Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Europe, Eastern Europe (including the former republics of the Soviet Union and the Eastern Bloc) and Africa. Investing in securities of issuers based in emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers, but to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the markets for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Trusts investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities owned by the Trust, the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and gains on and income from investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trusts net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. These risks often are heightened for investments in smaller or emerging capital markets. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign currency transactions in an attempt to enhance total return, which may further expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other risks. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency.
77
INVESTMENTS IN UNSEASONED COMPANIES
The Trust may invest in the securities of less seasoned companies. These investments may present greater opportunities for growth, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with investments in securities of more established companies. Some of the companies in which the Trust may invest will be start-up companies that may have insubstantial operational or earnings history or may have limited products, markets, financial resources or management depth. Some may also be emerging companies at the research and development stage with no products or technologies to market or approved for marketing. Securities of emerging companies may lack an active secondary market and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger, more established companies or stock market averages in general. Competitors of certain companies may have substantially greater financial resources than many of the companies in which the Trust may invest.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS RISK
The Trust may invest in shares of companies through initial public offerings (IPOs). IPOs and companies that have recently gone public have the potential to produce substantial gains for the Trust. However, the Trust may not have access to or invest in IPOs that are ultimately profitable for investors. The investment performance of the Trust during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Trust is able to do so. Securities issued in IPOs are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for limited periods of time. In addition, the prices of securities sold in IPOs may be highly volatile or may decline shortly after the IPO.
SECURITIES LENDING RISK
Under the Trusts current securities lending agreement, the Trust may lend its portfolio securities (up to a maximum of one-third of its total assets) to financial institutions on an approved list of borrowers. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis and the Trust may, therefore, lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely affect the Trusts performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding. In addition, voting rights with respect to loaned securities generally pass to the borrower. The Trust, as the lender, retains the right to recall the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned in order to vote the loaned securities. However, in many circumstances the Trust may be unable to recall the securities in time to vote or may determine that the benefits to the Trust of voting are outweighed by the indirect or direct costs of such a recall. In these circumstances, loaned securities may be voted or not voted in a manner adverse to the best interests of the Trust. All of the aforementioned risks may be greater for Non-U.S. Securities.
These lending transactions must be fully collateralized at all times, but involve some credit risk to the Trust if the borrower or the party (if any) guaranteeing the loan should default on its obligation and the Trust is delayed in or prevented from recovering the collateral. In addition, any income or gains and losses from investing and reinvesting any cash collateral delivered by a borrower pursuant to a loan are generally at the Trusts risk, and to the extent any such losses reduce the amount of cash below the amount required to be returned to the borrower upon the termination of any loan, the Trust may be required to pay or cause to be paid to such borrower or another entity an amount equal to such shortfall in cash. The Trust generally accepts cash (U.S. and foreign currency), securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, or sovereign debt as collateral for these lending transactions, although in the future, it may accept other types of collateral.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OPTIONS ON SECURITIES
There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities, such as exchange-listed, over-the-counter and index options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
As the writer of a covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the options life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.
78
When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trusts potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
EXCHANGE-LISTED OPTION RISKS
A liquid market may not exist when the Trust seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. If the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
The hours of trading for options on an exchange may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily, and their value will be affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common shares, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common shares and the remaining time to the options expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the options expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of a call option would reduce the Trusts capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
OVER-THE-COUNTER OPTION RISK
The Trust may purchase or sell/write unlisted (OTC or over-the-counter) options. Options entered into by the Trust with respect to Non-U.S. Securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are two-party contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. The Trust may be required to treat as illiquid those securities being used to cover certain written OTC options. The OTC options written by the Trust will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the Options Clearing Corporation. In addition, the Trusts ability to terminate the OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position.
INDEX OPTION RISK
The Trust may purchase or sell/write index put and call options from time to time. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. Because the exercise of an index option is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index option the difference between the cash value of the index on which the option was written and the exercise price and such difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for writing the option. The value of index options written by the Trust, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common shares in the respective index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller. Distributions paid by the Trust on its common shares may be derived in part from the net index option premiums it receives from selling index put and call options, less the cost of paying settlement amounts to purchasers of the options that exercise their options. Net index option premiums can vary widely over the short term and long term.
79
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES RISK
Payment of interest and repayment of principal on asset-backed securities is largely dependent upon the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities and, in certain cases, supported by letters of credit, surety bonds or other credit enhancements. Asset-backed security values may also be affected by the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the loans or receivables and any entities providing the credit enhancement. In addition, the underlying assets are subject to prepayments that shorten the securities weighted average maturity and may lower their return.
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES RISK
A mortgage-backed security, which represents an interest in a pool of assets such as mortgage loans, will mature once all the mortgages in the pool mature or are prepaid. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities do not have a fixed maturity, and their expected maturities may vary when interest rates rise or fall.
When interest rates fall, homeowners are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans. An increased rate of prepayments on the Trusts mortgage-backed securities will result in an unforeseen loss of interest income to the Trust, as the Trust may be required to reinvest assets at a lower interest rate. Because prepayments increase when interest rates fall, the price of mortgage-backed securities does not increase as much as that of other fixed income securities when interest rates fall.
When interest rates rise, homeowners are less likely to prepay their mortgage loans. A decreased rate of prepayments lengthens the expected maturity of a mortgage-backed security. Therefore, the prices of mortgage-backed securities may decrease more than prices of other fixed income securities when interest rates rise.
Timely payment of interest and principal of mortgage-backed securities may be supported by various forms of private insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance purchased or held by the issuer. Private insurers may not, however, be able to meet their obligations under the policies. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to the Trust. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include sub-prime mortgages (which are typically granted to individuals with poor credit histories who, as a result of their deficient credit ratings, would not be able to qualify for conventional mortgages), Alt-A mortgages (typically characterized by borrowers with less than full documentation, lower credit scores or higher loan-to-value ratios), interest only mortgages (which permit interest-only payments for a specified period before payment of principal is required) and/or option ARM mortgages (which are typically 30-year adjustable rate mortgages that initially offer a borrower four monthly payment options: a specified minimum payment, an interest-only payment, a 15-year fully amortizing payment and a 30-year fully amortizing payment). Some of these types of mortgages may be subject to negative amortization, which occurs whenever the loan payment for any period is less than the interest charged over that period so that the outstanding principal balance of the loan increases. The types of mortgages discussed above are made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their mortgages, and are subject to a greater risk of default than prime mortgages. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic downturn, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages. To the extent the Trust invests in securities directly or indirectly backed by these types of mortgages, it will be subject to greater risks.
Credit ratings on mortgage-backed securities are subject to the same limitations that apply to credit ratings generally. See Limitations of Credit Ratings in this Prospectus. In the past, the market for mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities has experienced high volatility and a lack of liquidity. As a result, the value of many of these securities has significantly declined. These markets may not become more liquid or less volatile, and it is possible that the value of these securities could decline further.
Mortgage-backed securities may not be readily marketable. To the extent any of these securities are not readily marketable in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, the Trusts restrictions on investments in illiquid instruments will apply.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN ROYALTY SECURITIES
The Trust may invest in debt and/or equity royalty securities. The risks of investing in these securities will include the risks of investing in the underlying industry. In addition, royalty securities are currently not widely recognized or understood and the Trust may not be able to sell the securities when it wants to do so. Under certain market conditions, these securities may also become highly illiquid. Each security will include different risk factors specific to that transaction. Risk factors of royalty securities generally include risks relating to the products associated with the royalty stream, risks relating to the license agreement, risks relating to the structure of the financing and risks relating to bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings.
80
REPURCHASE AGREEMENT RISK
The Trust may enter into repurchase agreements up to a maximum of 33 1/3% of its total assets. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. If the seller does not pay the Trust the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date, the Trust is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Trust could incur a loss of both principal and interest. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Trust to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
DERIVATIVES RISK
The Trust may engage in derivative transactions for hedging and speculative purposes or to enhance total return, including engaging in transactions such as options, futures, swaps, foreign currency transactions, forward foreign currency contracts, currency swaps or options on currency futures and other derivatives transactions (collectively, Derivative Transactions). The Trust may use any or all types of Derivative Transactions which it is authorized to use at any time; no particular strategy will dictate the use of one type of Derivative Transaction rather than another, as use of any authorized Derivative Transaction will be a function of numerous variables, including market conditions. Derivative Transactions involve certain risks and special considerations. Risks of Derivative Transactions include the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Derivative Transactions depends on the Investment Advisers ability to predict pertinent market movements. Because many derivatives are leveraged, and thus provide significantly more market exposure than the money paid or deposited when the transaction is entered into, a relatively small adverse market movement may not only result in the loss of the entire investment, but may also expose the Trust to the possibility of a loss exceeding the original amount invested. Thus, the use of Derivative Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, the suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Derivative Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.
If a put or call option purchased by the Trust is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Trust will lose its entire investment in the option.
Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Trust might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Trust were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.
The Trusts Derivative Transactions are generally subject to numerous special and complex tax rules. Because the tax rules applicable to such transactions may be uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future IRS guidance with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Trust has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. See Risks Relating to the Trusts Tax Status below for more information about the risks of a failure to qualify as a RIC. The Trusts investments in derivative instruments may be limited by the RIC qualification requirements or other U.S. federal income tax considerations.
In addition, the Commission recently proposed a rule under the Investment Company Act regulating the use by registered investment companies of derivatives and many related instruments. That rule, if adopted as proposed, would, among other things, restrict the Trusts ability to engage in derivatives transactions, and may so increase the cost of derivatives transactions that the Trust would be unable to implement its investment strategy.
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS IN CLEARED DERIVATIVES TRANSACTIONS
Under recently adopted rules and regulations, transactions in some types of swaps (including interest rate swaps and credit default swaps on North American and European indices) are required to be centrally cleared. In a transaction involving those swaps (cleared derivatives), the Trusts counterparty is a clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Since the Trust is not a member of a clearing house and only members of a clearing house (a clearing member) can participate directly in the clearing house, the Trust
81
will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at a clearing member. In cleared derivatives positions, the Trust will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through its accounts at a clearing member. A clearing member guarantees performance of its clients obligations to the clearing house.
In many ways, cleared derivative arrangements are less favorable to mutual funds than bilateral arrangements. For example, the Trust may be required to provide more margin for cleared derivatives positions than for bilateral derivatives positions. Also, in contrast to a bilateral derivatives position, following a period of notice to the Trust, a clearing member generally can require termination of an existing cleared derivatives position at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing positions or to terminate those positions at any time. Any increase in margin requirements or termination of existing cleared derivatives positions by the clearing member or the clearing house could interfere with the ability of the Trust to pursue its investment strategy. Further, any increase in margin requirements by a clearing member could expose the Trust to greater credit risk to its clearing member because margin for cleared derivatives positions in excess of a clearing houses margin requirements typically is held by the clearing member. Also, the Trust is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Investment Adviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Trusts behalf. While the documentation in place between the Trust and its clearing member generally provides that the clearing member will accept for clearing all cleared derivatives transactions that are within credit limits (specified in advance) for the Trust, the Trust is still subject to the risk that no clearing member will be willing or able to clear a transaction. In those cases, the position might have to be terminated, and the Trust could lose some or all of the benefit of the position, including loss of an increase in the value of the position and/or loss of hedging protection. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Trust and a clearing member is drafted by the clearing member and generally is less favorable to the Trust than typical bilateral derivatives documentation. For example, documentation relating to cleared derivatives generally includes a one-way indemnity by the Trust in favor of the clearing member for losses the clearing member incurs as the Trusts clearing member and typically does not provide the Trust any remedies if the clearing member defaults or becomes insolvent. While futures contracts entail similar risks, the risks likely are more pronounced for cleared swaps due to their more limited liquidity and market history.
Some types of cleared derivatives are required to be executed on an exchange or on a swap execution facility. A swap execution facility is a trading platform where multiple market participants can execute derivatives by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants in the platform. While this execution requirement is designed to increase transparency and liquidity in the cleared derivatives market, trading on a swap execution facility can create additional costs and risks for the Trust. For example, swap execution facilities typically charge fees, and if the Trust executes derivatives on a swap execution facility through a broker intermediary, the intermediary may impose fees as well. Also, the Trust may indemnify a swap execution facility, or a broker intermediary who executes cleared derivatives on a swap execution facility on the Trusts behalf, against any losses or costs that may be incurred as a result of the Trusts transactions on the swap execution facility.
These and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, further restrict the Trusts ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Trust of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Trust, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. These regulations are new and evolving, so their potential impact on the Trust and the financial system are not yet known. While the new regulations and central clearing of some derivatives transactions are designed to reduce systemic risk (i.e., the risk that the interdependence of large derivatives dealers could cause them to suffer liquidity, solvency or other challenges simultaneously), there is no assurance that the new clearing mechanisms will achieve that result, and in the meantime, as noted above, central clearing and related requirements expose the Trust to new kinds of risks and costs.
The above discussion and under Derivatives Risks relates to the Trusts proposed use of certain types of derivatives currently available. However, the Trust is not limited to the transactions described above. In addition, the relevant markets and related regulations are constantly changing and, in the future, the Trust may use derivatives not currently available or widely in use.
REGULATORY RISK COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR
The Trust is sponsored by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA; therefore, the Investment Adviser (with respect to the Trust) is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion, the Trust will be limited in its ability to use certain derivatives instruments regulated under the CEA (commodity interests), including futures, swaps and options on futures. In the event that the Trusts investments in commodity interests exceed a certain threshold, the Investment Adviser may be required to register as a commodity pool operator and/or commodity trading advisor with the CFTC with respect to the Trust. The Investment Advisers eligibility to claim the exclusion with respect to the Trust will be based upon the level and scope of the Trusts investment in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which the Trust holds out its use of commodity interests. For example, CFTC Rule 4.5 requires a fund with respect to which the sponsor is claiming the exclusion to, among other things, satisfy one of the two following trading thresholds: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums
82
required to establish positions in commodity interests cannot exceed 5% of the liquidation value of a funds portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of commodity interests not used solely for bona fide hedging purposes, determined at the time the most recent position was established, cannot generally exceed 100% of the liquidation value of a funds portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions it has entered into. The Trust currently intends to operate in a manner that would permit the Investment Adviser to continue to claim the exclusion under Rule 4.5, which may adversely affect the Investment Advisers ability to manage the Trust under certain market conditions and may adversely affect the Trusts total return. In the event the Investment Adviser becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 and is required to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator, the Trusts expenses may increase, adversely affecting the Trusts total return.
COUNTERPARTY RISK
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased or sold by the Trust. Recently, several broker-dealers and other financial institutions have experienced extreme financial difficulty, sometimes resulting in bankruptcy of the institution. Although the Investment Adviser monitors the creditworthiness of the Trusts counterparties, there can be no assurance that the Trusts counterparties will not experience similar difficulties, possibly resulting in losses to the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt, or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Material exposure to a single or small group of counterparties increases the Trusts counterparty risk.
CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS RISK
The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more debt securities or an index of such securities. In a credit default swap, one party (the protection buyer) is obligated to pay the other party (the protection seller) a stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event, such as a default or, in some instances, a downgrade in credit rating, occurs on the reference obligation. If a credit event occurs, the protection seller must generally pay the protection buyer the par value (the agreed-upon notional value) of the referenced debt obligation in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable reference obligations.
The Trust may be either the protection buyer or protection seller in a credit default swap. If the Trust is a protection buyer, the Trust would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract and would not recover any of those payments if no credit event were to occur. However, if a credit event occurs, the Trust as a protection buyer has the right to deliver the referenced debt obligations or a specified amount of cash, depending upon the terms of the swap, and receive the par value of such debt obligations from the counterparty protection seller. As a protection seller, the Trust would receive fixed payments throughout the term of the contract if no credit event occurs. If a credit event occurs, however, the value of the obligation received by the Trust (e.g., bonds which defaulted), plus the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the par value of the obligation, or cash received, resulting in a loss to the protection seller. Furthermore, the Trust as a protection seller would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because it will have investment exposure to the notional amount of the swap.
Credit default swap agreements are subject to greater risk than a direct investment in the reference obligation. Like all swap agreements, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity, credit and counterparty risks. In addition, collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated and there is no regulatory requirement that a counterparty post collateral to secure its obligations under a credit default swap. Furthermore, there is no requirement that a party be informed in advance when a credit default swap agreement is sold. Accordingly, the Trust may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of its claims. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments.
In the past, the market for credit default swaps has become more volatile as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterpartys credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Trust may not receive adequate collateral. There is no readily available market for trading credit default swaps. The Trust generally may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Trust to incur more losses.
In addition, the Trust may invest in publicly or privately issued interests in investment pools whose underlying assets are credit default, credit-linked, interest rate, currency exchange, equity-linked or other types of swap contracts and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements. The pools investment results may be designed to correspond generally to the performance of a specified securities index or basket of securities, sometimes a single security.
83
These types of pools are often used to gain exposure to multiple securities with a smaller investment than would be required to invest directly in the individual securities. They may also be used to gain exposure to foreign securities markets without investing in the foreign securities themselves or the relevant foreign market. To the extent that the Trust invests in pools of swaps and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements whose return corresponds to the performance of a foreign securities index or one or more foreign securities, investing in such pools will involve risks similar to the risks of investing in foreign securities. See Foreign Securities below. In addition to the risks associated with investing in swaps generally, the Trust bears the risks and costs generally associated with investing in pooled investment vehicles, such as paying the fees and expenses of the pool and the risk that the pool or the operator of the pool may default on its obligations to the holder of interests in the pool, such as the Trust. Interests in privately offered investment pools of swaps may be considered illiquid or deemed liquid, subject to the Trusts restrictions on investments in illiquid securities.
MARKET RISK GENERALLY
The profitability of a significant portion of the Trusts investment program depends to a great extent upon correctly assessing the future course of the price movements of securities and other investments and the movements of interest rates. The Investment Adviser may not be able to predict accurately these price and interest rate movements. With respect to certain investment strategies the Trust utilizes, there is a high degree of market risk.
REINVESTMENT RISK
The Trust reinvests the cash flows received from a security. The additional income from such reinvestment, sometimes called interest-on-interest, is reliant on the prevailing interest rate levels at the time of reinvestment. There is a risk that the interest rate at which interim cash flows can be reinvested will fall. Reinvestment risk is greater for longer holding periods and for securities with large, early cash flows such as high-coupon bonds. Reinvestment risk also applies generally to the reinvestment of the proceeds the Trust receives upon the maturity or sale of a portfolio security.
TIMING RISK
Many agency, corporate and municipal bonds, and most mortgage-backed securities, contain a provision that allows the issuer to call all or part of the issue before the bonds maturity date often after 5 or 10 years. The issuer usually retains the right to refinance the bond in the future if market interest rates decline below the coupon rate. There are three disadvantages to the call provision. First, the cash flow pattern of a callable bond is not known with certainty. Second, because an issuer is more likely to call the bonds when interest rates have dropped, the Trust is exposed to reinvestment risk, i.e. , the Trust may have to reinvest at lower interest rates the proceeds received when the bond is called. Finally, the capital appreciation potential of a bond will be reduced because the price of a callable bond may not rise much above the price at which the issuer may call the bond.
INFLATION RISK
Inflation risk results from the variation in the value of cash flows from a security due to inflation, as measured in terms of purchasing power. For example, if the Trust purchases a bond in which it can realize a coupon rate of 5%, but the rate of inflation increases from 2% to 6%, then the purchasing power of the cash flow has declined. For all but adjustable bonds or floating rate bonds, the Trust is exposed to inflation risk because the interest rate the issuer promises to make is fixed for the life of the security. To the extent that interest rates reflect the expected inflation rate, floating rate bonds have a lower level of inflation risk. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, dividend rates of any variable rate preferred share issued by the Trust would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to common shareholders.
ARBITRAGE RISKS
The Trust engages in capital structure arbitrage and other arbitrage strategies. Arbitrage strategies entail various risks, including the risk that external events, regulatory approvals and other factors will impact the consummation of announced corporate events and/or the prices of certain positions. In addition, hedging is an important feature of capital structure arbitrage. There is no guarantee that the Investment Adviser will be able to hedge the Trusts investment portfolio in the manner necessary to employ successfully the Trusts strategy.
SHORT SALES RISK
Short selling involves selling securities that may or may not be owned and borrowing the same securities for delivery to the purchaser, with an obligation to replace the borrowed securities at a later date. Short selling allows the Trust to profit from declines in market prices to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. However, because the
84
borrowed securities must be replaced by purchases at market prices in order to close out the short position, any appreciation in the price of the borrowed securities would result in a loss. The securities necessary to cover a short position may not be available for purchase. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. The Trust may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, the Trust might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. Short sales by the Trust that are not made against the box theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, since the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase.
MLP RISK
The Trust may invest in MLP securities. MLPs typically are characterized as publicly traded partnerships that qualify to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are principally engaged in one or more aspects of the exploration, production, processing, transmission, marketing, storage or delivery of energy-related commodities, such as natural gas, natural gas liquids, coal, crude oil or refined petroleum products (collectively, the energy industry). As a result, holders of MLP securities will be subject to risks related to the energy industry, including: (i) fluctuations in commodity prices; (ii) reduced volumes of natural gas or other energy commodities available for transporting, processing, storing or distributing; (iii) slowdowns in new construction and acquisitions; (iv) reduced demand for commodities such as crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum products; (v) depletion of natural gas reserves or other commodities; (vi) extreme weather and environmental hazards; (vii) stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies; and (viii) dangers inherent to the energy industry, such as leaks, fires, explosions, damage to facilities and equipment resulting from natural disasters, inadvertent damage to facilities and equipment and terrorist acts.
Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like the Trust when it invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. The Trust also may invest in companies who serve (or whose affiliates serve) as the general partner of an MLP. These investments may not be taxed as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. General Partners typically have limited fiduciary duties to an MLP, which could allow a general partner to favor its own interests over the MLPs interests. Additionally, general partners of MLPs often have limited call rights that may require MLP unit holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.
Holders of MLP securities have limited control and voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. Holders of securities issued by an MLP are exposed to a remote possibility of liability for all of the obligations of that MLP in the event that a court determines that the rights of the holders of MLP securities to vote to remove or replace the general partner of that MLP, to approve amendments to that MLPs partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement of that MLP would constitute control of the business of that MLP, or a court or governmental agency determines that the MLP is conducting business in a state without complying with the partnership statute of that state. Holders of MLP securities are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them.
In addition, MLPs are subject to the risk that they will fail to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If an MLP does not meet current legal requirements to maintain its partnership status, or if it is unable to do so because of tax or other law changes, it would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In that case, the MLP would be obligated to pay U.S. federal income tax (as well as state and local taxes) at the entity level on its taxable income and distributions received by the Trust would be taxable to the Trust as dividend income to the extent of the MLPs current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal tax purposes. The classification of an MLP as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes could have the effect of reducing the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP and the value of the Trusts investment in any such MLP. As a result, the value of the Trusts shares and the cash available for distribution to Trust shareholders could be materially reduced.
The Trust intends to limit its investments in MLPs and related entities to the extent necessary to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes. In general, a RIC is not permitted to invest, including through corporations in which the RIC owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, more than 25% of its total assets in qualified publicly-traded partnerships.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES
The Trust may invest in investment companies such as open-end funds (mutual funds), closed-end funds and exchange traded funds (also referred to as Underlying Funds). The Trust may invest in Underlying Funds subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act. Underlying Funds typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Trust; therefore, the Trusts purchase of Underlying Funds securities results in the layering of expenses. The Trusts shareholders indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of Underlying Funds (including advisory fees) in addition to bearing the Trusts expenses.
85
The Trust may invest in investment companies that are advised by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates, including ETFs, to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Trust. The Trusts purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Trust expenses.
Shares of closed-end funds are typically offered to the public in a one-time initial public offering by a group of underwriters who retain a spread or underwriting commission of between 4% or 6% of the initial public offering price. Such securities are then listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (commonly known as NASDAQ) and, in some cases, may be traded in other over-the-counter markets. Because the shares of closed-end funds cannot be redeemed upon demand to the issuer like the shares of an open-end investment company (such as the Funds), investors seek to buy and sell shares of closed-end funds in the secondary market.
The Trust generally will purchase shares of closed-end funds only in the secondary market. The Trust will incur normal brokerage costs on such purchases similar to the expenses the Trust would incur for the purchase of securities of any other type of issuer in the secondary market. The Trust may, however, also purchase securities of a closed-end fund in an initial public offering when, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, based on a consideration of the nature of the closed-end funds proposed investments, the prevailing market conditions and the level of demand for such securities, they represent an attractive opportunity for growth of capital. The initial offering price typically will include a dealer spread, which may be higher than the applicable brokerage cost if the Trust purchased such securities in the secondary market.
The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the net asset value per share, the difference representing the market discount of such shares. This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined net asset value but rather are subject to the principles of supply and demand in the secondary market. A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their net asset value.
The Trust may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Trust will ever decrease. In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Trust may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of the Trusts shares. Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Trust at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Trust.
Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end funds common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end funds common shareholders. The Trusts investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.
The majority of ETFs are passive funds that track their related index and have the flexibility of trading like a security. They are managed by professionals and provide the investor with diversification, cost and tax efficiency, liquidity, margin-ability, are useful for hedging, have the ability to go long and short, and some provide quarterly dividends. Additionally, some ETFs are unit investment trusts (UITs), which are unmanaged portfolios overseen by trustees.
There is a risk that an ETF in which the Trust invests may terminate due to extraordinary events that may cause any of the service providers to the ETFs, such as the trustee or sponsor, to close or otherwise fail to perform their obligations to the ETF. Also, because the ETFs in which the Trust intends to principally invest may be granted licenses by agreement to use the indices as a basis for determining their compositions and/or otherwise to use certain trade names, the ETFs may terminate if such license agreements are terminated. In addition, an ETF may terminate if its entire net asset value falls below a certain amount. Although the Trust believes that, in the event of the termination of an underlying ETF, it will be able to invest instead in shares of an alternate ETF tracking the same market index or another market index with the same general market, there is no guarantee that shares of an alternate ETF would be available for investment at that time. To the extent the Trust invests in a sector product, the Fund is subject to the risks associated with that sector.
Certain ETFs that invest in commodities or commodity-related instruments may give rise to income that is not qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test for qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Trusts investment in such an ETF may bear on or be limited by the Trusts intention to qualify as a regulated
86
investment company. Further, certain ETFs that invest in commodities or certain commodity-related derivatives may qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs) for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the net income generated thereon treated as qualifying income for purposes of this 90% gross income test. Under the tax diversification requirements applicable to regulated investment companies, the Trusts investment in one or more entities qualifying as QPTPs may not exceed 25% of the Funds total assets at the end of each quarter of each taxable year.
BDC RISK
Business Development Companies generally invest in less mature private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well-established publicly-traded companies. The Trust will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other operating expenses and of any performance-based or incentive fees charged by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Trust. The Investment Company Act imposes certain constraints upon the operations of a BDC. Generally, little public information exists for private and thinly traded companies in which a BDC may invest and there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of a BDC and its portfolio of investments. In addition, to qualify and remain eligible for the special tax treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders, the BDCs in which the Trust invests must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If a BDC in which the Trust invests fails to qualify as a RIC, such BDC would be liable for federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains. Such failure by a BDC could substantially reduce the BDCs net assets and the amount of income available for distribution to the Trust, which would in turn decrease the total return of the Trust in respect of such investment.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN STRUCTURED FINANCE SECURITIES
A portion of the Trusts investments may consist of equipment trust certificates, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized bond obligations, collateralized loan obligations or similar instruments. Such structured finance securities are generally backed by an asset or a pool of assets, which serve as collateral. Depending on the type of security, the collateral may take the form of a portfolio of mortgage loans or bonds or other assets. The Trust and other investors in structured finance securities ultimately bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. In some instances, the structured finance securities are issued in multiple tranches, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics, often categorized as senior, mezzanine and subordinated/equity according to their degree of risk. The riskiest securities are the equity tranche, which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans serving as collateral, and thus may protect the other, more senior tranches from default. If there are defaults or the relevant collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches of such securities take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. A senior tranche typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, other tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to previous defaults and the disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to certain structured finance securities as a class. In light of the above considerations, structured finance securities may present risks similar to those of the other types of debt obligations in which the Trust may invest and, in fact, such risks may be of greater significance in the case of structured finance securities. Moreover, investing in structured finance securities may entail a variety of unique risks. In addition, the performance of a structured finance security will be affected by a variety of factors, including the securitys priority in the capital structure of the issuer thereof, the availability of any credit enhancement, the level and timing of payments and recoveries on and the characteristics of the underlying receivables, loans or other assets that are being securitized, remoteness of those assets from the originator or transferor, the adequacy of and ability to realize upon any related collateral and the capability of the servicer of the securitized assets. Structured finance securities carry additional risks that include, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the structure and complexity of the transaction and the legal documents could lead to disputes among investors regarding the characterization of proceeds; (iii) the investment return achieved by the Trust could be significantly different than those predicted by financial models; (vi) the lack of a readily available secondary market for structured finance securities; (v) risk of forced fire sale liquidation due to technical defaults such as coverage test failures; and (vi) the manager of a structured finance security may perform poorly. In addition, the complex structure of the security may produce unexpected investment results, especially during times of market stress or volatility, and a small number of defaults may have a disproportionate impact on the performance of the security. Investments in structured finance securities may also be subject to illiquidity risk, as they are normally privately offered and sold and thus, are not registered under securities laws. In addition to the risks noted above and other risks, structured finance securities may be subject to prepayment risk. Collateralized mortgage obligations may have risks similar to those of mortgage-backed securities. See Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk for more information.
87
RISKS OF INVESTING IN PREFERRED SECURITIES
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:
|
Deferral. Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Trust owns a preferred security that is deferring the payment of its distributions, the Trust may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any such deferred distribution even though the Trust has not yet received such income. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to distribute this reported income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is reported (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of income the Trust actually received, and may, among other things, sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions. |
|
Subordination. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a companys capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments. |
|
Liquidity. Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stock or U.S. government securities. |
|
Limited Voting Rights. Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of trustees to the issuers board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. |
RISKS OF INVESTING IN SWAPS
Investments in swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments. Use of swaps subjects the Trust to risk of default by the counterparty. If there is a default by the counterparty to such a transaction, there may be contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction although contractual remedies may not be sufficient in the event the counterparty is insolvent. The Trust may enter into credit default swaps, currency swaps or other swaps which may be surrogates for other instruments such as currency forwards or options. Swap agreements are sophisticated financial instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. Swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Trusts performance, as the potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not necessarily subject to any fixed limit.
Recently, several broker-dealers and other financial institutions have experienced extreme financial difficulty, sometimes resulting in bankruptcy of the institution. Although the Investment Adviser monitors the creditworthiness of the Trusts counterparties, the Trusts counterparties could experience similar difficulties, possibly resulting in losses to the Trust.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN SYNTHETIC SECURITIES
In addition to credit risks associated with holding non-investment grade loans and high-yield debt securities, with respect to synthetic securities the Trust will usually have a contractual relationship only with the counterparty of such synthetic securities, and not the Reference Obligor on the Reference Obligation. The Trust generally will have no right to enforce directly compliance by the Reference Obligor with the terms of the Reference Obligation nor any rights of setoff against the Reference Obligor, nor have any voting rights with respect to the Reference Obligation. The Trust will not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the Reference Obligation or have the benefit of the remedies on default that would normally be available to a holder of such Reference Obligation. In addition, in the event of insolvency of its counterparty, the Trust will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the credit risk of the counterparty or of the Reference Obligor. As a result, investments in synthetic securities are subject to an additional degree of risk because they are subject to the credit risk of the counterparty as well as that of the Reference Obligor. The Investment Adviser may not perform independent credit analyses of any particular counterparty, or any entity guaranteeing the obligations of such counterparty. See Principal Risks of the Trust Counterparty Risk.
The Trust currently does not expect to invest more than 10% of its assets in synthetic securities as measured on a mark-to-market basis. However, the Trusts investments in synthetic securities may exceed this amount from time to time.
88
VALUATION RISK
Portfolio securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations, under the circumstances described under Determination of Net Asset Value. The value established for a portfolio security may be different than what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if it had been priced using market quotations. Portfolio securities that are valued using techniques other than market quotations, including fair valued securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that the Fund could sell a portfolio security for the value established for it at any time and it is possible that the Fund would incur a loss because a portfolio security is sold at a discount to its established value.
Fair value is defined as the amount for which assets could be sold in an orderly disposition over a reasonable period of time, taking into account the nature of the asset. Fair value pricing, however, involves judgments that are inherently subjective and inexact, since fair valuation procedures are used only when it is not possible to be sure what value should be attributed to a particular asset or when an event will affect the market price of an asset and to what extent. As a result, fair value pricing may not reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security will be materially different from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that asset.
RISKS OF NON-DIVERSIFICATION AND OTHER FOCUSED STRATEGIES
While the Investment Adviser invests in a number of fixed-income and equity instruments issued by different issuers and employs multiple investment strategies with respect to the Trusts investment portfolio, it is possible that a significant amount of the Trusts investments could be invested in the instruments of only a few companies or other issuers or that at any particular point in time one investment strategy could be more heavily weighted than the others. The focus of the Trusts investment portfolio in any one issuer would subject the Trust to a greater degree of risk with respect to defaults by such issuer or other adverse events affecting that issuer, and the focus of the portfolio in any one industry or group of industries would subject the Trust to a greater degree of risk with respect to economic downturns relating to such industry. The focus of the Trusts investment portfolio in any one investment strategy would subject the Trust to a greater degree of risk than if the Trusts investment portfolio were varied in its investments with respect to several investment strategies.
RISKS RELATED TO CURRENT MARKET CONDITIONS
Recently, debt markets have experienced a period of high volatility, which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions and prices. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. These concerns expanded to include derivatives, securitized assets and a broad range of other debt securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes, and sectors. As a result, debt instruments have experienced, and may in the future experience, liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Debt securities may be difficult to value during such periods. These market conditions may have an adverse effect on the Trusts investments and hamper the Trusts ability to sell the debt securities in which it invests or to find and purchase suitable debt instruments. Because the Trust invests heavily in fixed income securities and related investments, it may underperform during periods of rising interest rates. Market conditions may also make it more difficult or impossible for the Trust to use leverage to the degree required, or make any such leverage more expensive (for example, by increasing interest expense). In addition, these conditions may directly and adversely affect the setting of dividend rates on the common shares.
In recent periods, governmental financial regulators, including the U.S. Federal Reserve, have taken steps to maintain historically low interest rates by purchasing bonds. The ending of those programs, and withdrawal of other measures of government support, along with any increase to base interest rates, could result in the effects described above or otherwise adversely affect the value of the Trusts investments, and could have a material adverse effect on prices for debt securities and on the management of the Trust.
The recent market conditions have also caused domestic and international issuers to seek capital infusions to strengthen their financial positions or to remain financially viable. These capital infusions have taken a variety of forms, including the public or private issuance of additional debt securities, equity securities or both, which have been purchased by, among others, public and private investors, government agencies, and sovereign wealth funds. If the Trust owns shares of an issuer that sells additional equity securities and the Trust cannot or chooses not to purchase shares in the offering, the Trusts interest in the issuing company will be diluted.
RISKS OF INVESTING IN A TRUST WITH ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
The Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. See Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
89
KEY ADVISER PERSONNEL RISK
The Trusts ability to identify and invest in attractive opportunities is dependent upon the Investment Adviser. If one or more key individuals leaves the Investment Adviser, the Investment Adviser may not be able to hire qualified replacements or may require an extended time to do so. This situation could prevent the Trust from achieving its investment objectives.
RISKS RELATING TO DILUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS INTERESTS
Shareholders interests in the Trust may be diluted if they do not fully exercise their subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then there will be an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of our shares. In the event we issue subscription rights, shareholders who do not fully exercise their rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this Prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. Such dilution is not currently determinable because it is not known what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Any such dilution will disproportionately affect non-exercising shareholders. This dilution could be substantial. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of the rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering.
RISKS RELATING TO TRUSTS TAX STATUS
To remain eligible for the special tax treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code, the Trust must meet certain source of income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. Very generally, in order to qualify as a RIC, the Trust must derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in stock or other securities. In some cases, if the Trust fails to meet these income requirements at the end of a taxable year, it will be able to cure such failure by paying a Trust-level tax to avoid the loss of its RIC status; such tax could be substantial. The Trust must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of each of its taxable years. Failure to meet these diversification requirements on the last day of a quarter will result in the Trusts loss of RIC status, unless it is able to cure such failure, for instance, by disposing of certain investments, including at potentially disadvantageous times and prices, and, in some cases, by paying a Trust-level tax.
In addition, in order to be eligible for the special tax treatment accorded RICs, the Trust must meet the annual distribution requirement, requiring it to distribute with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid generally its taxable ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any) and 90% of its net tax-exempt income (if any), to its shareholders. Because the Trust currently maintains a committed facility, and may use additional debt financing in the future, the Trust is subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the Investment Company Act that could, under certain circumstances, restrict the Trust from making the distributions necessary to satisfy this annual distribution requirement and to avoid corporate-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. Any taxable income (including net long-term capital gains) that the Trust is unable to distribute will be subject to corporate-level tax at regular corporate rates. Further, if the Trust fails to meet the annual distribution requirement, the source of income requirement or the asset diversification requirement in respect of a taxable year and is ineligible to or otherwise does not cure such failure for any such year, all of its taxable income regardless of whether timely distributed to shareholders will be subject to corporate-level tax and all of its distributions from earnings and profits (including from net long-term capital gains) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. For individual shareholders who meet certain holding period requirements, such distributions would be eligible for reduced tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
In any such event, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce the Trusts net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of its distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on the Trust and its shareholders. In addition, in some cases, the Trust could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions in order to re-qualify as a RIC.
RIC-RELATED RISKS OF INVESTMENTS GENERATING NON-CASH TAXABLE INCOME
Certain of the Trusts investments will require the Trust to recognize taxable income in a taxable year in excess of the cash generated on those investments during that year. In particular, the Trust expects that a substantial portion of its investments in loans and other debt obligations will be treated as having market discount and/or original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which, in some cases, could be significant. Because the Trust may be required to recognize income in respect of these investments before or without receiving cash representing such income, the Trust may have difficulty satisfying the annual distribution requirements applicable to RICs and avoiding Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. Accordingly, the Trust may be required
90
to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, raise additional debt or equity capital, or reduce new investments, to obtain the cash needed to make these income distributions. If the Trust liquidates portfolio securities to raise cash, the Trust may realize gain or loss on such liquidations; in the event the Trust realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
OPERATIONAL AND TECHNOLOGY RISK
The Trust, its service providers, and other market participants increasingly depend on complex information technology and communications systems to conduct business functions. These systems are subject to a number of different threats or risks that could adversely affect the Trust and its shareholders, despite the efforts of the Trust and its service providers to adopt technologies, processes, and practices intended to mitigate these risks.
For example, unauthorized third parties may attempt to improperly access, modify, disrupt the operations of, or prevent access to these systems of the Trust, the Trusts service providers, counterparties, or other market participants or data within them (a cyber-attack). Power or communications outages, acts of god, information technology equipment malfunctions, operational errors, and inaccuracies within software or data processing systems may also disrupt business operations or impact critical data. Market events also may trigger a volume of transactions that overloads current information technology and communication systems and processes, impacting the ability to conduct the Trusts operations.
Cyber-attacks, disruptions, or failures that affect the Trusts service providers or counterparties may adversely affect the Trusts and its shareholders, including by causing losses for the Trust or impairing Trust operations. For example, the Trusts or its service providers assets or sensitive or confidential information may be misappropriated, data may be corrupted, and operations may be disrupted (e.g., cyber-attacks or operational failures may cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Trust information, interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the ability to calculate the Trusts NAV, and impede trading). In addition, cyber-attacks, disruptions, or failures may cause reputational damage and subject the Trust or its service providers to regulatory fines, litigation costs, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. While the Trust and its service providers may establish business continuity and other plans and processes to address the possibility of cyber-attacks, disruptions, or failures, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including that they do not apply to third parties, such as other market participants, as well as the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that unknown threats may emerge in the future.
Similar types of operational and technology risks are also present for issuers of the Trusts investments, which could have material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause the Trusts investments to lose value. In addition, cyber-attacks involving the Trust counterparty could affect such counterpartys ability to meet its obligations to the Trust, which may result in losses to the Trust and its shareholders. Furthermore, as a result of cyber-attacks, disruptions, or failures, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities or the entire market, which may result in the Trust being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or unable to accurately price its investments. The Trust cannot directly control any cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by its service providers, Trust counterparties, issuers in which the Trust invests, or securities markets and exchanges.
CERTAIN AFFILIATIONS
Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Trust or the Investment Adviser. Absent an exemption from the Commission or other regulatory relief, the Trust is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Trusts ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities. In addition, unless and until the underwriting syndicate is broken in connection with the initial public offering of the securities, the Trust will be precluded from effecting principal transactions with brokers who are members of the syndicate.
LIMITATIONS OF CREDIT RATINGS
Credit ratings represent only the opinion of the rating agency with respect to the ability of the issuer to make principal and interest payments on the securities. In determining a credit rating, rating agencies do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in market value. Further, there may be limits on the effectiveness of the rating agencies financial models. For these and other reasons, a credit rating may not fully reflect the risks inherent in the relevant security. Further, a rating organization may have a conflict of interest with respect to a security for which it assigns a particular rating. For example, if the issuer or sponsor of a security pays a rating agency for the analysis of the security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the conditions of the issuer
91
that affect the market value of the security. In other words, a security or an issuer may maintain a certain credit rating even though conditions have deteriorated since the rating was issued. Consequently, credit ratings should not necessarily be relied upon as an indicator of investment quality. If a rating organization changes the rating assigned to one or more of the Trusts portfolio securities, the Trust is not required to sell the relevant securities.
CONCENTRATION RISK
The Trust is required to invest at least 25% of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the real estate industry. Under this policy, the Trust may be subject to greater market fluctuations than a fund that does not concentrate its investments in a particular industry. Financial, economic, business, and other developments affecting issuers in the real estate industry will have a greater effect on the Trust, and if securities of the real estate industry fall out of favor, the Trust could underperform, or its net asset value may be more volatile than, funds that have greater industry diversification.
REAL ESTATE INDUSTRY RISK
Issuers principally engaged in real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts, may be subject to risks similar to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, including: (i) changes in general economic and market conditions; (ii) changes in the value of real estate properties; (iii) risks related to local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition; (iv) increases in property taxes and operating expenses; (v) changes in zoning laws; (vi) casualty and condemnation losses; (vii) variations in rental income, neighborhood values or the appeal of property to tenants; (viii) the availability of financing and (ix) changes in interest rates and leverage.
COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY RISK
The market for communications products and services is characterized by rapidly changing technology, rapid product obsolescence, cyclical market patterns, evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions. The success of the communications industry issuers depends in substantial part on the timely and successful introduction of new products and services. An unexpected change in in the market for products or services based on a particular technology could have a material adverse effect on an issuers operating results. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that communications industry issuers will be able to respond in a timely manner to compete in the rapidly developing marketplace. Many communications companies rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secret laws to establish and protect their intellectual property. There can be no assurance that the steps taken to protect intellectual property will be adequate to prevent misappropriation or that competitors will not independently develop products or services that are substantially equivalent or superior to such issuers products or services.
The Trust is a party to contractual arrangements with various parties, including, among others, the Trusts investment adviser, administrator, distributor, and shareholder servicing agent, who provide services to the Trust. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (third party) beneficiaries of, any such contractual arrangements, and such contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any individual shareholder or group of shareholders any right to enforce them against the service providers or to seek any remedy under them against the service providers, either directly or on behalf of the Trust.
Neither this Prospectus, nor the related Statement of Additional Information, is intended, or should be read, to be or to give rise to an agreement or contract between the Trust and any investor, or to give rise to any rights in any shareholder or other person other than any rights under federal or state law that may not be waived.
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
The Board is responsible for the overall management of the Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by the Investment Adviser. There are six trustees of the Trust. Five of the trustees are not interested persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust. The names and business addresses of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under Management of the Trust in the Statement of Additional Information.
INVESTMENT ADVISER
NexPoint Advisors, L.P. acts as the Trusts investment adviser. The Investment Adviser is located at 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. As of December 31, 2018, the Investment Adviser, together with its affiliates, managed approximately $9.9 billion in assets on behalf of investors around the world. The Investment Adviser is controlled by James Dondero by virtue of his control of its general partner, NexPoint Advisors GP, LLC.
92
Responsibilities. The Investment Adviser provides the following services to the Trust: (i) furnishes an investment program for the Trust; (ii) determines, subject to the overall supervision and review of the Board, the investments to be purchased, held, sold or exchanged by the Trust and the portion, if any, of the assets of the Trust to be held uninvested; (iii) makes changes in the investments of the Trust; and (iv) votes, exercises consents, and exercises all other rights pertaining to such investments. Subject to the foregoing, the Investment Adviser will have the authority to engage one or more sub-advisers in connection with the portfolio management of the Trust, which sub-advisers may be affiliates of the Investment Adviser; provided, however, that the Investment Adviser shall remain responsible to the Trust with respect to its duties and obligations set forth in the investment advisory agreement.
Compensation. In return for its advisory services, the Investment Adviser receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trusts Managed Assets (the Advisory Fee). The accrued fees are payable monthly as promptly as possible after the end of each month during which the investment advisory agreement is in effect. A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the investment advisory agreement by the Board is available in the Trusts report to shareholders for the period ended December 31, 2017.
Potential Conflicts of Interest. The Investment Adviser is an affiliate of Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (HCMFA). The Investment Adviser and/or its general partner, limited partners, officers, affiliates and employees provide investment advice to other parties and manage other accounts and private investment vehicles similar to the Trust. For the purposes of this section, the term Highland shall include the Investment Adviser and its affiliated investment advisors, including Highland Capital Management, L.P. and its affiliates. In connection with such other investment management activities, the Investment Adviser and/or its general partner, limited partners, officers, affiliates and employees may decide to invest the funds of one or more other accounts or recommend the investment of funds by other parties, rather than the Trusts monies, in a particular security or strategy. In addition, the Investment Adviser and such other persons will determine the allocation of funds from the Trust and such other accounts to investment strategies and techniques on whatever basis they consider appropriate or desirable in their sole and absolute discretion.
Highland has built a professional working environment, a firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. Highland has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, Highland furnishes advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Trust, and Highland may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts that have performance or higher fees paid to Highland or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees) that may be the same as or different from those made to the Trust. In addition, Highland, its affiliates and any of their partners, directors, officers, stockholders or employees may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Investment Adviser recommends to the Trust. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action that the Investment Adviser, or any of its affiliates, or any of their partners, directors, officers, stockholders or employees or any member of their families may take with respect to the same securities. Moreover, the Investment Adviser may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Investment Advisers (or its affiliates) partners, directors, officers or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates or partners, directors, officers and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. In addition to its various policies and procedures designed to address these issues, Highland includes disclosure regarding these matters to its clients in both its Form ADV and investment advisory agreements.
The Investment Adviser, its affiliates or their partners, directors, officers or employees similarly serve or may serve other entities that operate in the same or related lines of business, including accounts managed by an investment adviser affiliated with the Investment Adviser. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds or to other clients, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of the Trust. As a result, the Investment Adviser will face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to the Trust and other funds and clients. In order to enable such affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of the clients for which they have responsibility, the Investment Adviser will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Investment Adviser and its advisory affiliates that are designed to manage potential conflicts of interest, which may, subject to applicable regulatory constraints, involve pro rata co-investment by the funds and such other clients or may involve a rotation of opportunities among the funds and such other clients. The Trust will only make investments in which the Investment Adviser or an affiliate hold an interest to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act and SEC staff interpretations or pursuant to the terms and conditions of the exemptive order received by the Investment Adviser and certain funds affiliated with the Trust, dated April 19, 2016. For example, exemptive relief is not required for the Trust to invest in syndicated deals and secondary loan market transactions in which the Investment Adviser or an affiliate has an interest where price is the only negotiated point. The order applies to all Investment Companies, which includes future closed-end investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act that are managed by the Investment Adviser,
93
which includes the Trust. The Trust, therefore, may in the future invest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the exemptive order. To mitigate any actual or perceived conflicts of interest, allocation of limited offering securities (such as IPOs and registered secondary offerings) to principal accounts that do not include third party investors may only be made after all other client account orders for the security have been filled. However, there can be no assurance that such policies and procedures will in every case ensure fair and equitable allocations of investment opportunities, particularly when considered in hindsight.
Conflicts may arise in cases when clients invest in different parts of an issuers capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more clients own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other clients may own public securities of the same issuer. In addition, one or more clients may invest in securities, or other financial instruments, of an issuer that are senior or junior to securities, or financial instruments, of the same issuer that are held by or acquired for, one or more other clients. For example, if such issuer encounters financial problems, decisions related to such securities (such as over the terms of any workout or proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants) may raise conflicts of interests. In such a distressed situation, a client holding debt securities of the issuer may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas a client holding equity securities of the issuer might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. In the event of conflicting interests within an issuers capital structure, Highland will generally pursue the strategy that Highland believes best reflects what would be expected to be negotiated in an arms length transaction with due consideration being given to Highlands fiduciary duties to each of its accounts (without regard to the nature of the accounts involved or fees received from such accounts). This strategy may be recommended by one or more Highland investment professionals. A single person may represent more than one part of an issuers capital structure. The recommended course of action will be presented to the conflicts committee for final determination as to how to proceed. Highland may elect, but is not required, to assign different teams to make recommendations for different parts of the capital structure as the conflicts committee determines in its discretion. In the event any Highland personnel serve on the board of the subject company, they generally recuse themselves from voting on any board matter with respect to a transaction that has an asymmetrical impact on the capital structure. Highland personnel board members may still make recommendations to the conflicts committee. If any such persons are also on the conflicts committee, they may recuse themselves from the committees determination. A portfolio manager with respect to any applicable Highland registered investment company clients (Retail Accounts) participates in such discussions, but makes an independent determination as to which course of action he or she determines is in the best interest of the applicable Retail Accounts. Highland may use external counsel for guidance and assistance.
The Investment Adviser and its affiliates have both subjective and objective procedures and policies in place designed to manage potential conflicts of interest involving clients so that, for example, investment opportunities are allocated in a fair and equitable manner among the Trust and such other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act. There can be no assurance that the Investment Advisers or its affiliates efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to the Trust. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in favor of the Trust.
Another type of conflict may arise if one client account buys a security and another client sells or shorts the same security. Currently, such opposing positions are generally not permitted within the same account without prior trade approval by the Investment Advisers Chief Compliance Officer. However, a portfolio manager may enter into opposing positions for different clients to the extent each such client has a different investment objective and each such position is consistent with the investment objective of the applicable client. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more affiliated client accounts may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of other client accounts.
Because certain client accounts may have investment objectives, strategies or legal, contractual, tax or other requirements that differ (such as the need to take tax losses, realize profits, raise cash, diversification, etc.), an affiliated advisor may purchase, sell or continue to hold securities for certain client accounts contrary to other recommendations. In addition, an affiliated advisor may be permitted to sell securities or instruments short for certain client accounts and may not be permitted to do so for other affiliated client accounts.
As a result of the Trusts arrangements with Highland, there may be times when Highland, the Investment Adviser or their affiliates have interests that differ from those of the Trusts shareholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest. The Trusts officers serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as the Trust does, or of investment funds managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates. Similarly, the Investment Adviser or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of the Trust or its shareholders. For example, the Trusts officers have, and will continue to have, management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates. The Trusts investment objective may overlap, in part or in whole, with the investment objective of such affiliated investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among the
94
Trust and other investment funds or accounts advised by or affiliated with the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, the Trust can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to it fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. See Conflicts of Interest for a discussion of our Investment Advisers allocation policy.
Currently a substantial portion of the Trusts assets are invested in REITs, asset-backed securities and/or collateralized loan obligations sponsored, organized and/or managed by Highland and its affiliates. The Investment Adviser will monitor for conflicts of interest in accordance with its fiduciary duties and will provide the independent trustees of the Trust with an opportunity to periodically review the Trusts investments in such REITs, asset-backed securities and/or CLOs and assure themselves that continued investment in such securities remains in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. The Investment Adviser may effect client cross-transactions where it causes a transaction to be effected between the Trust and another client advised by the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates. The Investment Adviser may engage in a client cross-transaction involving the Trust any time that the Investment Adviser believes such transaction to be fair to the Trust and the other client of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates.
As further described below, the Investment Adviser may effect principal transactions where the Trust may make and/or hold an investment, including an investment in securities, in which the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates have a debt, equity or participation interest, in each case in accordance with applicable law, which may include the Investment Adviser obtaining the consent and approval of the Trust prior to engaging in any such principal transaction between the Trust and the Investment Adviser or its affiliates.
The Investment Adviser may direct the Trust to acquire or dispose of investments in cross trades between the Trust and other clients of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and SEC staff interpretations, the Trust may make and/or hold an investment, including an investment in securities, in which the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates have a debt, equity or participation interest, and the holding and sale of such investments by the Trust may enhance the profitability of the Investment Advisers own investments in such companies.
During periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Adviser for investment advisory services and to the Administrator for administrative services will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Trusts Managed Assets, which may create an incentive for the Investment Adviser to leverage the Trust or to leverage using strategies that increase the Investment Advisers fee. Furthermore, the Investment Adviser will also benefit to the extent that the Trusts Managed Assets are derived from the reinvested collateral received on portfolio securities loaned.
In addition to the Advisory Fee of the Investment Adviser, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with the Investment Adviser), custodian, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and reimbursement of actual expenses of the Investment Adviser or others for registration and maintenance of the Trusts registration with the Commission and other jurisdictions and taxes, if any.
Pursuant to the Trusts investment advisory agreement, the Trust has undertaken to indemnify the Investment Adviser and its partners, officers, employees, agents, and controlling persons for certain liabilities arising under the agreement, except liabilities arising from their willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position. In accordance with the indemnification provision in the Trusts Investment Advisory Agreement, the Trust has in the past indemnified the Investment Adviser from time to time, and may continue to do so in the future.
No-Action Letter and Exemptive Order
The Commission staff, through a No-Action Letter dated June 26, 2013, has stated that it will not recommend enforcement action if the Trust utilizes Rule 486(b) of the Securities Act to file post-effective amendments to its shelf registration statement in order to update the Trusts financial statements and make other non-material changes.
Additionally, the Trust, Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors L.P. and the Investment Adviser have obtained an exemptive order dated April 19, 2016 from the Commission to permit certain co-investments among the Trust and other accounts managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates, subject to certain conditions.
ADMINISTRATOR/SUB-ADMINISTRATOR
Under an administration agreement dated June 29, 2006 and amended June 6, 2008, (the Administration Agreement), the Investment Adviser provides administration services to the Trust, provides executive and other personnel necessary to administer the
95
Trust and furnishes office space. Some of the administrative services provided by the Investment Adviser under the Administration Agreement, include, but are not limited to:
|
preparing and coordinating the Trusts state filings; |
|
determining and overseeing publication of the Trusts NAV and distribution amounts; |
|
overseeing and liaising with services providers, such as the custodian and transfer agent; |
|
monitoring leverage compliance; |
|
coordinating the negotiation of credit agreements and other agreements with counterparties; |
|
investigating customer complaints; |
|
determining and monitoring expense accruals; |
|
authorizing expenditures and bill payments on behalf of the Trust; and |
|
performing such additional administrative duties as requested by the Trust. |
Effective June 14, 2012, NexPoint Advisors, L.P. became the investment advisor and administrator to the Trust. Prior to June 14, 2012, HCMFA was the investment advisor and administrator to the Trust. The Investment Adviser will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.20% of the average weekly value of the Trusts Managed Assets. The Investment Adviser earned for administration services $1,083,853 in fees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, $1,170,744 in fees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and $959,793 in fees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. The Investment Adviser may waive a portion of its fees.
As of October 1, 2018, under a separate sub-administration agreement, NexPoint has delegated certain administrative functions to SEI Investments Global Funds Services (SEI), One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456, and pays SEI a portion of the fee it receives from the Trust. Under the sub-administration agreement, SEI has agreed to provide fund accounting services; asset data services; fund administration and reporting services; and regulatory administration services, including preparation and filing of various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and the SEC for the Trust.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
The Trusts portfolio manager is James Dondero. Mr. Dondero has managed the portfolio since September 2012. His investment decisions are not subject to the oversight, approval or ratification of a committee.
Mr. Dondero has over 25 years of experience in the credit markets. In addition to his role at the Investment Adviser, Mr. Dondero is the co-founder and President of Highland Capital Management, L.P. and NexPoint Advisors, L.P. Mr. Dondero has over 30 years of experience investing in credit and equity markets and has helped pioneer credit asset classes. Prior to founding Highland Capital Management in 1993, Mr. Dondero served as Chief Investment Officer of Protective Lifes GIC subsidiary and helped grow the business from concept to over $2 billion between 1989 and 1993. His portfolio management experience includes mortgage-backed securities, investment grade corporates, leveraged bank loans, high-yield bonds, emerging market debt, real estate, derivatives, preferred stocks and common stocks. From 1985 to 1989, he managed approximately $1 billion in fixed income funds for American Express. Mr. Dondero received a BS in Commerce (Accounting and Finance) from the University of Virginia, and is a Certified Managerial Accountant. Mr. Dondero has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst designation. Mr. Dondero currently serves as Chairman of NexBank SSB and serves on the Board of Directors of American Banknote Corporation, Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Jernigan Capital, Inc., Cornerstone Healthcare Group, and Texmark Timber Treasury, L.P.
The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio managers compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio managers ownership of securities issued by the Trust.
Determination of Net Asset Value
The net asset value of the common shares of the Trust is computed based upon the value of the Trusts investment portfolio securities and other assets. Net asset value per common share is determined daily on each day that the NYSE is open for business as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. The NYSE is open Monday through Friday, but currently is scheduled to be closed on New Years Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day or on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when a holiday falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. The Trust calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends) from the total assets of the Trust (the value of the securities plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of outstanding common shares of the Trust.
96
VALUATIONS
The Trust uses the following valuation methods to determine either current market value for investments for which market quotations are available or, if not available, the fair value, as determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board:
|
The market value of each security listed or traded on any recognized securities exchange or automated quotation system will be the last reported sale price at the relevant valuation date on the composite tape or on the principal exchange on which such security is traded, except that debt securities that are not credit-impaired and have remaining maturities of 60 days or less will be valued at amortized cost, a method of valuation that approximates market value. If no sale is reported on that date, or for over-the-counter securities, the Investment Adviser utilizes, when available, pricing quotations from principal market makers. Such quotations may be obtained from third-party pricing services or directly from investment brokers and dealers in the secondary market. Generally, the Trusts loan and bond positions are not traded on exchanges and consequently are valued based on market prices received from third-party pricing services or broker-dealer sources. |
|
Dividends declared but not yet received, and rights in respect of securities which are quoted ex-dividend or ex-rights, will be recorded at the fair value thereof, as determined by the Investment Adviser, which may (but need not) be the value so determined on the day such securities are first quoted ex-dividend or ex-rights. |
|
Listed options, or over-the-counter options for which representative brokers quotations are available, will be valued in the same manner as listed or over-the-counter securities as hereinabove provided. Premiums for the sale of such options written by the Trust will be included in the assets of the Trust, and the market value of such options shall be included as a liability. |
|
The Trusts non-marketable investments for which market quotations are not readily will generally be valued in such manner as the Investment Adviser determines in good faith to reflect their fair values under procedures established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Board. The pricing of all assets that are fair valued in this manner will be subsequently reported to and ratified by the Board. Pursuant to the Trusts pricing procedures, securities for which market quotations are not readily available may include securities that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, securities for which no or limited trading activity has occurred for a period of time, or securities that are otherwise deemed to be illiquid (i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days at approximately the price at which the security is currently priced by the Trust). Swaps and other derivatives would generally fall under this category. |
When determining the fair value of an asset, the Investment Adviser seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arms-length transaction. Fair value is defined as the amount for which assets could be sold in an orderly disposition over a reasonable period of time, taking into account the nature of the asset. Fair value determinations are based upon all available factors that the Investment Adviser deems relevant. Fair value pricing, however, involves judgments that are inherently subjective and inexact, since fair valuation procedures are used only when it is not possible to be sure what value should be attributed to a particular asset or when an event will affect the market price of an asset and to what extent. As a result, fair value pricing may not reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security will be materially different from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that asset.
97
Subject to market conditions, the Trust expects to declare dividends on the Trusts common shares on a monthly basis. The Trust intends to pay any net capital gain distributions annually.
Various factors will affect the level of the Trusts current income and current gains, such as its asset mix and the Trusts use of options and other derivative transactions. To permit the Trust to maintain more stable monthly dividends and annual capital gain distributions, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income and gains earned in the relevant month or year, respectively. The undistributed income and gains would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of income and gains actually earned by the Trust during the applicable period. Undistributed income and gains will add to the Trusts net asset value, and, correspondingly, distributions from previously undistributed income and gains, as well as from capital, if any, will be deducted from the Trusts net asset value.
Shareholders will automatically receive newly issued common shares for all dividends declared for common shares of the Trust in accordance with the Trusts Dividend Reinvestment Plan unless an election is made to receive cash. Participants requesting a sale of securities through the plan agent of the Trusts Dividend Reinvestment Plan are subject to a sales fee and a brokerage commission. See Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
98
Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Plan Agent, all dividends declared for the common shares of the Trust will be automatically paid in the form of, or reinvested by Global Shares (Global Shares or the Plan Agent) in, common shares of the Trust purchased in the open market at prevailing market prices. If you are a registered owner of common shares and elect not to participate in the Plan, you will receive all dividends or other distributions (together, a dividend) in cash paid by check mailed directly to you (or, if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC (AST), as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by sending written instructions or by contacting AST, as dividend disbursing agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by contacting the Plan Agent before the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may reinvest that cash in additional shares of the Trust for you.
The Plan Agent will open an account for each shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such shareholders shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in newly issued common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust. The number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each participants account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the lesser of (i) the net asset value per common share determined on the declaration date and (ii) the market price per common share as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the declaration date.
The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholders name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. Accordingly, any taxable dividend received by a participant that is reinvested in additional common shares will be subject to U.S. federal (and possibly state and local) income tax even though such participant will not receive a corresponding amount of cash with which to pay such taxes. See Tax Matters.
There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust. Participants who request a sale of shares through the Plan Agent pay a brokerage commission of $0.4 per share sold.
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at Global Shares, 111 Town Square Place, Suite 1401, Jersey City, NJ 07310; telephone (732) 256-1005.
To promote loyalty and long-time alignment of interests among the Trusts shareholders, the Investment Adviser offers an incentive to shareholders that buy and hold the Trusts common shares for a period of at least twelve months through its Shareholder Loyalty Plan (the Plan). To participate in the Plan, existing shareholders must open an account (the Account) with the Plans administrator, Global Shares. Subsequently, if a participant makes contributions to the Account during a defined trading period to purchase shares, NexPoint will make a corresponding contribution on such participants behalf (the Gross-up). The Gross-up is determined by NexPoint and may be adjusted at any point without notice by NexPoint prospectively from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan. For example, if a participant contributes $10,000 to the Account during a defined trading period to purchase shares and NexPoint has determined the participants Gross-up will be 2%, NexPoint will make a corresponding contribution of $200, or 2% of the total $10,000, to purchase additional Shares for the participant (the Gross-up Shares). In addition, Plan participants will not be required to pay any customary purchase commissions or distribution fees on the purchase of shares under the Plan.
99
NexPoint will pay all expenses incident to the purchase of shares under the Plan and for operation of the Plan, including the costs of recordkeeping, accounting fees, legal fees and the costs of delivery of stock certificates, if any, to participants; provided, however, that NexPoint will not pay any expenses incurred in connection with any sale or transfer of shares credited to a participants Account. Expenses incurred in connection with any such sales will be deducted from the proceeds of sale prior to any remittance to the participant.
While the portion of the Trusts common shares that are acquired through the participants contribution will vest immediately, the Gross-up Shares will not vest until the first anniversary of the date that the Gross-up Shares were purchased. Vested shares and Gross-up Shares will be held in the Account with Global Shares broker, Maxim Group, LLC (Maxim). A participant may not sell or otherwise withdraw, pledge, transfer, assign, hypothecate or dispose of any Gross-up Shares prior to the date on which they become vested Shares. Under the Plan, participants must contribute a minimum of $2,500 for purchases of shares in the initial contribution and each subsequent monthly contribution unless NexPoint, in its sole discretion, decides to permit contributions for a lesser amount. The maximum monthly contribution limit under the Plan is $1,000,000, which amount may be adjusted from time to time by NexPoint in its sole discretion.
All dividends received on shares that are purchased under the Plan will be automatically reinvested through the Plan. Shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends paid to the holder of a vested share will vest immediately. Shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends paid to the holder of a non-vested Gross-up share will vest on the first anniversary of the reinvest date. In addition, for dividends paid to holders of vested shares, NexPoint will provide a Gross-up on the amount of such reinvested dividends.
Maxim maintains all shareholders accounts in the Plan and, upon request, furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by Maxim on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. Maxim will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, Global Shares and Maxim will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholders name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
NexPoint reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. To help align the interests of NexPoints employees with the interests of the Trusts shareholders, NexPoint also offers the Plan to its employees.
Participants in the Plan should be aware that their receipt of Gross-up Shares under the Plan constitutes taxable income to them. In addition, such participants owe taxes on that portion of any distribution that constitutes taxable income in respect of shares of our common stock held in their Plan accounts, whether or not such shares of common stock have vested in the hands of the participants. To the extent any payments or distributions under the Plan are subject to U.S. federal, state or local taxes, the Trust, any participating affiliate of the Trust or the agent for the Plan may satisfy its tax withholding obligation by (1) withholding shares allocated to the participants account or (2) deducting cash from the participants account. Plan participants should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences to them of participating in the Plan.
The Plan may create an incentive for shareholders to invest additional amounts in the Trust. Because the Advisers management fee is based on a percentage of the assets of the Trust, the Plan will result in increased net revenues to NexPoint if the increase in the management fee due to the increased asset base offsets the costs associated with establishing and maintaining the Plan.
Description of Capital Structure
This Prospectus contains a summary of the preferred shares and subscription rights available in an Offering. These summaries are not meant to be a complete description of each security. However, this Prospectus will contain the material terms and conditions for each security.
Any of the securities described herein may be issued separately or as part of a unit consisting of two or more securities (for example, common shares and rights), which may or may not be separable from one another. If such units are publicly offered, they and their underlying securities will be registered under the Securities Act prior to completion of the offering.
100
PREFERRED SHARES
The Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Board may authorize and issue preferred shares with rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the holders of the common shares. Holders of common shares have no preemptive right to purchase any preferred shares that might be issued. Whenever preferred shares are outstanding, the Trust will not be permitted to declare any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on preferred shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the preferred shares have been met.
Currently, an unlimited number of the Trusts shares have been classified by the Board as preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share. The terms of such preferred shares may be fixed by the Board and would materially limit and/or qualify the rights of the holders of the Trusts common shares. Although the terms of any preferred shares, including dividend rate, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be determined by the Board, subject to applicable law and the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust, it is likely that the preferred shares will be structured to carry a relatively short-term dividend rate reflecting interest rates on short-term bonds, by providing for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate at relatively short intervals through an auction, remarketing or other procedure. The Trust also believes that it is likely that the liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of the preferred shares will be similar to those stated below.
Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, the holders of preferred shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per preferred share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Trust.
Voting Rights. The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred shares have the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust at any time two years dividends on any preferred shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (i) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred shares, and (ii) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trusts subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. As a result of these voting rights, the Trusts ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any preferred shares outstanding. The Board presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in this Prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of preferred shares will have equal voting rights with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, voting as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of preferred shares that materially and adversely affect such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of preferred shares. The class vote of holders of preferred shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.
Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the Trust. The terms of the preferred shares are expected to provide that (i) they are redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share, (ii) the Trust may tender for or purchase preferred shares, and (iii) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased.
Any redemption or purchase of preferred shares by the Trust will reduce the leverage applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by the Trust will increase that leverage.
The discussion above describes the possible offering of preferred shares by the Trust. If the Board determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the preferred shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The Board, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may authorize an offering of preferred shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering and may fix the terms of the preferred shares to be offered.
If preferred shares are offered in the future, such shares will be registered under the Securities Act prior to the offering.
101
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS
General
We may issue subscription rights to our shareholders to purchase preferred shares. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our shareholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a Prospectus Supplement to our shareholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.
The applicable Prospectus Supplement would describe the following terms of subscription rights in respect of which this Prospectus is being delivered:
|
the period of time the offering would remain open; |
|
the title of such subscription rights; |
|
the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof); |
|
the ratio of the offering; |
|
the number of such subscription rights issued to each shareholder; |
|
the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable; |
|
the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension); |
|
the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege; |
|
any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering; and |
|
any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights. |
102
Exercise of Subscription Rights
Each subscription right would entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash such amount of preferred shares at such exercise price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the Prospectus Supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Under the Investment Company Act, we may generally only offer subscription rights that expire not later than 120 days after their issuance and are issued exclusively and ratably to a class or classes of our security holders. Subscription rights may be exercised at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the Prospectus Supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights would become void.
Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the Prospectus Supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the Prospectus Supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the preferred shares purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than shareholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The Trusts common shareholders will indirectly bear all of the expenses of any subscription rights offerings, regardless of whether the Trusts common shareholders exercise any subscription rights.
Dilutive Effect
The Trust may effectuate one or more rights offerings, as part of which the Trust will issue subscription rights. In any such event, shareholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this Prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in the Trust than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. These shareholders will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in the Trusts earnings and assets and their voting power than the increase the Trust will experience in its assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to such offering. These shareholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in net asset value per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increases. Further, if current shareholders do not purchase any shares to maintain their percentage interest, regardless of whether such offering is above or below the then current net asset value, their voting power will be diluted.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of an Issuance of Subscription Rights to Common Shareholders
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an issuance of subscription rights to our common shareholders pursuant to this Prospectus (for purposes of this section, each such issuance is referred to as an offer and each subscription right, a right), under the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code (Treasury regulations), and other applicable authority in effect as of the date of the Prospectus that are generally applicable to common shareholders who are United States persons within the meaning of the Code. This summary does not address any state, local, foreign or other tax consequences. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or become subject to new legislative, administrative, or judicial interpretation. Common shareholders or other holders of rights should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences, including U.S. federal, state, or local, or foreign or other tax consequences, relevant to their particular circumstances. This summary assumes that the rights are issued separately by the Trust and not as part of a unit consisting of two or more securities.
The Trust believes that the value of any right issued pursuant to an offer will not be includible in the income of a common shareholder at the time the right is issued, and the Trust will not report to the IRS that a common shareholder has income as a result of the issuance of the right; however, depending on the specific terms of the offer, there may be no guidance directly on point concerning certain aspects of the taxation of the offer. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the receipt of the rights by common shareholders will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
103
The basis of a right issued to a common shareholder will be zero, and the basis of the common share(s) with respect to which the right was issued (the Old Share(s)) will remain unchanged, except that the shareholder must allocate its basis in the Old Share(s) between the Old Shares and the right in proportion to their respective fair market values on the date of distribution of the right if (i) either (a) the fair market value of the right on the date of distribution is at least 15% of the fair market value of the Old Share(s) on that date, or (b) the shareholder affirmatively elects (in the manner set out in Treasury regulations) to allocate to the right a portion of the basis of the Old Share(s), and (ii) the right does not expire unexercised in the hands of the shareholder (i.e., the shareholder either exercises or sells the right following its issuance). In compliance with Treasury regulations, the Trust will report to the common shareholders and to the IRS within 45 days of the distribution of the rights (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the calendar year of the distribution), either by mail or on the Trusts website, the effect, if any, of the offer on the common shareholders basis in their Old Shares. Any determination the Trust makes with respect to the value of the rights in connection with this reporting requirement will not be binding on the IRS. Shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the proper allocation, if any, of tax basis between rights and Old Shares, including whether the election described above would be appropriate for their situation.
No loss will be recognized by a common shareholder if a right distributed to such shareholder expires unexercised in the hands of such shareholder.
The basis of a right purchased in the market generally will be its purchase price. If a right that has been purchased in the market expires unexercised, the holder will recognize a loss equal to the basis of the right.
Any gain or loss on the sale of a right or, in the case of rights purchased in the market, any loss from a right that expires unexercised, will be a capital gain or loss if the right is held as a capital asset (which, in the case of rights issued to common shareholders, will normally depend on whether the Old Shares are held as capital assets), and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period of the right exceeds (or is deemed to exceed) one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation. The holding period of a right issued to a common shareholder will include the holding period of the Old Share(s).
No gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon the exercise of a right, and the basis of any common share acquired upon exercise (the New Share) will equal the sum of the basis, if any, of the right and the subscription price for the New Share. When a holder exercises a right, the holders holding period in the New Share(s) does not include the time during which the holder held the unexercised right; the holding period of the New Share(s) will begin no later than the date following the date of exercise of the right.
Employee retirement plans and other tax-exempt entities, including governmental plans, should also be aware that if they borrow in order to finance their exercise of rights, they may become subject to the tax on unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) under Section 511 of the Code. If any portion of an individual retirement account (IRA) is used as security for a loan, the portion so used may also be treated as distributed to the IRA depositor.
For more information relating to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Trust, see Tax Matters below and Tax Matters in the Statement of Additional Information.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of an Issuance of Subscription Rights to Preferred Shareholders
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an issuance of subscription rights to our preferred shareholders pursuant to this Prospectus (for purposes of this section, each such issuance is referred to as an offer and each subscription right, a right), under the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations, and other applicable authority in effect as of the date of the Prospectus that are generally applicable to preferred shareholders who are United States persons within the meaning of the Code. This summary does not address any state, local, foreign or other tax consequences. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or become subject to new legislative, administrative, or judicial interpretation. Preferred shareholders or other holders of rights should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences, including U.S. federal, state, or local, or foreign or other tax consequences, relevant to their particular circumstances. This summary assumes that the rights are issued separately by the Trust and not as part of a unit consisting of two or more securities.
The Trust believes that the value of any right issued pursuant to an offer will be includible in the income of a preferred shareholder at the time the right is issued, and the Trust will report to the IRS that a preferred shareholder has income as a result of the issuance of the right; however, depending on the specific terms of the offer, there may be no guidance directly on point concerning certain aspects of the taxation of the offer. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the receipt of the rights by preferred shareholders will be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
104
The basis of a right issued to a preferred shareholder will be the value of the right that is taxable at the time of the issuance, and the basis of the preferred share(s) with respect to which the right was issued (the Old Share(s)) will remain unchanged.
In the event that a right received by a preferred shareholder expires unexercised, the preferred shareholder will recognize a loss equal to the value of the right that is taxable at the time of the issuance.
The basis of a right purchased in the market generally will be its purchase price. If a right that has been purchased in the market expires unexercised, the holder will recognize a loss equal to the basis of the right.
Any gain or loss on the sale of a right or, in the case of rights purchased in the market, any loss from a right that expires unexercised, will be a capital gain or loss if the right is held as a capital asset (which, in the case of rights issued to preferred shareholders, will normally depend on whether the Old Shares are held as capital assets), and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period of the right exceeds (or is deemed to exceed) one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation. The holding period of a right issued to a preferred shareholder will not include the holding period of the Old Share(s).
No gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon the exercise of a right, and the basis of any common share acquired upon exercise (the New Share) will equal the sum of the basis, if any, of the right and the subscription price for the New Share. When a holder exercises a right, the holders holding period in the New Share(s) does not include the time during which the holder held the unexercised right; the holding period of the New Share(s) will begin no later than the date following the date of exercise of the right.
Employee retirement plans and other tax-exempt entities, including governmental plans, should also be aware that if they borrow in order to finance their exercise of rights, they may become subject to the tax on unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) under Section 511 of the Code. If any portion of an individual retirement account (IRA) is used as security for a loan, the portion so used may also be treated as distributed to the IRA depositor.
For more information relating to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Trust, see Tax Matters below and Tax Matters in the Statement of Additional Information.
Previous Rights Offerings
On January 18, 2008, the Trust offered subscription rights to its common shareholders. The net proceeds from this rights offering was $143.6 million.
On May 8, 2017, the Trust offered subscription rights to its common shareholders. The net proceeds from this rights offering was $139.9 million.
On May 10, 2018, the Trust offered subscription rights to its common shareholders. The net proceeds from this rights offering was $201.8 million.
EMPLOYEE PLAN CONSIDERATIONS
Shareholders whose shares are held in employee benefit plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) or Section 4975 of the Code (including corporate savings and 401(k) plans, Keogh or H.R. 10 plans of self-employed individuals and individual retirement accounts) (each, a Plan) should be aware that additional contributions of cash to the Plan (other than rollover contributions or trustee-to-trustee transfers from other Plans) in order to exercise rights would be treated as contributions to such Plan and, when taken together with contributions previously made, may result in, among other things, excise taxes for excess or nondeductible contributions. In the case of Plans qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and certain other retirement plans, additional cash contributions could cause the maximum contribution limitations of Section 415 of the Code or other qualification rules to be violated. In addition, there may be other adverse tax and ERISA consequences if rights are sold or transferred by a Plan.
Plans also should be aware that if they borrow in order to finance their exercise of rights, they may become subject to the tax on UBTI under Section 511 of the Code. If any portion of an IRA is used as security for a loan, the portion so used also is treated as distributed to the IRA depositor.
ERISA contains fiduciary responsibility requirements, and ERISA and the Code contain prohibited transaction rules that may affect the exercise or transfer of rights. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties for noncompliance, fiduciaries of Plans and other retirement plans should consult with their counsel and other advisers regarding the consequences of their exercise or transfer of rights under ERISA and the Code.
105
COMMITTED FACILITY, MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
The Trust currently leverages through borrowings from a committed facility, a master repurchase agreement and a revolving credit facility. The Trust has entered into the Committed Facility with BNP to borrow up to $135,000,000. The Committed Facility has a rolling 90-day term (referred to as a 90-day evergreen). Absent a default or termination event, as described in the Committed Facility, or the ratings decline as described in the following sentence, BNP is required to provide the Trust with 180 days notice prior to terminating or materially amending the Committed Facility. BNP has a termination right if BNPs long-term credit rating declines three or more notches below its highest rating by any of Standard & Poors Ratings Services, Moodys Investor Service, Inc. or Fitch Ratings, Ltd., during the period commencing on and including October 28, 2014 and ending on the date of such long-term credit rating decline. Upon any such termination, BNP shall pay the Trust a fee equal to 0.10% of the maximum amount of financing available on the termination date. The Trust pays interest on borrowed amounts under the Committed Facility at an annual rate of the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 0.60% to 1.30%, depending on the asset class of the underlying collateral. The Committed Facility agreement contains customary covenant and default provisions. When borrowings are made under the Committed Facility, collateral must be posted to an account with the Trusts custodian, State Street held for the benefit of BNP. Such borrowings constitute financial leverage.
The Trust has entered into an agreement with BNP Paribas Securities Corporation (BNP Securities) under which it may from time to time enter into reverse repurchase transactions pursuant to the terms of a master repurchase agreement and related annexes, dated as of November 16, 2017 (collectively the Repurchase Agreement). A reverse repurchase transaction is a repurchase transaction in which the Trust is the seller of securities or other assets and agrees to repurchase them at a date certain or on demand. Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, the Trust may agree to sell securities or other assets to BNP Securities for an agreed-upon price (the Purchase Price), with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase such securities or other assets from BNP Securities for the Purchase Price plus a price differential that is economically similar to interest. The price differential is negotiated for each transaction.
On August 14, 2018, the Trust, and its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC (NREC) and NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC (NREO), entered into a revolving credit agreement (the KeyBank Facility) with KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent and lender. Under the terms of the KeyBank Facility, the Trust, NREC and NREO may borrow up to $60.0 million.
The KeyBank Facility has an initial term of two years, maturing on August 14, 2020, with one-year extension options outlined further in the credit agreement for the KeyBank Facility (the KeyBank Credit Agreement). Payments due pursuant to the KeyBank Facility are interest-only. The KeyBank Facility bears interest based on the type of borrowing. The ABR Loans bear interest at the lesser of (x) the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the KeyBank Credit Agreement) plus the Applicable Rate, or (y) the Maximum Rate (as defined in the KeyBank Credit Agreement). The Eurodollar Loans bear interest at the lesser of (a) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the KeyBank Credit Agreement) for the Interest Period in effect plus the Applicable Rate, or (b) the Maximum Rate (as defined in the KeyBank Credit Agreement). The Applicable Rate means for any Eurodollar Loan, 200 basis points, and for any ABR Loan, 100 basis points. Pursuant to the KeyBank Credit Agreement, the Trust is subject to certain loan compliance covenants.
The KeyBank Facility is fully recourse and is secured by Collateral (as defined in the KeyBank Credit Agreement). The KeyBank Facility may be prepaid or terminated at any time without penalty, provided, however, that KeyBank National Association shall be indemnified for any breakage costs.
Any senior security representing indebtedness, as defined in Section 18(g) of the Investment Company Act, must have asset coverage of at least 300%.
Market and Net Asset Value Information
The Trusts common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol NHF. The Trusts common shares commenced trading on the NYSE in June 2006. In the trading history of the Trusts common shares, the Trusts common shares have traded at both a premium and a discount to net asset value. The Trust cannot predict whether its shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to net asset value. Issuance of additional common shares may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for the Trusts common shares by increasing the number of shares available, which may put downward pressure on the market price for the shares.
The following table sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, the high and low closing market prices of the Trusts common shares on the NYSE, the corresponding net asset value per share on such dates and the corresponding premium/discount to net asset value per share on such dates. See Net Asset Value for information as to how the Trusts net asset value is determined.
106
Market Price | Net Asset Value per Share |
Premium/
(Discount) as a % of Net Asset Value |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Quarter* |
High | Low | High | Low | High | Low | ||||||||||||||||||
2 nd Quarter 2016 |
$ | 22.16 | $ | 17.80 | $ | 24.57 | $ | 20.80 | (9.81 | )% | (14.42 | )% | ||||||||||||
3 rd Quarter 2016 |
$ | 22.61 | $ | 21.17 | $ | 25.02 | $ | 23.88 | (9.63 | )% | (11.35 | )% | ||||||||||||
4 th Quarter 2016 |
$ | 23.06 | $ | 20.40 | $ | 26.02 | $ | 23.88 | (11.38 | )% | (14.57 | )% | ||||||||||||
1 st Quarter 2017 |
$ | 23.75 | $ | 22.54 | $ | 26.47 | $ | 25.01 | (8.04 | )% | (11.62 | )% | ||||||||||||
2 nd Quarter 2017 |
$ | 22.84 | $ | 21.45 | $ | 25.54 | $ | 23.95 | (6.46 | )% | (13.40 | )% | ||||||||||||
3 rd Quarter 2017 |
$ | 23.05 | $ | 21.85 | $ | 25.22 | $ | 23.95 | (6.58 | )% | (12.77 | )% | ||||||||||||
4 th Quarter 2017 |
$ | 25.40 | $ | 23.11 | $ | 26.61 | $ | 24.85 | (3.64 | )% | (9.05 | )% | ||||||||||||
1 st Quarter 2018 |
$ | 24.72 | $ | 22.25 | $ | 25.64 | $ | 24.78 | (3.33 | )% | (10.48 | )% | ||||||||||||
2 nd Quarter 2018 |
$ | 23.81 | $ | 21.82 | $ | 26.47 | $ | 24.26 | (7.65 | )% | (16.05 | )% | ||||||||||||
3 rd Quarter 2018 |
$ | 23.11 | $ | 21.99 | $ | 24.98 | $ | 23.98 | (6.21 | )% | (10.79 | )% | ||||||||||||
4 th Quarter 2018 |
$ | 22.50 | $ | 18.71 | $ | 24.48 | $ | 23.22 | (7.94 | )% | (19.66 | )% |
The Trusts net asset value per common share at the close of business on March [XX], 2019 (the last trading date prior to the date of this Prospectus on which the Trust determined its net asset value) was $[XX], and the last reported sale price of a common share on the NYSE on that day was $[XX], a discount to net asset value of [XX]%.
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of its Board. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The Board is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board. A trustee may be removed from office (for cause, and not without cause) by the action of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.
In addition, the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a Principal Shareholder) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.
The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder; the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the board of the trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders meeting at which
107
such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days prior notice to all shareholders. Following any such conversion, it is possible that certain of the Trusts investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchanges or market systems. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash and securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The Board believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trusts investment objectives and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the Board would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.
For the purposes of calculating a majority of the outstanding voting securities under the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust may be liquidated upon the approval of 80% of the trustees.
The Board has determined that provisions with respect to the Board and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust, on file with the Commission, for the full text of these provisions, the material terms of which are summarized in this Prospectus.
108
The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at net asset value (less a redemption fee, if applicable, or contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable). Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage a mutual funds investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objective and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Board might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Board will decide to engage in any of these actions, nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per share. The Board might also consider converting the Trust to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.
Repurchase of Common Shares; Discount
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their net asset value, and the Trusts common shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the Trusts common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trusts net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See Net Asset Value. Although the Trusts common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the effect of reducing any market discount from net asset value. The Board may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount. On November 2, 2016, the Board approved a share repurchase program (the Repurchase Program) pursuant to which the Trust may repurchase, over a six-month period beginning in December 2016, up to $10 million of its shares of its outstanding shares in open-market transactions. In connection with the May 8, 2017 rights offering, the Board approved the extension of the Repurchase Program for a period of one year from the closing of the rights offering. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Trust has not completed any repurchases.
The amount and timing of the repurchases will be at the discretion of the Trusts Investment Adviser, subject to market conditions and investment considerations. There is no assurance that the Trust will purchase shares at any particular discount levels or in any particular amounts. Any repurchases made under the Repurchase Program would be made on a national securities exchange at the prevailing market price, subject to exchange requirements regarding volume, timing and other limitations under federal securities laws.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when there are outstanding borrowings, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (i) all accrued preferred shares dividends have been paid, and (ii) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Trusts portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding borrowings. Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result in the common shares trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the Trusts common shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the capital of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Trusts expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any borrowings. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with requirements of the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, and the principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded. See the Trusts Statement of Additional Information for a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax implications of a repurchase or tender offer by the Trust.
109
Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Board would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trusts portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trusts shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.
The following is a general summary of some of the important U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its common or preferred shareholders that are United States persons within the meaning of the Code, and does not address any state, local, foreign or other tax consequences. It reflects provisions of the Code, existing Treasury regulations, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this Prospectus. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or become subject to new legislative, administrative, or judicial interpretations. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to common or preferred shareholders of the Trust. For example, it does not describe certain tax considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including shareholders subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans and trusts, RICs, dealers in securities, shareholders holding Trust shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) plans or IRAs), financial institutions, persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States, and shareholders holding Trust shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction. This summary assumes that investors hold Trust common or preferred shares as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). Your investment in the Trust may have other tax implications. Please consult your tax advisor about U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax laws applicable to you, as the tax consequences to an investor in the Trusts common or preferred shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. For more information, including a summary of certain tax consequences of investing in the Trust for non-U.S. persons, please see the Statement of Additional Information under Tax Matters.
This summary does not discuss the tax consequences of an investment in subscription rights of the Trust, separately, or as part of a unit consisting of two or more securities. See Description of Capital StructureU.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of an Issuance of Subscription Rights to Common Shareholders above for a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Trusts issuance of subscription rights to common shareholders.
The Trust has elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and to be eligible to be treated as such. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the Trust must, among other things:
(i) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships;
(ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Trusts taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trusts total assets consists of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trusts total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Trusts total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Trust owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, (x) in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Trust controls, as determined under applicable Code rules, and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and
(iii) distribute to its shareholders with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paidgenerally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of any net tax-exempt interest income, for such year.
In general, a RIC is not subject to tax at the corporate level on income and gains from investments that are distributed in a timely manner to shareholders in the form of dividends, provided the RIC complies with these ongoing requirements. If the Trust were to fail to comply with the income, diversification or distribution requirements, the Trust could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Trust-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Trust were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment, the Trust would be subject to Trust-level taxation on its taxable income at regular corporate rates and consequently the income available for distribution to shareholders would be reduced. Additionally, all of its distributions from earnings and profits
110
(including from net long-term capital gains) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. For individual shareholders who meet certain holding period requirements, such distribution would be eligible for reduced tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income. In addition, in some cases, the Trust could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions in order to re-qualify as a RIC.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar-year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax at the Trust level. To avoid the tax, the Trust must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trusts taxable year end) and (iii) any such undistributed income from the prior year. For these purposes, the Trust will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending with the calendar year. The Trust reserves the right to pay the excise tax when circumstances warrant.
Certain of the Trusts investment practices, including Derivative Transactions, short sales and hedging activities generally, as well as the Trusts investments in certain types of securities, including loans or other debt obligations issued or purchased at a discount and preferred stock, may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things: (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert long-term capital gain or qualified dividend income into short-term capital gain or ordinary income taxable at higher rates, (iii) accelerate the recognition of income, (iv) convert short-term losses into long-term losses, (v) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vi) adversely affect the time a purchase or sale of stock or other securities is deemed to occur, (vii) cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Trusts securities, or (viii) otherwise adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. In particular, the Trust expects that a substantial portion of the Trusts investments in loans and other debt obligations will be treated as having market discount and/or original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which, in some cases, could be significant, and could cause the Trust to recognize income in respect of these investments before or without receiving cash representing such income. Accordingly, the Trust may be required to, among other things, dispose of securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain the cash needed to meet the distribution requirements for qualification as a RIC and to avoid incurring Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes.
Investments in distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or are in default present special tax issues for the Trust. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent the Trust should recognize market discount on a distressed debt obligation; when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount; when and to what extent the Trust may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Trust should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Trust as necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a RIC and that it does not become subject to Trust-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes.
Special tax rules may affect the treatment of gains and losses recognized by the Trust when the Trust invests in certain foreign debt securities or engages in foreign currency transactions. The application of these special rules may accelerate or increase the Trusts recognition of ordinary income or loss, and affect the timing, amount and/or character of distributions made by the Trust. In addition, dividend, interest, capital gains and other income received by the Trust from investments outside the United States may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax treaties between the United States and other countries may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Shareholders generally will not be entitled separately to claim a credit or deduction with respect to such foreign taxes incurred by the Trust. This will decrease the Trusts yield on securities subject to such taxes. Foreign taxes paid by or withheld from the Trust will reduce the return from the Trusts underlying investments.
Distributions paid to shareholders by the Trust from its net realized long-term capital gains (that is, the excess of any net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards) that the Trust properly reports as capital gain dividends (capital gain dividends) are generally taxable to you as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust, including dividends from net investment income and from short-term capital gains (that is, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over any net long-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to loss carryforwards), from its earnings and profits are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions of investment income properly reported by the Trust as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Trust levels. It is not generally expected that a significant portion of Trust distributions will qualify for favorable tax treatment as qualified dividend income or as income eligible for the dividend-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
The Trust will designate dividends made to holders of common shares and to holders of preferred shares in accordance with each classs proportionate share of each item of Trust income (such as net capital gains and other taxable income). A classs
111
proportionate share of a particular type of income for a year is determined according to the percentage of total dividends paid by the Trust during that year to the class. Although the matter is not free from doubt, due to the absence of direct regulatory or judicial authority, under current law the manner in which the Trust intends to allocate items of ordinary income and net capital gain between the Trusts common shares and its preferred shares will be respected for federal income tax purposes. It is possible that the IRS could disagree and attempt to reallocate the Trusts net capital gain or other taxable income.
The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, estates and trusts to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Net investment income generally includes for this purpose dividends paid by the Trust, including any capital gain dividends and net capital gains recognized on the sale or exchange of shares of the Trust. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Trust.
If, for any taxable year, the Trusts total distributions exceed both current earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of your tax basis in the shares. The amount treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your tax basis in the shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on a subsequent taxable disposition of the shares. Any amounts distributed to you in excess of your tax basis in the shares will be taxable to you as capital gain.
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional shares of the Trust under the Trusts Dividend Reinvestment Plan. If your dividends and other distributions are reinvested in shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, you generally will be treated as having received a dividend equal to either (i) if shares are purchased on the open market on your behalf, the amount of cash allocated to you for the purchase of such shares, or (ii) if newly issued shares are issued to you, generally, the fair market value of such new shares. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared and payable to shareholders of record in the previous October, November or December, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
The price of shares purchased at any time may reflect either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains. If you purchase shares just prior to a distribution, you will receive a distribution that may be taxable to you even though it economically represents in part a return of your invested capital.
Your broker or other intermediary will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.
If you sell or otherwise dispose of shares of the Trust, you will generally recognize a gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between your tax basis in such shares of the Trust and the amount you receive in exchange for such shares. Any such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held (or are treated as having held) such shares for more than one year at the time of sale. All or a portion of any loss you realize on a taxable sale or exchange of your shares of the Trust will be disallowed if you acquire other shares of the Trust (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. In addition, any loss realized upon a taxable sale or exchange of Trust shares held (or deemed held) by you for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (or deemed received) by you with respect to those shares.
Your broker or other intermediary may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to an individual shareholder who fails to provide the broker or other intermediary with the shareholders correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of an individual, generally, such individuals social security number) or to make the required certification, or who has been notified by the IRS that such shareholder is subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you furnish the required information to the IRS.
Upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Trust, your broker or other intermediary generally will be required to provide you and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Trust shares you sold or exchanged. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased, including through dividend reinvestment, on or after January 1, 2012. Please consult your broker or other intermediary for more information regarding available methods for cost basis reporting and how to select a particular method. Please consult your tax advisor to determine which available cost basis method is best for you.
112
The discussions set forth herein and in the Statement of Additional Information do not constitute tax advice, and you are urged to consult your own tax advisor to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to you of investing in the Trust.
The custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company (One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111). The custodian performs custodial services for the Trust. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219; telephone (718) 921-8200) serves as the Trusts transfer agent with respect to its common shares.
Certain legal matters in connection with the securities have been passed upon for the Trust by Smith, Katzenstein & Jenkins LLP, special Delaware counsel to the Trust.
Privacy Principles of the Trust
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share information with select other parties.
Generally, the Trust does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Trust. The Trust does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
The Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Trusts Investment Adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.
No dealer, salesperson or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this Prospectus in connection with the Offer and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Trust or the Investment Adviser. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the common shares of the Trust offered by this Prospectus, nor does it constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy the common shares of the Trust by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized, or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any such person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof. However, if any material change occurs while this Prospectus is required by law to be delivered, the Prospectus will be amended or Supplemented accordingly.
Where You Can Find Additional Information
We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form N-2 together with all amendments and related exhibits under the Securities Act. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this Prospectus.
We file annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. You can inspect any materials we file with the Commission, without charge, at the Commissions Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. The information we file with the Commission is available free of charge by contacting us at 200 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201 or by telephone at 1-866-351-4440 or on our web site at www.nexpointadvisors.com . The Commission also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants, including us, that file such information electronically with the Commission. The address of the Commissions web site is www.sec.gov . Unless specifically incorporated into this Prospectus, documents contained on our web site or on the Commissions web site about us are not incorporated into this Prospectus and should not be considered to be part of this Prospectus.
The Trust and Highland Floating Rate Opportunities Fund, an affiliated fund, are the beneficiaries of a +$360 million judgment against Credit Suisse related to a syndicated real estate transaction fraudulently underwritten by Swiss bank. Credit Suisse is appealing the judgment against it. The two funds also are participants in a similar action against Credit Suisse related to five additional real estate deals in which the funds allege Credit Suisse committed fraud in relation to the underwriting. Case or Docket Number: 05-15-01463CV. Full Names of Principal Parties: Claymore Holdings, LLC v. Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. The Trust would be entitled to 18% of any net amounts ultimately collected on the judgment against Credit Suisse.
113
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
2 | ||||
9 | ||||
12 | ||||
28 | ||||
30 | ||||
30 | ||||
32 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 |
114
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund
Preferred Shares
Subscription Rights
PROSPECTUS
March 5, 2019
The information in this preliminary Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, Dated March 5, 2019
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund
Statement of Additional Information
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund (the Trust or NHF) (formerly, NexPoint Credit Strategies Fund) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Investment Company Act). This Statement of Additional Information does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated March 5, 2019 (the Prospectus), which is incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information. This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling 1-866-351-4440. You may also obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commissions web site www.sec.gov . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
2 | ||||
9 | ||||
12 | ||||
28 | ||||
30 | ||||
30 | ||||
32 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 |
This Statement of Additional Information is dated March 5, 2019
Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Trust will invest the net proceeds of any sales of securities (the Offering) in accordance with the Trusts investment objectives and policies as stated below, or use such proceeds for other general corporate purposes. Assuming current market conditions, the Trust estimates that investment of the net proceeds of the Offering will be substantially complete within one to three months of the completion of the Offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds of the Offering will be invested in cash and/or short-term debt securities.
Fundamental Investment Restrictions . The following are the fundamental investment restrictions of the Trust, which may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, if any, voting as a separate class:
(1) |
The Trust will , under normal market conditions, invest at least 25% of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the real estate industry, including obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, any state or territory of the United States or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and investments by any territory of the United States or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions for which the underlying collateral is real estate; |
Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not:
(2) |
issue senior securities or borrow money other than as permitted by the Investment Company Act or pledge its assets other than to secure such issuances or in connection with hedging transactions, short sales, securities lending, when issued and forward commitment transactions and similar investment strategies; |
(3) |
make loans of money or property to any person, except through loans of portfolio securities up to a maximum of 33 1/3% of the Trusts total assets, the purchase of debt securities, including bank loans (senior loans) and participations therein, or the entry into repurchase agreements up to a maximum of 33 1/3% of the Trusts total assets; |
(4) |
underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or the sale of its own securities, the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter; |
(5) |
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Trust may invest in securities of companies that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business, including real estate investment trusts and real estate operating companies, and instruments secured by real estate or interests therein and the Trust may acquire, hold and sell real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Trusts ownership of such other assets; or |
(6) |
purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts for any purposes except as, and to the extent, permitted by applicable law without the Trust becoming subject to registration with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC) as a commodity pool. |
As currently relevant to the Trust, the Investment Company Act requires an asset coverage of 200% for a closed-end fund issuing preferred shares and 300% for a closed-end fund issuing borrowings (excluding certain temporary borrowings). The Trust will not engage in any secured borrowings constituting senior securities described under investment restriction number 2 pursuant to which the lenders would be able to foreclose on more than 33 1/3% of the Trusts total assets, measured at the date of the initial borrowing.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions . The Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board) and without shareholder approval. The Trust may not:
(1) |
make any short sale of securities except in conformity with applicable laws, rules and regulations and unless after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short does not exceed 25% of the value of the Trusts total assets and the Trusts aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities of an issuer does not exceed 25% of the then outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales against the box without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security; and |
(2) |
purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the Investment Company Act or any exemptive relief obtained thereunder. Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust may invest up to 10% of |
1
its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased. As a shareholder in any investment company, the Trust will bear its ratable share of that investment companys expenses, and will remain subject to payment of the Advisory Fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares will therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the risks of leverage. The net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. |
In addition, to comply with the federal tax requirements for qualification as a registered investment company, the Trusts investments must meet certain diversification requirements. See Tax Matters.
For purposes of this Statement of Additional Information, a majority of the outstanding shares means (a) 67% or more of the Trusts outstanding voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of its outstanding voting securities, whichever is less.
The percentage limitations applicable to the Trusts portfolio described in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information apply only at the time of investment, except that the percentage limitation with respect to borrowing applies at all times, and the Trust will not be required to sell securities due to subsequent changes in the value of securities it owns.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Trusts investment objectives, policies and techniques that are described in the Prospectus.
The Trusts investment objectives are to provide both current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in the following categories of securities and instruments of corporations and other business entities: (i) secured and unsecured floating and fixed rate loans; (ii) bonds and other debt obligations; (iii) debt obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers; (iv) structured products, including but not limited to, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations; (v) equities; (vi) other investment companies, including business development companies; and (vii) real estate investment trusts (REITs). The Trust may also invest in derivative instruments that have economic characteristics similar to instruments in investment categories (i) - (vii). Subject to these general guidelines, NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (the Investment Adviser) has broad discretion to allocate the Trusts assets among these investment categories and other investments and to change allocations as conditions warrant.
There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objective. Investors should not consider the one Trust alone to be a complete investment program. The Trust is subject to the risk of changing economic conditions, as well as the risk inherent in the ability of the portfolio manager to make changes in the composition of the Trust in anticipation of changes in economic, business and financial conditions. As with any security, a risk of loss is inherent in an investment in the shares of the Trust. The securities, investments, and investment practices used by the Trust all have attendant risks of varying degrees. As described below, an investment in the Trust entails special additional risks as a result of its ability to invest a substantial portion of their assets in foreign securities.
Unless otherwise indicated, the Trust is permitted to engage in the following investment strategies and techniques. The Trust is not obligated to pursue the following strategies or techniques and does not represent that these strategies or techniques are available now or will be available at any time in the future. The Trust will not purchase all of the following types of securities or employ all of the following strategies unless doing so is consistent with its investment objective.
Short-Term Debt Securities
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Short-term debt investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following securities, as well as pooled investment vehicles (for example, money market funds) that invest in these securities:
(1) U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association
2
(FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), whose securities had historically been supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agencies or instrumentalities but which are now in U.S. government receivership; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Trust may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Trust purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Trust during its holding period, because the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Trust to invest temporarily available cash. The Trust may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers acceptances in which the Trust may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Trust is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Trust could incur a loss of both principal and interest. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Trust to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Trust and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Trust at any time. NexPoint Advisors, L.P., the Trusts investment adviser (the Investment Adviser) will consider the financial condition of the corporation ( e.g. , earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continually monitor the corporations ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Trusts liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
Equity Securities
The Trust may invest in equity securities including preferred stock, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts.
Preferred Stock . Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuers board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
Convertible Securities . A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible securitys investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporations capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible securitys governing instrument.
Warrants . Warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if
3
the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed securitys market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
Depository Receipts . The Trust may invest in both sponsored and unsponsored American Depository Receipts (ADRs), European Depository Receipts (EDRs), Global Depository Receipts (GDRs) and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depository Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or U.S. underlying securities. GDRs are depository receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Investments in ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may present additional investment considerations of credit or securities market investments that are either issued by entities domiciled outside of the U.S., or denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, or both (Non-U.S. Securities).
Variable and Floating Rate Instruments
The Trust may purchase rated and unrated variable and floating rate instruments. These instruments may include variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The Trust may invest in leveraged inverse floating rate debt instruments (Inverse Floaters). The interest rate of an Inverse Floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which it is indexed. An Inverse Floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in Inverse Floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Issuers of unrated variable and floating rate instruments must satisfy the same criteria as set forth above for the Trust. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments, however, could make it difficult for the Trust to dispose of a variable or floating rate instrument if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods when the Trust is not entitled to exercise its demand rights.
Such instruments may include variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for the Trust to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Trust is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Trust could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss, with respect to such instruments.
Derivative Transactions and Risk Management
Consistent with its investment objectives and policies set forth in the Prospectus and in addition to its option strategy, the Trust may also enter into certain risk management transactions. In particular, the Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, exchange listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, equity and other indices and futures contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and may enter into various interest rate transactions. Derivative Transactions may be used to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trusts portfolio resulting from fluctuations in the securities markets and changes in interest rates, to protect the Trusts unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes and to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities. Any or all of these Derivative Transactions may be used at any time. There is no particular strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another. Use of any Derivative Transaction is a function of market conditions. The ability of the Trust to manage them successfully will depend on the Investment Advisers ability to predict pertinent market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the instruments, which cannot be assured. The Derivative Transactions that the Trust may use are described below.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts . In connection with its Derivative Transactions and other risk management strategies, the Trust may also enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery (futures contracts) of securities, aggregates of securities or indices or prices thereof, other financial indices and U.S. government debt securities or options on the above. The Trust will engage in such transactions only for bona fide risk management and other portfolio management purposes.
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts . The Trust may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers.
4
The Trust may engage in various forward currency contract strategies, including without limitation the following:
|
The Trust may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Trust intends to acquire. The Trust may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. |
|
The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Trusts exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Trust owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Investment Adviser believes that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Trust might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. |
|
The Trust may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the Investment Adviser anticipates that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. |
|
The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to offset against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a transaction would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. |
|
The Trust could also enter into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Trusts existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not offset currency exposure as effectively as a simple forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This type of transaction may result in losses if the currency sold does not perform similarly to the currency in which the Trusts existing investments are denominated. |
|
The Trust may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to offset against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Investment Adviser anticipates that there will be a correlation between the two currencies. |
|
The cost to the Trust of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. |
|
When the Trust enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Trust will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Trust would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain a position in securities denominated in the foreign currency or to maintain cash or liquid assets in a segregated account. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Trust might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term strategy is highly uncertain. |
Calls on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts . In addition to its option strategy, in order to enhance income or reduce fluctuations on net asset value, the Trust may sell or purchase call options (calls) on securities and indices based upon the prices of futures contracts and debt or equity securities that are traded on U.S. and non-U.S. securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security, futures contract or index at the exercise price at any time or at a specified time during the option period. All such calls sold by the Trust must be covered as long as the call is outstanding ( i.e. , the Trust must own the instrument subject to the call or other securities or assets acceptable for applicable segregation and coverage requirements). A call sold by the Trust exposes the Trust during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, index or futures contract and may require the Trust to hold an instrument which it might otherwise have sold. The purchase of a call gives the Trust the right to buy a security, futures contract or index at a fixed price. Calls on futures on securities must also be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.
Puts on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts . In addition to its option strategy, the Trust may purchase put options (puts) that relate to securities (whether or not it holds such securities in its portfolio), indices or futures contracts. For the same
5
purposes, the Trust may also sell puts on securities, indices or futures contracts on such securities if the Trusts contingent obligations on such puts are covered by assets consisting of cash or securities having a value not less than the exercise price. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.
Interest Rate Transactions . Among the Derivative Transactions in which the Trust may enter into are interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps and floors. The Trust expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a later date. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g. , an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.
The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is offsetting volatility with respect to its assets or liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis, i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. Inasmuch as these Derivative Transactions are entered into for good faith risk management purposes, the Investment Adviser and the Trust will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. The Trust will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trusts obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily basis and will designate on its books and records with a custodian an amount of cash or liquid securities having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal to the accrued excess. The Trust will enter into interest rate swap, cap or floor transactions only with counterparties that are judged by the Investment Adviser to present acceptable credit risk to the Trust. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.
Additional Characteristics and Risks of Derivative Transactions
In order to manage the risk of its securities portfolio, or to enhance income or gain as described in the Prospectus, the Trust will engage in Derivative Transactions. The Trust will engage in such activities in the Investment Advisers discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such activities when movements in interest rates that could affect the value of the assets of the Trust occur. The Trusts ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the CFTC. The Trusts Derivative Transactions may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders and, therefore, may accelerate and/or increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. In addition, the Trusts ability to engage in certain Derivative Transactions may be limited by tax considerations. See Tax Matters below for more information.
Put and Call Options on Securities and Indices
The Trust may purchase and sell put and call options on securities and indices. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell and the writer the obligation to buy the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period. The Trust may also purchase and sell options on securities indices (index options). Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option. The purchase of a put option on a security could protect the Trusts holdings in a security or a number of securities against a substantial decline in the market value. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy and the seller the obligation to sell the underlying security or index at the exercise price during the option period or for a specified period prior to a fixed date. The purchase of a call option on a security could protect the Trust against an increase in the price of a security that it intended to purchase in the future. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any related commissions. When the Trust sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will serve as a partial offset, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a secured put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline below the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Trust is authorized to purchase and sell exchange listed options and over the-counter options (OTC Options) which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC) which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
6
The Trusts ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction.
The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
Futures Contracts and Related Options
Characteristics . The Trust may sell financial futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such futures as an offset against anticipated market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
Margin Requirements . At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (initial margin). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of variation margin may be required, a process known as marking to the market. Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.
Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on Futures . The Trust currently may enter into such transactions without limit for bona fide strategic purposes, including risk management and duration management and other portfolio strategies. The Trust may also engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options for non-strategic purposes to enhance income or gain provided that the Trust will not enter into a futures contract or related option (except for closing transactions) for purposes other than bona fide strategic purposes, or risk management including duration management if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of its initial deposits and premiums on open contracts and options would exceed 5% of the Trusts liquidation value, i.e. , net assets (taken at current value); provided, however, that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of the purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The above policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board at any time. Also, when required, an account of cash equivalents designated on the books and records will be maintained and marked to market on a daily basis in an amount equal to the market value of the contract.
Segregation and Cover Requirements . Futures contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be required to designate on its books and records on an ongoing basis cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Trusts net obligations with respect to such instruments.
Such Amounts Fluctuate as the Obligations Increase or Decrease . The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.
7
Derivative Transactions Present Certain Risks . With respect to Derivative Transactions and risk management, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of strategic instruments and price movements in the position being offset create the possibility that losses using the strategy may be greater than gains in the value of the Trusts position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Trust may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the use of Derivative Transactions for hedging purposes may reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of an underlying securities position, at the same time such use tends to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of the Trust to successfully utilize Derivative Transactions will depend on the Investment Advisers ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Trust has sold create an ongoing greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Derivative Transactions will reduce net asset value.
Regulatory Considerations . The Trust is sponsored by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA; therefore, the Investment Adviser (with respect to the Trust) is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
The Trust may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. REITs are subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate (including loss to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, zoning law amendments, changes in interest rates, overbuilding and increased competition, variations in market value, adverse changes in the real estate markets generally or in specific sectors of the real estate industry and possible environmental liabilities), as well as additional risks discussed below.
REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). The Trust will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Trust. Debt securities issued by REITs are, for the most part, general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs.
Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees or borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry. REITs are often leveraged or invest in properties that are themselves leveraged, exposing them to the risks of leverage generally. Among other things, leverage will generally increase losses during periods of real estate market declines.
REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REITs investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REITs investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REITs investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.
REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.
The Trust seeks to gain exposure to the real estate markets, in whole or in part, through investing in certain REIT subsidiaries of the Trust. The Trust invests in NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC (formerly Freedom REIT) (NREO), organized under the laws of Delaware on September 17, 2012 and NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC (NREC), organized under the laws of Delaware on March 31, 2014 (each, a Subsidiary). Each Subsidiary has elected to be taxed as a REIT. Each Subsidiary is generally subject to the same investment policies and restrictions of the Trust. As of December, 2018, NREO and NREC accounted for approximately 30.2% and 4.4%, respectively, of the Trusts Managed Assets and approximately [XX]% and [XX]%, respectively, of the Trusts total (gross)
8
assets. The Investment Adviser does not charge an additional fee on assets held in each Subsidiary. The Trust intends to limit its investments in each Subsidiary and related entities to the extent necessary to qualify as a regulated investment company (RIC) for tax purposes. In general, and subject to certain exceptions not applicable here, a RIC is not permitted to invest, including through corporations in which the RIC owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, more than 25% of its total assets in any one issuer, or in any two or more issuers which the taxpayer controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses.
Portfolio Turnover
The Trusts annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Although the Trust cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 100% under normal circumstances. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the portfolio turnover rate was 48%, and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the portfolio turnover rate was 36%. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. There are no limits on the rate of portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when the Trusts investment strategy so dictates. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. See Tax Matters.
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities
The Trust may purchase securities on a when-issued basis and may purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis in order to acquire the security or to offset against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.
Pay-In-Kind Securities
The Trust may invest in Pay-in-kind, or PIK securities. PIK securities are securities which pay interest through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities. Similar to zero coupon obligations, PIK securities also carry additional risk as holders of these types of securities typically do not receive cash until the final payment date on the security unless such security is sold. In addition, if the issuer defaults, the Trust may obtain no return at all on its investment. The market price of PIK securities is affected by interest rate changes to a greater extent, and therefore tends to be more volatile, than that of securities which pay interest in cash. Additionally, U.S. federal income tax law requires the holder of certain PIK securities to recognize interest income with respect to these securities prior to the actual receipt of cash payments. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under Subchapter M of the Code, and to avoid liability for U.S. federal income or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to distribute income recognized with respect to these securities prior to the Trusts receipt of cash on these securities and thus may, among other things, dispose of portfolio securities under potentially disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements. See Tax Matters below.
9
Mezzanine Investments
The Trust may invest in certain high yield securities known as mezzanine investments, which are subordinated debt securities which are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security ( e.g. , with attached warrants). Such mezzanine investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other high yield securities, maturities of mezzanine investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine investments are usually unsecured and subordinate to other obligations of the issuer.
Loan Participations and Assignments
The Trust may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (Loans) arranged through private negotiations between a corporation or foreign government and one or more financial institutions (Lenders). The Trusts investments in Loans are expected in most instances to be in the form of participations in Loans (Participations) and assignments of all or a portion of Loans (Assignments) from third parties. Participations typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship only with the Lender, not the borrower. The Trust will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and the Trust and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments by the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Trust generally has no direct right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the Loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Trust may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result the Trust will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the Trust may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower. The Trust will acquire Participations only if the Lender interpositioned between the Trust and the borrower is determined by the Investment Adviser to be creditworthy. When the Trust purchases Assignments from Lenders, the Trust will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan. However, because Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by the Trust as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender.
The Trust may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Participations. Because there is no public market for such securities, the Trust anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market will have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and on the Trusts ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet the Trusts liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for Assignments and Participations also may make it more difficult for the Trust to assign a value to those securities for purposes of valuing the Trusts portfolio and calculating its net asset value.
Project Loans
The Trust may invest in project loans, which are fixed income securities of issuers whose revenues are primarily derived from mortgage loans to multi-family, nursing home and other real estate development projects. The principal payments on these mortgage loans will be insured by agencies and authorities of the U.S. government.
Zero Coupons and Deferred Payment Obligations
The Trust may invest in zero-coupon bonds, which are normally issued at a significant discount from face value and do not provide for periodic interest payments. Zero-coupon bonds may experience greater volatility in market value than similar maturity debt obligations which provide for regular interest payments. The Trust may also invest in deferred payment securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero-coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals. Deferred payment securities are subject to greater fluctuations in value and may have lesser liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities paying cash interest at regular interest payment periods.
U.S. federal income tax law requires the holder of certain zero-coupon bonds or deferred payment securities to recognize interest income with respect to these securities prior to the actual receipt of cash payments by the holder. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid liability for U.S. federal income or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to distribute income recognized with respect to these securities prior to the Trusts receipt of cash on these securities and thus may, among other things, dispose of Trust securities under potentially disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements. See Tax Matters below.
10
Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs)
The Trust may invest in MLPs. MLPs typically are characterized as publicly traded partnerships that qualify to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are principally engaged in one or more aspects of the exploration, production, processing, transmission, marketing, storage or delivery of energy-related commodities, such as natural gas, natural gas liquids, coal, crude oil or refined petroleum products (collectively, the energy industry). The Trusts MLP investments include investments that offer economic exposure to public MLPs in the form of common or subordinated units issued by MLPs, securities of entities holding primarily general partner or managing member interests in MLPs, debt securities of MLPs, and securities that are derivatives of interests in MLPs, including I-Shares, and derivative instruments in which the Trust may invest that have economic characteristics of MLP securities.
Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like the Trust when it invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. The Trust also may invest in companies who serve (or whose affiliates serve) as the general partner of an MLP. These investments may not be taxed as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. General Partners typically have limited fiduciary duties to an MLP, which could allow a general partner to favor its own interests over the MLPs interests. Additionally, general partners of MLPs often have limited call rights that may require MLP unit holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.
Holders of MLP securities have limited control and voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. Holders of securities issued by a MLP are exposed to a remote possibility of liability for all of the obligations of that MLP in the event that a court determines that the rights of the holders of MLP securities to vote to remove or replace the general partner of that MLP, to approve amendments to that MLPs partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement of that MLP would constitute control of the business of that MLP, or a court or governmental agency determines that the MLP is conducting business in a state without complying with the partnership statute of that state. Holders of MLP securities are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them.
Investments in MLP securities also present special tax risks. For example, if an MLP does not meet current legal requirements to maintain its partnership status, or if it is unable to do so because of tax or other law changes, it would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In that case, the MLP would be obligated to pay U.S. federal income tax at corporate rates (as well as state and local taxes) at the entity level on its taxable income and distributions received by the Trust would be taxable to the Trust as dividend income to the extent of the MLPs current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal tax purposes. The classification of an MLP as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes could have the effect of reducing the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP and the value of the Trusts investment in any such MLP. As a result, the value of the Trusts shares and the cash available for distribution to Trust shareholders could be materially reduced.
The Trust intends to limit its investments in MLPs and related entities to the extent necessary to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes. In general, a RIC is not permitted to invest, including through corporations in which the RIC owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, more than 25% of its total assets in qualified publicly-traded partnerships.
Life Settlement Investments
The Trust may invest in life settlements, which are the transfers of the beneficial interest in a life insurance policy by the underlying insured person to a third party. The Trust will generally purchase the beneficial interest in a life insurance policy for more than its cash surrender value but at a discount to its face value (i.e., the payment amount set forth in the life insurance policy that is payable on the death of the insured or upon maturity of the life insurance policy). After purchase the Trust will be responsible for premiums payable on the life insurance policy and will be entitled to receive the full face value from the insurance company upon maturation (i.e., upon the death of the insured). Accordingly, if the Trust is unable to make premium payments on a purchased life insurance policy due to liquidity issues or for any other reason, the policy will lapse, and the Trust will lose its ownership interest in the policy. In addition, the Trusts investments in life settlement policies involve certain additional risks, including inaccurate estimations of life expectancy of the insured individuals, liquidity risk, credit risk of the insurance company, risks of any policies purchased being unenforceable and risks of adverse regulatory and legal changes.
The actual rate of return on a life settlement policy cannot be calculated before the insured dies and the longer the insured lives, the lower the rate of return on the related life settlement policy will be. Current privacy laws may limit the information available to the Trust about insureds and may cause the Trust to inaccurately estimate the value of particular policies. The Trusts inability to predict with certainty the life expectancies of the pool of underlying insured persons tied to purchased life settlement policies may cause unanticipated delays in the collection of a substantial number of life settlement policies. Life settlements are also generally considered illiquid because there is a limited secondary market for such policies to be bought and sold. Accordingly, the Trust may be limited in its ability to sell policies in its portfolio in a timely fashion and/or at a favorable price. In addition, if a life insurance company declares bankruptcy or otherwise is insolvent, there may not be sufficient funds for it to pay its liability, and while many states have an insurance guarantee fund to provide payments to beneficiaries of insurance companies that declare bankruptcy, the collection process can be prolonged and complicated, and collection may not be possible in all circumstances.
11
Life settlement policies may also be subject to contest by the issuing life insurance company. If the insurance company successfully contests a policy, the policy will be rescinded and declared void. For example, insurers may refuse to pay benefits on certain life insurance policies on the basis that there was no insurable interest on the part of the purchaser of a life insurance policy at the time such policy was issued. Recently the issue of a lack of insurable interest has been raised by insurers and beneficiaries of irrevocable life insurance trusts, in the context of so-called stranger originated life insurance policies. It is possible that courts may void certain life settlement policies for these or other reasons. The market for life settlement policies may also be subject to new government regulation that may impact the ability of the Trust to obtain life settlement policies. Insurance companies may seek regulation or changes of law restricting or otherwise encumbering the transfer of life insurance policies in life settlement policy transactions. No assurance can be made that insurance companies will not be successful in limiting the supply of life insurance policies available for purchase in life settlement policy transactions.
Any or all of the risks described above could have a material adverse effect on the Trusts investment returns and, therefore, on its ability to make distributions to its shareholders. In addition, it is unclear whether the income from life settlements is qualifying income for purposes of the IRS 90% gross income test the Trust must satisfy each year to qualify as a RIC. The Trust intends to monitor its investments to ensure that the Trust remains qualified as a RIC.
Trustees
The Board provides broad oversight over the operations and affairs of the Trust and protects the interests of shareholders. The Board has overall responsibility to manage and control the business affairs of the Trust, including the complete and exclusive authority to establish policies regarding the management, conduct and operation of the Trusts business. The names and birthdates of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, the year each was first elected or appointed to office, their principal business occupations during the last five years, the number of funds overseen by each Trustee and other directorships or trusteeships they hold are shown below. The business address of the Trust, the Investment Adviser and their Board members and officers is 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201, unless otherwise specified below.
Information About Each Trustees Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, or Skills for Board Membership
The following provides an overview of the considerations that led the Board to conclude that each individual serving as a Trustee of the Trust should so serve, as well as each Trustees name and certain biographical information as reported by them to the Trust. Among the factors the Board considered when concluding that an individual should serve on the Board were the following: (i) the individuals business and professional experience and accomplishments; (ii) the individuals ability to work effectively with the other members of the Board; (iii) the individuals prior experience, if any, serving on company boards (including public companies and, where relevant, other investment companies) and the boards of other complex enterprises and organizations; and (iv) how the individuals skills, experiences and attributes would contribute to an appropriate mix of relevant skills and experience on the Board.
12
In respect of each Trustee, the individuals professional accomplishments and prior experience, including, in some cases, in fields related to the operations of the Trust, were a significant factor in the determination that the individual should serve as a Trustee of the Trust. Each Trustees professional experience and additional considerations that contributed to the Boards conclusion that an individual should serve on the Board are summarized in the table below.
Name and Date of Birth |
Position(s)
held with the Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served 1 |
Principal
Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years |
Number of
Portfolios in the Highland Fund Complex 2 Overseen by Trustee |
Other Directorships/
Trusteeships Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience,
Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||||||
Independent Trustees 3 |
||||||||||||
Timothy K. Hui (6/13/1948) |
Trustee |
3 year term (expiring at 2020 annual meeting). Trustee since inception in May 2006. |
Dean of Educational
Resources Emeritus and Special Assistant to the President at Cairn University since July 2018; Dean of Educational Resources at Cairn University from July 2012 until June 2018 and from July 2006 to January 2008. |
25 | None |
Significant
experience on this board of directors/ trustees; administrative and managerial experience; legal training and practice. |
13
Name and Date of Birth |
Position(s) held with the Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served 1 |
Principal
Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years |
Number of
Portfolios in the Highland Fund Complex 2 Overseen by Trustee |
Other Directorships/
Trusteeships Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience,
Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich (4/28/1953) |
Trustee |
3 year term (expiring at 2020 annual meeting).
Trustee since December 2013. |
Retired. | 25 |
Trustee of ARC
Realty Finance Trust, Inc.
Director of Davidson
|
Significant
experience in the financial industry; significant managerial and executive experience; significant experience on other boards of directors, including as a member of several audit committees. |
14
Name and Date of Birth |
Position(s)
held with the Trust |
Term of
Office and Length of Time Served 1 |
Principal
Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years |
Number of
Portfolios in the Highland Fund Complex 2 Overseen by Trustee |
Other Directorships/ Trusteeships Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience,
Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||||||
owner, Kane County Cougars Baseball Club (since January 2013); Advisory Board of Directors, Internet Connectivity Group, Inc. (from January 2014 to April 2016); Director of AXAR Acquisition Corp. (formerly AR Capital Acquisition Corp.) (from October 2014 to October 2017); Director of The Midwest League of Professional Baseball Clubs, Inc.; Director of Kane County Cougars Foundation, Inc.; Director of Galen Robotics, Inc.; Chairman and Director of FC Global Realty, Inc. (from May 2017 to June 2018); and Chairman and Director of First Capital Investment Corp. (from March 2017 until March 2018). |
15
Name and Date of Birth |
Position(s)
held with the Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served 1 |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years |
Number of
Portfolios in the Highland Fund Complex 2 Overseen by Trustee |
Other Directorships/ Trusteeships Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||||||
John Honis 4 (6/16/1958) |
Trustee |
3 year term (expiring at 2018 annual meeting) for the Trust.
Trustee since July 2013. |
President of Rand Advisors, LLC since August 2013; Partner of Highland Capital Management, L.P. (HCM) from February 2007 until his resignation in November 2014. | 25 | Manager of Turtle Bay Resort, LLC (August 2011 December 2018); Manager of American Home Patient (November 2011 to February 2016). | Significant experience in the financial industry; significant managerial and executive experience, including experience as president, chief executive officer or chief restructuring officer of five telecommunication firms; experience on other boards of directors. | ||||||
Ethan Powell 5 (6/20/1975) |
Trustee;
Chairman of the Board |
3 year term (expiring at 2019 annual meeting) for the Trust.
Trustee since December 2013.
Chairman of the Board since December 2013. |
President and Founder of Impact Shares LLC (a registered investment advisor dedicated to building a platform to create better socially responsible investment solutions) since December 2015; Trustee/Director of the Highland Fund Complex from June 2012 until July 2013 and since December 2013; Chief Product Strategist of Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (HCMFA) from 2012 until December 2015; |
25 | Trustee of Impact Shares Funds I Trust | Significant experience in the financial industry; significant executive experience including past service as an officer of funds in the Highland Fund Complex; significant administrative and managerial experience. | ||||||
Senior Retail Fund Analyst of HCM from 2007 until December 2015 and HCMFA from its inception until December 2015; Secretary of NHF from November 2010 until December 2015; President and Principal Executive Officer of |
16
17
Name and Date of Birth |
Position(s)
held with the Trust |
Term of
Office and Length of Time Served 1 |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years |
Number of
Portfolios in the Highland Fund Complex 2 Overseen by Trustee |
Other Directorships/
Trusteeships Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience,
Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||||||
Assistant Secretary of HFI and HFII from March 2017 to October 2017; Assistant Treasurer of NexPoint Real Estate Advisors, L.P. since May 2015; Assistant Treasurer of NexPoint Real Estate Advisors II, L.P. since June 2016; Assistant Treasurer of HFI and HFII from November 2012 to March 2017; Assistant Treasurer of NHF from November 2012 to December 2015; Secretary of NexPoint Capital, Inc. since 2014; Secretary of NexPoint Real Estate Strategies Fund, NexPoint Strategic Income Fund, NexPoint Energy and Materials Opportunities Fund, NexPoint Discount Strategies Fund, NexPoint Healthcare Opportunities Fund, NexPoint Event-Driven Fund and NexPoint Latin American Opportunities Fund (the Interval Funds) since March 2016; and Senior Accounting Manager at HCMFA from August 2012 to May 2014. |
1 |
On an annual basis, as a matter of Board policy, the Governance Committee reviews each Trustees performance and determines whether to extend each such Trustees service for another year. Effective June 2013, the Board adopted a retirement policy wherein the Governance Committee shall not recommend the continued service as a Trustee of a Board member who is older than 80 years of age at the time the Governance Committee reports its findings to the Board. |
2 |
The Highland Fund Complex consists of NHF, each series of HFI, each series of HFII, Highland Floating Rate Opportunities Fund (FRO), Highland Global Allocation Fund (GAF), the Interval Funds and NexPoint Capital, Inc., a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act. |
3 |
Independent Trustees are those who are not interested persons as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act. |
4 |
Since May 1, 2015, Mr. Honis has been treated as an Independent Trustee of the Trust. Prior to that date, Mr. Honis was treated as an Interested Trustee because he was a partner of an investment adviser affiliated with the Investment Adviser until his resignation in November 2014. As of March 5, 2019, Mr. Honis was entitled to receive aggregate severance and/or deferred compensation payments of approximately $300,000 from another affiliate of the Investment Adviser. |
In addition, Mr. Honis serves as a trustee of a trust that owns substantially all of the economic interest in an investment adviser affiliated with the Investment Adviser. Mr. Honis indirectly receives an asset-based fee in respect of such interest, which is projected to range from $450,000-550,000 annually. In light of these relationships between Mr. Honis and affiliates of the Investment Adviser, it is possible that the SEC might in the future determine Mr. Honis to be an interested person of the Trust.
18
5 |
Prior to December 8, 2017, Mr. Powell was treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust for all purposes other than compensation and the Trusts code of ethics. 6 On February 7, 2018, Mr. Norris was appointed as an Interested Trustee of the Trust. |
Officers
Name and Date of Birth |
Position(s) held with the Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years |
|||
James Dondero (6/29/62) | President and Principal Executive Officer | Indefinite Term; President since May 2015 | President of Highland Capital Management, L.P., which he co-founded in 1993; Chairman of the Board of NexPoint Residential Trust, Inc. since May 2015; Portfolio Manager of NHF; Portfolio Manager of Highland Energy MLP Fund, Fund, Highland Small-Cap Equity Fund and Highland Premier Growth Equity Fund (all series of HFII); Portfolio Manager of Highland Opportunistic Credit Fund (series of HFI), NexPoint Capital, Inc. and Highland Global Allocation (including its predecessor in interest) since 2014; President of NexPoint Real Estate Advisors, L.P. since May 2015; President of NexPoint Real Estate Advisors II, L.P. since June 2016; President and Portfolio Manager of the Interval Funds since 2016. |
19
Name and Date of Birth |
Position(s) held with the Trust |
Term of Office and
Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years |
|||
Frank Waterhouse (4/14/1971) |
Treasurer; Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer |
Indefinite Term;
Treasurer
since May 2015.
Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer since
|
Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer of FRO, GAF, NexPoint Capital, Inc., NHF, HFI, HFII, and NexPoint Real Estate Advisors, L.P. since October 2017; Treasurer of FRO and GAF since August 2017; Treasurer of Acis Capital Management, L.P. since February 2012; Treasurer of HCM since April 2012; Assistant Treasurer of HCMFA from December 2011 until October 2012; Treasurer of HCMFA since October 2012; Treasurer of NexPoint Advisors, L.P. since March 2012 and Treasurer of NexPoint Capital, Inc., NHF, Highland Funds I, Highland Funds IIHFI, HFII, and NexPoint Real Estate Advisors, L.P. since May 2015, Treasurer of NexPoint Real Estate Advisors II, L.P. since June 2016; Treasurer of the Interval Funds since March 2016. | |||
Clifford Stoops (11/17/1970) |
Assistant Treasurer |
Indefinite Term; Assistant
Treasurer since March 2017 |
Assistant Treasurer of HFI, HFII, NHF, NexPoint Capital, Inc. and the Interval Funds since March 2017; Chief Accounting Officer at HCM since December 2011. | |||
Jason Post (1/9/1979) |
Chief Compliance Officer |
Indefinite Term; Chief
Compliance Officer
|
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer of FRO and GAF since August 2017; Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer of HFI, HFII, NHF, NexPoint Capital, Inc. since September 2015; Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer of the Interval Funds since March 2016; and Chief Compliance Officer for HCMFA and NexPoint Advisors, L.P since September 2015. Prior to this role served as Deputy Chief Compliance Officer and Director of Compliance for HCM. |
1 |
The address for each officer is c/o NexPoint Advisors, L.P., 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. |
Role of the Board of Trustees, Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Role of the Board of Trustees
The Board oversees the management and operations of the Trust. Like most registered investment companies, the day-to-day management and operation of the Trust is performed by various service providers to the Trust, such as the Investment Adviser, and the distributor, administrator, custodian, and transfer agent. The Board has appointed senior employees of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trusts operations. The Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trusts operations. For example, the Treasurer provides reports as to financial reporting matters and investment personnel report on the performance of the Trust. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who administers the Trusts compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters. Some of these reports are provided as part of formal in-person Board meetings, which are typically held quarterly, in person, and involve the Boards review of, among other items, recent Trust operations. The Board also periodically holds telephonic meetings as part of its review of the Trusts activities. From time to time one or more members of the Board may also meet with management in
20
less formal settings, between scheduled Board meetings, to discuss various topics. In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trusts investments, operations or activities.
Board Structure and Leadership
The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to perform its oversight function effectively. The Board consists of six Trustees, five of whom are Independent Trustees. Mr. Powell serves as Chairman of the Board. The Trustees meet periodically throughout the year in person and by telephone to oversee the Trusts activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers for the Trust and review the Trusts performance. The Board conducts much of its work through certain standing Committees, each of whose meetings are chaired by an Independent Trustee: an Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee, a Governance and Compliance Committee, and a Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee, which are discussed in greater detail below.
Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee. The members of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee are Messrs. Froehlich, Hui, Powell and Ward each of whom is independent for purposes of the Investment Company Act. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is responsible for approving the Trusts independent accountants, reviewing with the Trusts independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement and the adequacy of the Trusts internal accounting controls, approving professional services provided by the Trusts independent accountants. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is charged with compliance with Rules 205.2(k) and 205.3(c) of Title 17 of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding alternative reporting procedures for attorneys representing the Trust who appear and practice before the SEC on behalf of the Trust. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is also responsible for reviewing and overseeing the valuation of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Board. The Board and Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee will use the services of one or more independent valuation firms to help them determine the fair value of these securities. In addition, each member of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. Mr. Ward acts as the Chairman of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and as the audit committee financial expert.
Governance and Compliance Committee. The Trusts Governance and Compliance Committees function is to oversee and make recommendations to the full Board or the Independent Trustees, as applicable, with respect to the governance of the Trust, selection and nomination of Trustees, compensation of Trustees, and related matters. The Governance and Compliance Committee is also responsible for at least annually evaluating each Trustee and determining whether to recommend each Trustees continued service in that capacity. The Governance and Compliance Committee will consider recommendations for Trustee nominees from shareholders sent to the Secretary of the Trust, 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. A nomination submission must include all information relating to the recommended nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxy statements for the election of Trustees, as well as information sufficient to evaluate the recommended nominees ability to meet the responsibilities of a Trustee of the Trust. Nomination submissions must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders, and such additional information must be provided regarding the recommended nominee as reasonably requested by the Governance and Compliance Committee. The Governance and Compliance Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Hui, Ward and Powell. Mr. Powell serves as the Chairman of the Governance and Compliance Committee. The Governance and Compliance Committee met three times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
The Alternatives and Distribution Oversight Committee. The members of the Alternatives and Distribution Oversight Committee are Messrs. Honis and Ward. The Alternatives and Distribution Oversight Committee is responsible for overseeing any Funds that in the Boards determination employ alternative investment strategies. Mr. Honis serves as Chairman of the Alternatives and Distribution Oversight Committee. The Alternatives and Distribution Oversight Committee met two times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
The Board periodically reviews its leadership structure, including the role of the Chairman. The Board also completes an annual self-assessment during which it reviews its leadership and Committee structure and considers whether its structure remains appropriate in light of the Trusts current operations. The Board believes that its leadership structure, including the current percentage of the Board who are Independent Trustees, is appropriate given its specific characteristics. These characteristics include: (i) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the standing committees; (ii) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet as needed, together with their independent legal counsel, in the absence of members of management and members of the Board who are interested persons of the Trust; and (iii) Mr. Powells and Mr. Honis previous positions with affiliates of the Investment Adviser, which enhance the Boards understanding of the operations of the Investment Adviser.
21
Board Oversight of Risk Management
The Boards role is one of oversight, rather than active management. This oversight extends to the Trusts risk management processes. These processes are embedded in the responsibilities of officers of, and service providers to, the Trust. For example, the Investment Adviser and other service providers to the Trust are primarily responsible for the management of the Trusts investment risks. The Board has not established a formal risk oversight committee. However, much of the regular work of the Board and its standing Committees addresses aspects of risk oversight. For example, the Trustees seek to understand the key risks facing the Trust, including those involving conflicts of interest; how management identifies and monitors these risks on an ongoing basis; how management develops and implements controls to mitigate these risks; and how management tests the effectiveness of those controls.
In the course of providing that oversight, the Board receives a wide range of reports on the Trusts activities from the Investment Adviser and other service providers, including reports regarding the Trusts investment portfolio, the compliance of the Trust with applicable laws, and the Trusts financial accounting and reporting. The Board also meets periodically with the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer to receive reports regarding the compliance of the Trust with the federal securities laws and the Trusts internal compliance policies and procedures and meets with the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer periodically, including at least annually, to review the Chief Compliance Officers annual report, including the Chief Compliance Officers risk-based analysis for the Trust. The Boards Audit Committee also meets regularly with the Treasurer and the Trusts independent public accounting firm to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of the Trusts financial reporting function. The Board also meets periodically with the portfolio managers of the Trust to receive reports regarding the management of the Trust, including its investment risks.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Trust can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Trusts goals, that reports received by the Trustees with respect to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address risks may be limited in their effectiveness. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, risk management oversight by the Board and by the Committees is subject to substantial limitations.
Compensation of Trustees
The executive officers of the Trust and those of its Trustees who are interested persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust receive no direct remuneration from the Trust. Each Independent Trustee receives an annual retainer of $150,000 payable in quarterly installments and allocated among each portfolio in the Fund Complex based on relative net assets. Independent Trustees are reimbursed for actual out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at meetings. The Independent Trustees do not receive any separate compensation in connection with service on Committees or for attending Board or Committee meetings, however the Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the Audit Committee each receive an additional payment of $10,000 payable in quarterly installments and allocated among each portfolio in the Fund Complex based on relative net assets. The Trustees do not have any pension or retirement plan.
22
The following table summarizes the compensation paid by the Trust to the Independent Trustees and the aggregate compensation paid by the Fund Complex to the Independent Trustees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
Name of Trustee |
Aggregate
Compensation From the Trust |
Pension or
Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of the Trusts Expense |
Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon Retirement |
Aggregate
Compensation from the Highland Fund Complex 1 |
||||||||||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||||||||||
Timothy K. Hui |
$ | 26,810.30 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,000 | ||||||||
Bryan A. Ward 5 |
$ | 28,844.46 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 160,000 | ||||||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich |
$ | 26,810.30 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,000 | ||||||||
John Honis 2 |
$ | 26,810.30 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,000 | ||||||||
Ethan Powell 35 |
$ | 28,844.46 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 160,000 | ||||||||
Interested Trustee |
||||||||||||||||
Dustin Norris 4 |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
1 |
The Highland Fund Complex consists of NHF, each series of Highland Funds I, each series of Highland Funds II, FRO, GAF, NexPoint Capital, Inc., a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act, the Interval Funds. |
2 |
Effective May 1, 2015, Mr. Honis is treated as an Independent Trustee of the Trust. |
3 |
Prior to December 8, 2017, Mr. Powell was treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust for all purposes other than compensation and the Trusts code of ethics. |
4 |
On February 7, 2018, Mr. Norris was appointed an Interested Trustee of the Trust. |
5 |
Effective December 31, 2018, the Board approved an aggregate compensation increase of $10,000 payable to each of the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Board. |
Share Ownership
The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustees in the Trust and the aggregate dollar range of equity securities owned by the Trustees in all funds overseen by the Trustees in the Fund Complex as of December 31, 2018.
Name of Trustee |
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Trust |
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities Owned in All Funds of the Highland Fund Complex 1 Overseen by Trustee |
||||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||
Ethan Powell 2 |
Over $ 100,000 | Over $ 100,000 | ||||||
John Honis 3 |
None | None | ||||||
Timothy K. Hui |
$ 1-$ 10,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich |
None | Over $ 100,000 | ||||||
Bryan A. Ward |
$1-$10,000 | Over $ 100,000 | ||||||
Interested Trustee |
||||||||
Dustin Norris 4 |
Over $ 100,000 | Over $ 100,000 |
1 |
The Highland Fund Complex consists of NHF, each series of Highland Funds I, each series of Highland Funds II, FRO, GAF, NexPoint Capital, Inc., a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act, and the Interval Funds. |
2 |
Prior to December 8, 2017, Mr. Powell was treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust for all purposes other than compensation and the Trusts code of ethics. |
3 |
Effective May 1, 2015, Mr. Honis is treated as an Independent Trustee of the Trust. |
4 |
On February 7, 2018, Mr. Norris was appointed an Interested Trustee of the Trust. |
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for Trust securities to the Investment Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisers proxy voting policies and procedures. Under these policies and procedures, the Investment Adviser will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. A copy of the Investment Advisers proxy voting policies and procedures is attached as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information. The Trusts proxy voting record for the most recent 12- month period ending June 30 is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-866-351-4440 and (ii) on the SECs web site (http://www.sec.gov).
23
Codes of Ethics
The Trust and the Investment Adviser have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the SECs Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. The codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs web site (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SECs Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
Investment Adviser
Effective June 14, 2012, NexPoint Advisors, L.P. became the investment adviser and administrator to the Trust. Prior to June 14, 2012, HCMFA (formerly Pyxis Capital, L.P.) was the investment adviser and administrator to the Trust. For a description of the Investment Adviser, including a description of its controlling persons, see Management of the TrustInvestment Adviser in the Trusts Prospectus.
As described in more detail in the Trusts Prospectus, in return for its advisory services, the Investment Adviser receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trusts Managed Assets (the Advisory Fee). The accrued fees are payable monthly as promptly as possible after the end of each month during which the investment advisory agreement is in effect.
Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, the Trust has paid the following amounts as Advisory Fees to the Investment Adviser for the past three fiscal years:
2016 |
2017 |
2018 |
||
$5,419,265 |
$5,853,721 | $8,590,032 |
Administration Services
As described in more detail in the Trusts Prospectus, in return for its administrative services, the Investment Adviser receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.20% of the average weekly value of the Trusts Managed Assets. Pursuant to the Trusts administration services agreement, the Investment Adviser performs the following services: (i) prepare monthly security transaction listings; (ii) supply various normal and customary portfolio and Trust statistical data as requested on an ongoing basis; (iii) prepare for execution and file the Trusts Federal and state tax returns: prepare a fiscal tax provision in coordination with the annual audit; prepare an excise tax provision; and prepare all relevant 1099 calculations; (iv) coordinate contractual relationships and communications between the Trust and its contractual service providers; (v) coordinate printing of the Trusts annual and semi-annual shareholder reports; (vi) prepare income and capital gain distributions; (vii) prepare the semiannual and annual financial statements; (viii) monitor the Trusts compliance with Internal Revenue Code, SEC and Prospectus requirements; (ix) prepare, coordinate with the Trusts counsel and coordinate the filing with the SEC: semi-annual reports on Form N-SAR and Form N-CSR; Form N-Q; and Form N-PX based upon information provided by the Trust; assist in the preparation of Forms 3, 4 and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act for the officers and trustees of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons; (x) assist in the preparation of notices of meetings of shareholders and coordinate preparation of proxy statements; (xi) assist in obtaining the fidelity bond and trustees and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Trust in accordance with the requirements of Rule 17g-1 and 17d-1(d)(7) under the Investment Company Act; (xii) monitor the Trusts assets to assure adequate fidelity bond coverage is maintained; (xiii) draft agendas and resolutions for quarterly and special Board meetings; (xiv) coordinate the preparation, assembly and mailing of Board materials; (xv) attend Board meetings and draft minutes thereof; (xvi) maintain the Trusts corporate calendar to assure compliance with various filing and Board approval deadlines; (xvii) assist the Trust in the handling of SEC examinations and responses thereto; (xviii) assist the Trusts chief executive officer and chief financial officer in making certifications required under the SECs disclosure forms; (xix) prepare and coordinate the Trusts state notice filings; (xx) furnish the Trust office space in the offices of the Investment Adviser, or in such other place or places as may be agreed from time to time, and all necessary office facilities, simple business equipment, supplies, utilities and telephone service for managing the affairs of the Trust; (xxi) perform clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services not provided by the Trusts other service providers; (xxii) determine or oversee the determination and publication of the Trusts net asset value in accordance with the Trusts policies as adopted from time to time by the Board; (xxiii) oversee the maintenance by the Trusts custodian and transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Investment Company Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by such
24
other persons as approved by the Board) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust; (xxiv) determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; calculate, analyze and prepare a detailed income analysis and forecast future earnings for presentation to the Board; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders, as applicable, and provide the Trusts dividend disbursing agent and custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trusts dividend reinvestment plan; (xxv) serve as liaison between the Trust and each of its service providers; (xxvi) assist in monitoring and tracking the daily cash flows of the individual assets of the Trust, as well as security position data of portfolio investments; assist in resolving any identified discrepancies with the appropriate third party, including the Trusts custodian, administrative agents and other service providers, through various means including researching available data via agent notices, financial news and data services, and other sources; (xxvii) monitor compliance with leverage tests under the Trusts credit facility, and communicate with leverage providers and rating agencies; (xxviii) coordinate negotiation and renewal of credit agreements for presentation to the Board; (xxix) coordinate negotiations of agreements with counterparties and the Trusts custodian for derivatives, short sale and similar transactions, as applicable; (xxx) provide assistance with the settlement of trades of portfolio securities; (xxxi) coordinate and oversee the provision of legal services to the Trust; (xxxii) cooperate with the Trusts independent registered public accounting firm in connection with audits and reviews of the Trusts financial statements, including interviews and other meetings, and provide necessary information and coordinate confirmations of bank loans and other assets for which custody is not through DTC, as necessary; (xxxiii) provide Secretary and any Assistant Secretaries, Treasurer and any Assistant Treasurers and other officers for the Trust as requested; (xxxiv) develop or assist in developing compliance guidelines and procedures; (xxxv) investigate and research customer and other complaints to determine liability, facilitate resolution and promote equitable treatment of all parties; (xxxvi) determine and monitor expense accruals for the Trust; (xxxvii) authorize expenditures and approve bills for payment on behalf of the Trust; (xxxviii) monitor the number of shares of the Trust registered and assist in the registration of additional shares, as necessary; (xxxix) prepare such reports as the Board may request from time to time; (xl) administer and oversee any securities lending program of the Trust; and (xli) perform such additional administrative duties relating to the administration of the Trust as may subsequently be agreed upon in writing between the Trust and the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser shall have the authority to engage a sub-administrator in connection with the administrative services of the Trust, which sub-administrator may be an affiliate of the Investment Adviser; provided, however, that the Investment Adviser shall remain responsible to the Trust with respect to its duties and obligations set forth in the administration services agreement. Accordingly, under a separate sub-administration services agreement, dated July 19, 2018, as amended from time to time, the Investment Adviser has delegated certain administrative functions to SEI Investments Global Funds Services.
Pursuant to the administration services agreement, the Trust has paid the following amounts as Administration Fees to the Investment Adviser and HCMFA for the past three fiscal years:
Administration Fees
2016 |
2017 |
2018 | ||
$1,083,853 |
$1,170,744 | $959,793 |
Portfolio Manager
The portfolio manager of the Trust is James Dondero.
As of December 31, 2018, Mr. Dondero managed the following client accounts:
Type of Account |
Number of Accounts
Managed |
Total Assets
(millions) |
Number of Accounts
Managed Subject to Performance-Based Advisory Fee |
Total Assets Subject to
Performance-Based Advisory Fee (millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies: |
11 | $ | 1,773 | 1 | $ | 90 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: |
2 | $ | 773 | 2 | $ | 773 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 |
Because the portfolio manager manages other accounts, including accounts that may pay higher fees, potential conflicts of interest exist, including potential conflicts between the investment strategy of the Trust and the investment strategy of the other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and potential conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between the Trust and the other accounts.
25
The Investment Adviser has built a professional working environment, a firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, the Investment Adviser furnishes advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Trust, and the Investment Adviser may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to the Investment Adviser, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Trust. In addition, the Investment Adviser, its affiliates and any officer, director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Investment Adviser recommends to the Trust. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action which the Investment Adviser, or any of its affiliates, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families may take with respect to the same securities. Moreover, the Investment Adviser may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Investment Advisers (or its affiliates) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. In addition to its various policies and procedures designed to address these issues, the Investment Adviser includes disclosure regarding these matters to its clients in both its Form ADV and investment advisory agreements.
The Investment Adviser, its affiliates or their officers and employees serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or related lines of business or of investment funds managed by affiliates of the Investment Adviser. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds or to other clients, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of the Trust. As a result, the Investment Adviser will face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to the Trust and other funds and clients. In order to enable such affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of the clients for which they have responsibility, the Investment Adviser will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner which may, subject to applicable regulatory constraints, involve pro rata co-investment by the Trust and such other clients or may involve a rotation of opportunities among the Trust and such other clients.
The Investment Adviser and its affiliates have both subjective and objective procedures and policies in place designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between the Investment Advisers fiduciary obligations to the Trust and their similar fiduciary obligations to other clients so that, for example, investment opportunities are allocated in a fair and equitable manner among the Trust and such other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act. There can be no assurance that the Investment Advisers or its affiliates efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to the Trust. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in favor of the Trust.
Under current SEC guidance, the Trust may be prohibited from co-investing with certain of its affiliates in some types of private placement transactions (see Co-Investment Opportunities, below, for more information).
Compensation
The Investment Advisers financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors including the relative performance of a portfolio managers underlying account, the combined performance of the portfolio managers underlying accounts, and the relative performance of the portfolio managers underlying accounts measured against other employees. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a discretionary bonus and various retirement benefits.
Base Compensation . Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their seniority and/or their position with the firm, which may include the amount of assets supervised and other management roles within the firm. Base compensation is determined by taking into account current industry norms and market data to ensure that the Investment Adviser pays a competitive base compensation.
26
Discretionary Compensation . In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation, which can be a substantial portion of total compensation. Discretionary compensation can include a discretionary cash bonus paid to recognize specific business contributions and to ensure that the total level of compensation is competitive with the market, as well as participation in incentive plans.
Because each persons compensation is based on his or her individual performance, the Investment Adviser does not have a typical percentage split among base salary, bonus and other compensation. Senior portfolio managers who perform additional management functions may receive additional compensation in these other capacities. Compensation is structured such that key professionals benefit from remaining with the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser believes it is in the best interest of shareholders to maintain stability of portfolio management personnel.
Conflicts of Interest
From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between the portfolio managers management of the investments of the Trust, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest may also arise as a result of the Investment Advisers other business activities and the Investment Advisers possession of material non-public information about an issuer. Other accounts managed by the portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Trust, or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Trust. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Trust.
Knowledge and Timing of Trust Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers day-to-day management of the Trust. Because of his position with the Trust, the portfolio manager knows the size, timing and possible market impact of the Trusts trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts he manages and to the possible detriment of the Trust.
Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Trust and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Trust and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Trust and another account. The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.
Under the Investment Advisers allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines and the Investment Advisers investment outlook. The Investment Adviser has also adopted additional procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Trust and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.
Conflicts potentially limiting the Trusts investment opportunities may also arise when the Trust and other clients of the Investment Adviser invest in different parts of an issuers capital structure, such as when the Trust owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer, or when the Trust owns debt securities of an issuer and other clients own equity securities of the same issuer. In such circumstances, if the issuer experiences financial or operational challenges, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants). For example, a debt holder may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas an equity holder might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. In addition, the Investment Adviser may also, in certain circumstances, pursue or enforce rights with respect to a particular issuer jointly on behalf of one or more of its clients, or the Investment Advisers personnel may work together to pursue or enforce such rights. Certain clients may be negatively impacted by the Investment Advisers activities on behalf of its other clients, and transactions on behalf of some clients may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case. In order to minimize such conflicts, the portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Investment Adviser or the Investment Adviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Trusts investment opportunities.
27
Additionally, if the Investment Adviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, the portfolio manager may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling securities for the Trust. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Investment Adviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner as between the Trust and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Investment Adviser acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Trust.
Performance Fees. The portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to the Trust. The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Trust and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.
Co-Investment Opportunities
The Trust expects in the future to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates, unless doing so is impermissible under existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. The Trust, Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors L.P. and the Investment Adviser have obtained an exemptive order dated April 19, 2016 from the SEC to permit co-investments among the Trust and other accounts managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates, subject to certain conditions.
Securities Ownership of Portfolio Manager
The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities of the Trust beneficially owned by the portfolio manager as of December 31, 2018.
Name of Portfolio Manager |
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Trust |
|
James Dondero |
Over $1,000,000 |
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Selection of Broker-Dealers; Order Placement
Subject to the overall review of the Board, the Investment Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities and other portfolio holdings of the Trust, for selecting the broker or dealer to be used, and for negotiating any commission rates paid. In underwritten offerings, securities usually are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriters concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.
The Investment Adviser and its affiliates manage other accounts, including private funds and individual accounts that invest in senior loans and Trust investments. Although investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of such other accounts, investments of the type the Trust may make also may be made on behalf of such other accounts. When the Trust and one or more other accounts is prepared to invest in, or desires to dispose of, the same investment, available investments or opportunities for each are allocated in a manner believed by the Investment Adviser to be equitable over time. The Investment Adviser may (but is not obligated to) aggregate orders, which may include orders for accounts in which the Investment Adviser or its affiliates have an interest, to purchase and sell securities to obtain favorable execution or lower brokerage commissions, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations. Although the Investment Adviser believes that, over time, the potential benefits of participating in volume transactions and negotiating lower transaction costs should benefit all participating accounts, in some cases these activities may adversely affect the price paid or received or the size of the position obtained by or disposed of for the Trust. Where trades are aggregated, the investments or proceeds, as well as the expenses incurred, will be allocated by the Investment Adviser in a manner designed to be equitable and consistent with the Investment Advisers fiduciary duty to the Trust and its other clients (including its duty to seek to obtain best execution of client trades).
Commission Rates; Brokerage and Research Services
In placing orders for the Trusts portfolio, the Investment Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Investment Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. In seeking the most favorable price and execution, the Investment Adviser, having in mind the Trusts best interests, will consider all
28
factors it deems relevant, including, by way of illustration: price; the size, type and difficulty of the transaction; the nature of the market for the security; the amount of the commission; the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends; operational capabilities; the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved; and the quality of service rendered by the broker-dealer in other transactions. Though the Investment Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commissions or spreads, the Trust will not necessarily be paying the lowest commission or spread available. The Investment Adviser may place portfolio transactions, to the extent permitted by law, with brokerage firms participating in a distribution of the Trusts shares if it reasonably believes that the quality of execution and the commission are comparable to that available from other qualified firms.
The Investment Adviser seeks to obtain best execution considering the execution price and overall commission costs paid and other factors. The Investment Adviser routes its orders to various broker-dealers for execution at its discretion. Factors involved in selecting brokerage firms include the size, type and difficulty of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the quality of service, the quality of research and investment information provided and the firms risk in positioning a block of securities. Within the framework of the policy of obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution, the Investment Adviser does consider brokerage and research services (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) provided by brokers who effect portfolio transactions with the Investment Adviser or the Trust. Brokerage and research services are services that brokerage houses customarily provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and research reports on particular issuers and industries.
Affiliated Brokers; Regular Broker-Dealers
The Investment Adviser is currently affiliated with NexBank Securities, Inc. (NexBank), a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member broker-dealer that is indirectly controlled by the principals of the Investment Adviser. Absent an exemption from the SEC or other regulatory relief, the Trust is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers. The Trust may utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions subject to compliance with policies and procedures adopted pursuant to Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act. These policies and procedures are designed to provide that commissions, fees or other remuneration received by any affiliated broker or its affiliates for agency transactions are reasonable and fair compared to the remuneration received by other brokers in comparable transactions.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, the Trust paid brokerage commissions of $290,318, $557,751 and $521,016, respectively, of which $0 was paid to NexBank.
There were no payments made to other brokers by the Trust during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 that were directed at least partially on the basis of research services they provided.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the Trust did not acquire any securities of its regular brokers or dealers. At that date, the Trust did not hold any securities of its regular brokers or dealers. For these purposes, regular brokers or dealers are (a) the brokers or dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions by virtue of direct or indirect participation in the Trusts portfolio transactions during the Trusts most recent fiscal year, (b) the brokers or dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions of the Trust during the Trusts most recent fiscal year, or (c) the brokers or dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of securities of the Trust during the Trusts most recent fiscal year.
29
PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2018, the beneficial ownership of each of our directors, executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, and the executive officers and directors as a group, as the term is defined in Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act.
Name and Address on Account |
% of shares | |||
Wells CLRG One North Jefferson Avenue Mail Code: H0004-050 St. Louis, MO 63103 |
11.71 | % | ||
National Financial Services LLC For exclusive benefit of our customers 499 Washington Blvd. Attn. Mutual Funds Dept. 4th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
9.59 | % | ||
Pershing One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
7.68 | % | ||
Jeffries & Co. 520 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10022 |
5.38 | % |
The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trusts common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by performance and expenses), net asset value, call protection, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Board may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. The Board may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount. On November 2, 2016, the Board approved a share repurchase program pursuant to which the Trust may repurchase, over a six-month period beginning on December 1, 2016, up to $10 million of its shares of its outstanding shares in open-market transactions. In connection with the May 8, 2017 rights offering, the Board approved the extension of the Repurchase Program for a period of one year from the closing of the rights offering. As of the date of the Prospectus, the Trust has not completed any repurchases.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when there are outstanding borrowings, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (i) all accrued preferred shares dividends have been paid and (ii) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Trusts portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding borrowings. Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.
Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Trusts net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the Board at the time it considers such issue, it is the Boards present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of common
30
shares or a tender offer for such shares if: (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the New York Stock Exchange, or (b) impair the Trusts eligibility for treatment as a RIC under the Code (which could cause the Trusts income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust), or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; (2) the Trust would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Trusts investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the Boards judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by U.S. or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or the issuers of its portfolio securities by federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.
The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below net asset value will result in the Trusts shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Trusts shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.
Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Board would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trusts portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trusts shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.
If the Board determines to repurchase common shares in a private transaction or to make a tender offer for the common shares, the terms of any such offer may require a selling or tendering (as applicable) shareholder to sell or tender (and thus effectively sell) all of his or her or its common shares held, or considered to be held under certain attribution rules of the Code, by such shareholder. Shareholders who sell (in a private repurchase transaction) or successfully tender and effectively sell (pursuant to a tender offer) to the Trust all common shares held or considered to be held by them generally will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder sells or tenders and effectively sells, as applicable, fewer than all of his or her common shares, such shareholder may be treated as having received a distribution under Section 301 of the Code (Section 301 distribution) unless such distribution is treated as being either (i) substantially disproportionate with respect to such shareholder or (ii) otherwise not essentially equivalent to a dividend under the relevant rules of the Code. A Section 301 distribution is not treated as a sale or exchange giving rise to a capital gain or loss, but rather is treated as a dividend to the extent supported by the Funds current and accumulated earnings and profits, with the excess treated as a return of capital reducing the shareholders tax basis in Fund shares, and thereafter as capital gain. Where a redeeming shareholder is treated as receiving a dividend, there is a risk that remaining shareholders whose percentage share interests in the Trust increase as a result of such sale or tender by the other shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Trust. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the private repurchase or tender offer, in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming the common shares of the Trust; if isolated, any such risk is likely remote. If, instead, the Board determines to repurchase common shares on the open market, a selling shareholder may also be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the sale, even though a selling shareholder would have no specific knowledge that he or she or it is selling shares to the Trust. In that event, there is generally a risk that remaining shareholders whose percentage share interests in the Trust increase as a result of any such open-market sales will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Trust.
To the extent the Trust recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet any such repurchase or tender, the Trust will be required to make additional distributions to its common shareholders.
31
The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences of investment in common and preferred shares of the Trust is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or become subject to new legislative, administrative, or judicial interpretation. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important U.S. federal tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Trust and does not constitute tax advice. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in common or preferred shares of the Trust. There may be other U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to particular common or preferred shareholders. For example, except as otherwise specifically noted herein, we have not described certain tax considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including shareholders subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans and trusts, RICs, dealers in securities, shareholders holding Trust shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts), financial institutions, shareholders holding Trust shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, and persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States. This summary assumes that investors hold Trust common or preferred shares as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax laws.
This summary does not discuss the tax consequences of an investment in subscription rights of the Trust, separately, or as part of a unit consisting of two or more securities. See Description of Capital StructureSubscription Rights in the Prospectus for a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Trusts issuance of subscription rights to common and preferred shareholders.
Taxation of the Trust
The Trust has elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and to be eligible to be treated as such. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the Trust must, among other things:
(i) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (as described below);
(ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Trusts taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trusts total assets consists of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trusts total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Trusts total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Trust owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, (x) in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Trust controls, as determined under applicable Code rules, and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as described below); and
(iii) distribute to its shareholders with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paidgenerally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of any net tax-exempt interest income (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions), for such year.
In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (i) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (generally, a partnership (y) interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof and (z) that meets certain qualifying income requirements but derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (i)(a) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Section 7704(c)(2) of the Code. MLPs in which the Trust may invest will generally qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
32
For purposes of meeting the diversification requirement described in (ii) above, the term outstanding voting securities of such issuer will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in (ii) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Trust investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Trusts ability to meet the diversification test in (ii) above.
If the Trust qualifies as a RIC (i.e., satisfies the source of income and diversification requirements described in (i) and (ii) above) and satisfies the annual distribution requirement described in (iii) above, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income or gains distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).
If, for any taxable year, the Trust were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution test described above, the Trust could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Trust-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions or disposing of certain assets. If the Trust were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure any such failure for any year, or if the Trust were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Trust would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions might be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and might be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and thus taxable at the lower long-term capital gain rate in the case of shareholders taxed at individual rates, provided, in both cases, the shareholder met certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Trusts shares (as described below). In addition, the Trust might be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC.
The Trust intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). Any investment company taxable income retained by the Trust will be subject to a Trust-level tax at regular corporate rates. The Trust may also retain for investment its net capital gain. If the Trust retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to Trust-level tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a timely notice to its shareholders who would then, in turn, be (i) required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Trust on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly-filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Trust makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Trust would be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholders gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Trust is not required to, and there can be no assurance the Trust will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend, its taxable income, and its earnings and profits, a RIC generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to such portion of the taxable year) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, and its (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.
If the Trust fails to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year (unless an election is made to use the Trusts taxable year), plus any such undistributed amounts from the prior year, the Trust will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RICs ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year generally (unless an election is made to use the Trusts taxable year) are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for these purposes, the Trust will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending with the calendar year. The Trust reserves the right to pay the excise tax when circumstances warrant.
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (net capital losses) are not permitted to be deducted against the Trusts net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Trust may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable year. Capital loss carryforwards are
33
reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Trust retains or distributes such gains. If the Trust incurs or has incurred net capital losses in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 (post-2010 losses), those losses will be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration to offset capital gains realized during such subsequent taxable years; any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. If the Trust incurred net capital losses in a taxable year beginning on or before December 22, 2010 (pre-2011 losses), the Trust is permitted to carry such losses forward for eight taxable years; in the year to which they are carried forward, such losses are treated as short-term capital losses that first offset any short-term capital gains, and then offset any long-term capital gains. The Trust must use any post-2010 losses, which will not expire, before it uses any pre-2011 losses. This increases the likelihood that pre-2011 losses will expire unused at the conclusion of the eight-year carryforward period.
The Trusts ability to use net capital losses may be limited following the occurrence of certain (i) acquisitive reorganizations and (ii) shifts in the ownership of the Trust by a shareholder owning or treated as owning 5% or more of the shares of the Trust (each, an ownership change). The Code may similarly limit the Trusts ability to use any of its other capital losses, or ordinary losses, that have accrued but have not been recognized (i.e., built-in losses) at the time of an ownership change to the extent they are realized within the five-year period following the ownership change.
See the Trusts most recent annual shareholder report for the Trusts available capital loss carryovers as of the end of its most recently ended fiscal year.
Trust Distributions
Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Trust before a shareholder invested in the Trust (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid for its shares). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares through the Trusts Dividend Reinvestment Plan. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in shares through the Trusts Dividend Reinvestment Plan will be treated as having received a dividend equal to, generally, the fair market value of new shares issued to the shareholder. See Dividend Reinvestment Plan in the Trusts Prospectus for more information.
Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated under the Code as received by shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, a dividend paid to shareholders in January of a year generally is deemed to have been paid by the Trust on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year.
Your broker or other intermediary will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any dividends or other distributions paid to you by the Trust.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Trust has owned or is treated as having owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, the Trust will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by the Trust as capital gain dividends (Capital Gain Dividends) will generally be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains. Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryovers. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (that is, the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss for the taxable year, in each case determined with reference to loss carryforwards) will generally be taxable to shareholders receiving such distributions as ordinary income. Distributions of investment income reported by the Trust as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Trust level. The Trust does not expect a significant portion of Trust distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.
The Trust will designate dividends made to holders of common shares and to holders of preferred shares in accordance with each classs proportionate share of each item of Trust income (such as net capital gains and other taxable income). A classs proportionate share of a particular type of income for a year is determined according to the percentage of total dividends paid by the Trust during that year to the class. Although the matter is not free from doubt, due to the absence of direct regulatory or judicial authority, under current law the manner in which the Trust intends to allocate items of ordinary income and net capital gain between the Trusts common shares and its preferred shares will be respected for federal income tax purposes. It is possible that the IRS could disagree and attempt to reallocate the Trusts net capital gain or other taxable income.
In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Trust shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Trust must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder
34
must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Trusts shares. In general, a dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Trust or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.
In general, distributions of investment income reported by the Trust as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed at individual rates, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described in the paragraph immediately above with respect to the Trusts shares.
In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of the Trust will qualify for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Trust from domestic corporations for the taxable year. In general, a dividend received by the Trust will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Trust has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (ii) to the extent that the Trust is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may be disallowed or reduced (i) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Trust or (ii) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). The Trust does not expect a significant portion of Trust distributions to be eligible for this corporate dividends-received deduction.
Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by the Trust in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by the Trust on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Trust will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by the Trust of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale or exchange of Trust shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Trust.
Return of Capital Distributions
If the Trust makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of the Trusts current and accumulated earnings and profits in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such shareholders tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholders tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares.
Distributions on the Trusts shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Trusts realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholders investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Trusts net asset value reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains, that were therefore included in the price the shareholder paid. Such distributions may reduce the value of the Trusts shares below the shareholders cost basis in those shares. As described above, the Trust is required to distribute realized income and gains regardless of whether the Trusts net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.
Tax Implications of Certain Trust Investments
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Trust in the secondary market may be treated as having market discount. Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID (as defined below), its revised issue price)
35
over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt obligation having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the accrued market discount on such debt obligation. Alternatively, a holder may elect to accrue market discount currently. As of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, the Trust has made this election, and as such, the Trust is required to include currently any accrued market discount on such debt obligations in the Trusts taxable income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the terms of the obligations, even though payment of those amounts is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the applicable debt obligations. The Trust reserves the right to revoke this election at any time pursuant to applicable IRS procedures. The rate at which market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Trusts income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Trust elects.
In addition, some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (OID) is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Trust) over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation. In addition, PIK securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Trust receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year in which the income was accrued.
The Trust expects that a substantial portion of the Trusts investments in loans and other debt obligations will be treated as having market discount and/or OID, which, in some cases, could be significant.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Trust may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, acquisition discount (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). Generally, the Trust will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) over the term of the debt obligation and thus distribute it over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Trusts income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Trust elects.
Some preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer the payment of distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Trust owns a preferred security that is deferring the payment of its distributions, the Trust may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any such deferred distribution even though the Trust has not yet actually received the cash distribution.
As a result of holding the foregoing kinds of debt obligations or other debt obligations subject to special rules under the Code, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest (or dividends in the case of preferred securities) the Trust actually received. Such distributions may be made from, among other things, the cash assets of the Trust or cash generated from the Trusts liquidation of portfolio securities. The Trust may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Trust realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain or ordinary dividend, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
Investments in distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Trust. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent the Trust should recognize market discount on these debt obligations, when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent the Trust may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Trust should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Trust when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
A portion of the OID accrued on certain high-yield discount obligations owned by the Trust may not be deductible to the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends-received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the obligation is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Trust may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such OID.
Any transactions by the Trust in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Trust distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Trust to offset income or gains earned in subsequent years.
36
Any equity investments by the Trust in certain passive foreign investment companies (PFICs) could potentially subject the Trust to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the PFIC or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the PFIC. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Trust shareholders. However, the Trust may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, the Trust may elect to treat a PFIC as a qualified electing fund ( i.e. , make a QEF election), in which case the Trust will be required to include its share of the PFICs income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the company. The Trust also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings to the market as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Trusts taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Trust to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Trust to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Trusts total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.
Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, the Trust may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.
Income proceeds and gains received by the Trust from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Shareholders generally will not be entitled to separately claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes incurred by the Trust. This will decrease the Trusts yield on securities subject to such taxes.
The Trusts Derivative Transactions, as well as any of its other hedging, short sale or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including, for instance, notional principal contract, mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short-sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Trust are treated as ordinary or capital and/or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Trust, defer losses, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Trusts securities. The rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders.
Because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Trust has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Trust-level tax.
Certain of the Trusts Derivative Transactions and investments in foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Trusts transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and the Trusts book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Trust could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment and to avoid a Trust-level tax. In the alternative, if the Trusts book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Trusts remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from any tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipients basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.
The Trusts investments in equity securities of REITs may result in the Trusts receipt of cash in excess of the REITs earnings; if the Trust distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Trust shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by the Trust from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.
Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Trusts income (if any) (including income allocated to the Trust from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC) (including residual interests in collateralized mortgage obligations) or an equity interest in a taxable mortgage pool (TMP) (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, to the extent the Trust invests in any such interests, it may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt shareholders (as noted below in Tax-Exempt Shareholders).
In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including a
37
qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return, to file such a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.
Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, the Code generally allows individuals and certain non-corporate entities a deduction for 20% of qualified REIT dividends. Recently issued proposed regulations allow a regulated investment company such as the Trust to pass the character of its qualified REIT dividends through to its shareholders provided certain holding period requirements are met. As a result, eligible shareholders in the Trust may receive the benefit of the deduction with respect to qualified REIT dividends received by the Trust that are distributed to shareholders.
Backup Withholding
Your broker or other intermediary generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the broker or other intermediary with a correct taxpayer identification number (TIN), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the broker or other intermediary that he or she is not subject to such withholding.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholders U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.
Sale or Exchange of Trust Shares
The sale or exchange of Trust shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Trust shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Trust shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their Capital Gain Dividends with capital loss from other sources. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting the circumstances under which capital loss may be offset against capital gain and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations
Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct holders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayers treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Non-U.S. Shareholders
Distributions by the Trust to shareholders that are not U.S. persons within the meaning of the Code (foreign shareholders) properly reported by the Trust as (1) Capital Gain Dividends, (2) short-term capital gain dividends and (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, generally are not subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding.
In general, the Code defines (1) short-term capital gain dividends as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) interest-related dividends as distributions from U.S. source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case, to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by the Trust in a written notice to shareholders.
38
The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests (USRPIs) as described below.
The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation.
39
The Trust is permitted to report such part of its dividends as short-term capital gain and/or interest-related dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders.
Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.
Distributions by the Trust to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends (e.g., dividends attributable to dividend and foreign-source interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).
A foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Trust unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States, (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of USRPIs apply to the foreign shareholders sale of shares of the Trust (as described below).
Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from the Trust is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Trust at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Trust and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents of a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Special rules would apply if the Trust were a qualified investment entity (QIE) because it is either a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporations USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs generally are defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years. A RIC that holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in REITs may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and RICs that are QIEs, not-greater-than-10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in RICs generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether a RIC is a QIE.
If an interest in the Trust were a USRPI, a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder generally would be required to file a U.S. tax return in connection with the sale of its Trust shares, and pay related taxes due on any gain realized on the sale.
If the Trust were a QIE, under a special look-through rule, any distributions by the Trust to a foreign shareholder attributable directly or indirectly to (i) distributions received by the Trust from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Trust is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Trust would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Trusts foreign shareholders and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the foreign shareholders current and past ownership of the Trust.
Foreign shareholders of the Trust also may be subject to wash sale rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and - payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Trust shares.
The Trust generally does not expect that it will be a QIE.
Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the Trust.
40
In order to have qualified for any exemption from withholding described above (to the extent applicable) or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must have complied with applicable certification and filing requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisers in this regard.
Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Trust shares through foreign partnerships. Additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and estates. Investors holding Trust shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisers.
A foreign shareholder may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal tax on income referred to above.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders
Income of the Trust that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax exempt entity generally will not constitute UBTI when distributed to tax-exempt shareholders of the Trust. Notwithstanding this blocking effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Trust if shares in the Trust constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Code.
A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if the Trust recognizes excess inclusion income derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICS or equity interests in TMPs if the amount of such income recognized by the Trust exceeds the Trusts investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Trust).
In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in Section 664 of the Code) that realizes any UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a RIC that recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a RIC that recognizes excess inclusion income, then the RIC will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act, the Trust may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholders distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholders interest in the Trust.
CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Trust.
Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts
Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Trust could be required to report annually their financial interest in the Trusts foreign financial accounts, if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR). Shareholders should consult their tax advisers, and persons investing in the Trust through an intermediary should contact their intermediary to determine the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.
Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, FATCA) generally require the Trust to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an IGA). If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the Trust may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. Recently issued proposed regulations would eliminate the 30% withholding tax with respect to the gross proceeds from the sale or exchange of shares and certain Capital Gain Dividends that was scheduled to go in to effect after December 31, 2018. If a payment by the Trust is subject to FATCA withholding, the Trust is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends).
41
Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investors own situation, including investments through an intermediary.
42
Shares Purchased Through Tax Qualified Plans
Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of shares of the Trust as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.
General Considerations
The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of shares of the Trust, as well as the effects of state, local and foreign tax law and any proposed tax law changes.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provides accounting and auditing services to the Trust.
The custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company (One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111). The custodian performs custodial services for the Trust.
A registration statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares offered hereby (the Registration Statement), has been filed by the Trust with the SEC. The Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Trust and the securities offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SECs principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.
The Trusts audited financial statements appearing in the Trusts annual shareholder report for the period ended December 31, 2018 are incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. The Trusts annual and semiannual shareholder reports are available upon request and without charge by writing to the Trust at 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201 or by calling 1-866-351-4440 and viewed on the Trusts website at www.nexpointadvisors.com.
43
Standard & Poors A brief description of the applicable rating symbols of Standard & Poors and their meanings (as published by Standard & Poors) follows:
Issue Credit Rating Definitions
A Standard & Poors issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poors view of the obligors capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poors analysis of the following considerations:
i) |
Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
ii) |
Nature of and provisions of the obligation, and the promise we impute; |
iii) |
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights. |
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA
An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA
An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A
An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB
An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
A-1
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB
An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC
An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC
An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The CC rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poors expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C
An obligation rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D
An obligation rated D is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligations rating is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Plus (+) or minus ()
The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus () sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poors does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
A-2
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1
A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2
A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3
A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C
A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D
A short-term obligation rated D is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligations rating is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
SPUR (Standard & Poors Underlying Rating)
A SPUR rating is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poors maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
A Standard & Poors U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poors opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poors analysis will review the following considerations:
a. |
Amortization schedule the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and |
A-3
b. |
Source of payment the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note. Note rating symbols are as follows: |
SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Dual Ratings
Dual Ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, AAA/A-1+ or A-1+/A-1). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, SP-1+/A-1+).
The analyses, including ratings, of Standard & Poors and its affiliates (together, Standard and Poors) are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions. Standard & Poors assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings or other analyses should not rely on them in making any investment decision. Standard &Poors opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Standard & Poors does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor except where registered as such. While Standard & Poors has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, Standard & Poors does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and other opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)
Standard & Poors uses six qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a p qualifier, which indicates the rating addressed the principal portion of the obligation only. Likewise, the qualifier can indicate a limitation on the type of information used, such as pi for public information. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.
Federal deposit insurance limit: L qualifier
Ratings qualified with L apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
Principal: p qualifier
This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The p suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.
Public Information Ratings: pi qualifier
Ratings with a pi suffix are based on an analysis of an issuers published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuers management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a pi suffix. Ratings with a pi suffix are reviewed annually based on a new years financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuers credit quality.
A-4
Preliminary Ratings: prelim qualifier
Preliminary ratings, with the prelim suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poors of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poors reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation of legal opinions. |
|
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poors policies. |
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligors emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). |
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poors opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities. |
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poors would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings. |
|
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating. |
Termination Structures: t qualifier
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)
Contingent upon final documentation: * in active qualifier
This symbol that indicated that the ratings was contingent upon Standard & Poor s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.
Termination of obligation to tender: c inactive qualifier
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer was lowered to below an investment-grade level and/or the issuers bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.
U.S. direct government securities: G inactive qualifier
The letter G followed the rating symbol when a funds portfolio consisted primarily of direct U.S. government securities.
Provisional Ratings: pr inactive qualifier
The letters pr indicate that the rating was provisional. A provisional rating assumed the successful completion of a project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that the payment of debt service requirements was largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, made no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion.
A-5
Quantitative Analysis of public information: q inactive qualifier
A q subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.
Extraordinary risks: r inactive qualifier
The r modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, which are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an r modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poors discontinued the use of the r modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.
Moodys Investors Service, Inc. A brief description of the applicable Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moodys) follows:
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Moodys long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of a fixed income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Moodys Global Long-Term Rating Scale Definitions:
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper medium-grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
A-6
Note : Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a (hyb) indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.
* |
By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write- downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security. |
Medium-Term Note Ratings
Moodys assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).
MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moodys assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating and is defined elsewhere in this document.
The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuers default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.
Moodys encourages market participants to contact Moodys Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
Global Short-Term Rating Scale:
Moodys short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
Moodys employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
A-7
POLICY REGARDING PROXY VOTING
Purpose and Scope
The purpose of these voting policies and procedures (the Policy) is to set forth the principles and procedures by which NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (the Company) votes or gives consents with respect to the securities owned by Clients for which the Company exercises voting authority and discretion. 1 For avoidance of doubt, this includes any proxy and any shareholder vote or consent, including a vote or consent for a private company or other issuer that does not involve a proxy. These policies and procedures have been designed to help ensure that votes are cast in the best interests of Clients in accordance with the Companys fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act).
This Policy applies to securities held in all Client accounts (including Retail Funds and other pooled investment vehicles) as to which the Company has explicit or implicit voting authority. Implicit voting authority exists where the Companys voting authority is implied by a general delegation of investment authority without reservation of proxy voting authority to the Client.
If the Company has delegated voting authority to an investment sub-adviser with respect to any Retail Fund, such sub-adviser will be responsible for voting all proxies for such Retail Funds in accordance with the sub-advisers proxy voting policies. The Compliance Department, to provide oversight over the proxy voting by sub-advisers and to ensure that votes are executed in the best interests of the Retail Funds, shall (i) review the proxy voting policies and procedures of each Retail Fund sub-adviser to confirm that they comply with Rule 206(4)-6, both upon engagement of the sub-adviser and upon any material change to the sub-advisers proxy voting policies and procedures, and (ii) require each such sub-adviser to provide quarterly certifications that all proxies were voted pursuant to the sub-advisers policies and procedures or to describe any inconsistent votes.
General Principles
The Company and its affiliates engage in a broad range of activities, including investment activities for their own accounts and for the accounts of various Clients and providing investment advisory and other services to Clients. In the ordinary course of conducting the Companys activities, the interests of a Client may conflict with the interests of the Company, other Clients and/or the Companys affiliates and their clients. Any conflicts of interest relating to the voting of proxies, regardless of whether actual or perceived, will be addressed in accordance with these policies and procedures. The guiding principle by which the Company votes all proxies is to vote in the best interests of each Client by maximizing the economic value of the relevant Clients holdings, taking into account the relevant Clients investment horizon, the contractual obligations under the relevant advisory agreements or comparable documents and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. The Company does not permit voting decisions to be influenced in any manner that is contrary to, or dilutive of, this guiding principle.
Voting Procedures
Third-Party Proxy Advisors
The Company may engage a third-party proxy advisor (Proxy Advisor) to provide proxy voting recommendations with respect to Client proxies. Proxy Advisor voting recommendation guidelines are generally designed to increase investors potential financial gain. When considering whether to retain or continue retaining any particular Proxy Advisor, the Compliance Department will ascertain, among other things, whether the Proxy Advisor has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues. In this regard, the Compliance Department will consider, among other things: the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Advisors staffing and
1 |
In any case where a Client has instructed the Company to vote in a particular manner on the Clients behalf, those instructions will govern in lieu of parameters set forth in the Policy. personnel; the robustness of its policies and procedures regarding its ability to (a) ensure that its proxy voting recommendations are based on current and accurate information and (b) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that the Compliance Department determines would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the Proxy Advisor. To identify and address any conflicts that may arise on the part of the Proxy Advisor, the Compliance Department will ensure that the Proxy Advisor notifies the Compliance Department of any relevant business changes or changes to its policies and procedures regarding conflicts. |
B-1
Third-Party Proxy Voting Services
The Company may utilize a third-party proxy voting service (Proxy Voting Service) to monitor holdings in Client accounts for purposes of determining whether there are upcoming shareholder meetings or similar corporate actions and to execute Client proxies on behalf of the Company pursuant to the Companys instructions, which shall be given in a manner consistent with this Policy. The Compliance Department will oversee each Proxy Voting Service to ensure that proxies have been voted in a manner consistent with the Companys instructions.
Monitoring
Subject to the procedures regarding Nonstandard Proxy Notices described below, the Compliance Department of the Company shall have responsibility for monitoring Client accounts for proxy notices. Except as detailed below, if proxy notices are received by other employees of the Company, such employees must promptly forward all proxy or other voting materials to the Compliance Department.
Portfolio Manager Review and Instruction
From time to time, the settlement group of the Company may receive nonstandard proxy notices, regarding matters including, but not limited to, proposals regarding corporate actions or amendments (Nonstandard Proxy Notices) with respect to securities held by Clients. Upon receipt of a Nonstandard Proxy Notice, a member of the settlement group (the Settlement Designee) shall send an email notification containing all relevant information to the Portfolio Manager(s) with responsibility for the security and [ .com] . Generally, the relevant Portfolio Manager(s) shall deliver voting instructions for Nonstandard Proxy Notices by replying to the email notice sent to the Portfolio Manager(s) and [ .com] by the Settlement Designee or by sending voting instructions to [ .com] and copying [ .com] . Any conflicts for Nonstandard Proxy Notices should also be disclosed to the Compliance Department. In the event a Portfolio Manager orally conveys voting instructions to the Settlement Designee or any other member of the Companys settlement group, that Settlement Designee or member of the Companys settlement group shall respond to the original notice email sent to [ .com] detailing the Portfolio Manager(s) voting instructions.
With regard to standard proxy notices, on a weekly basis, the Compliance Department will send a notice of upcoming proxy votes related to securities held by Clients and the corresponding voting recommendations of the Proxy Advisor to the relevant Portfolio Manager(s). Upon receipt of a proxy notice from the Compliance Department, the Portfolio Manager(s) will review and evaluate the upcoming votes and recommendations. The Portfolio Managers may rely on any information and/or research available to him or her and may, in his or her discretion, meet with members of an issuers management to discuss matters of importance to the relevant Clients and their economic interests. Should the Portfolio Manager determine that deviating from the Proxy Advisors recommendation is in a Clients best interest, the Portfolio Manager shall communicate his or her voting instructions to the Compliance Department.
In the event that more than one Portfolio Manager is responsible for making a particular voting decision and such Portfolio Managers are unable to arrive at an agreement as to how to vote with respect to a particular proposal, they should consult with the applicable Chief Compliance Officer (the CCO) for guidance.
Voting
Upon receipt of the relevant Portfolio Managers voting instructions, if any, the Compliance Department will communicate the instructions to the Proxy Voting Service to execute the proxy votes.
Non-Votes
It is the general policy of the Company to vote or give consent on all matters presented to security holders in any vote, and these policies and procedures have been designated with that in mind. However, the Company reserves the right to abstain on any particular vote if, in the judgment of the CCO, or the relevant Portfolio Manager, the effect on the relevant Clients economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant in relation to the Clients portfolio, if the costs associated with voting in any particular instance outweigh the benefits to the relevant Clients or if the circumstances make such an abstention or withholding otherwise advisable and in the best interests of the relevant Clients not to vote. Such determination may apply in respect of all Client holdings of the securities or only certain specified Clients, as the Company deems appropriate under the circumstances. As examples, a Portfolio Manager may determine: (a) not to recall securities on loan if, in his or her judgment, the matters being voted upon are not material events affecting the securities and the negative consequences to Clients of disrupting the securities lending program would outweigh the benefits of voting in the particular instance or (b) not to vote proxies relating to certain foreign securities if, in his or her judgment, the expense and administrative inconvenience outweighs the benefits to Clients of voting the securities.
B-2
Conflicts of Interest
The Companys Compliance Department is responsible for monitoring voting decisions for any conflicts of interest, regardless of whether they are actual or perceived. All voting decisions contrary to the recommendation of a Proxy Advisor require a mandatory conflicts of interest review by the Compliance Department, which will include a consideration of whether the Company or any Portfolio Manager or other person recommending or providing input on how to vote has an interest in the vote that may present a conflict of interest.
In addition, all Company investment professionals are expected to perform their tasks relating to the voting of proxies in accordance with the principles set forth above, according the first priority to the best interest of the relevant Clients. If at any time a Portfolio Manager or any other investment professional becomes aware of a potential or actual conflict of interest regarding any particular voting decision, he or she must contact the Compliance Department promptly and, if in connection with a proxy that has yet to be voted, prior to such vote. If any investment professional is pressured or lobbied, whether from inside or outside the Company, with respect to any particular voting decision, he or she should contact the Compliance Department promptly. The CCO will use his or her best judgment to address any such conflict of interest and ensure that it is resolved in accordance with his or her independent assessment of the best interests of the relevant Clients.
In the event of a conflict, the Company may choose to address such conflict by: (i) voting in accordance with the Proxy Advisors recommendation; (ii) the CCO determining how to vote the proxy (if the CCO approves deviation from the Proxy Advisors recommendation, then the CCO shall document the rationale for the vote); (iii) echo voting or mirror voting the proxy in the same proportion as the votes of other proxy holders that are not Clients; or (iv) with respect to Clients other than Retail Funds, notifying the affected Client of the material conflict of interest and seeking a waiver of the conflict or obtaining such Clients voting instructions. Where the Compliance Department deems appropriate, third parties may be used to help resolve conflicts. In this regard, the CCO or his or her delegate shall have the power to retain fiduciaries, consultants or professionals to assist with voting decisions and/or to delegate voting or consent powers to such fiduciaries, consultants or professionals.
Where a conflict of interest arises with respect to a voting decision for a Retail Fund, the Company shall disclose the conflict and the rationale for the vote taken to the Retail Funds Board of Directors/Trustees at the next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. The Compliance Department will maintain a log documenting the basis for the decision and will furnish the log to the Board of Trustees.
Material Conflicts of Interest
The following relationships or circumstances are examples of situations that may give rise to a material conflict of interest for purposes of this Policy. This list is not exclusive or determinative; any potential conflict (including payments of the types described below but less than the specified threshold) should be identified to the Companys Compliance Department:
(i) |
The issuer is a Client of the Company, or of an affiliate, accounting for more than 5% of the Companys or affiliates annual revenues. |
(ii) |
The issuer is an entity that reasonably could be expected to pay the Company or its affiliates more than $1 million through the end of the Companys next two full fiscal years. |
(iii) |
The issuer is an entity in which a Covered Person (as defined in the Companys Policies and Procedures Designed to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading and to Comply with Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Code of Ethics)) has a beneficial interest contrary to the position held by the Company on behalf of Clients. |
(iv) |
The issuer is an entity in which an officer or partner of the Company or a relative of any such person is or was an officer, director or employee, or such person or relative otherwise has received more than $150,000 in fees, compensation and other payment from the issuer during the Companys last three fiscal years; provided, however, that the Compliance Department may deem such a relationship not to be a material conflict of interest if the Company representative serves as an officer or director of the issuer at the direction of the Company for purposes of seeking control over the issuer. |
(v) |
The matter under consideration could reasonably be expected to result in a material financial benefit to the Company or its affiliates through the end of the Companys next two full fiscal years (for example, a vote to increase an investment advisory fee for a Retail Fund advised by the Company or an affiliate). |
(vi) |
Another Client or prospective Client of the Company, directly or indirectly, conditions future engagement of the Company on voting proxies in respect of any Clients securities on a particular matter in a particular way. |
B-3
(vii) |
The Company holds various classes and types of equity and debt securities of the same issuer contemporaneously in different Client portfolios. |
(viii) |
Any other circumstance where the Companys duty to serve its Clients interests, typically referred to as its duty of loyalty, could be compromised. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a conflict of interest described above shall not be considered material for the purposes of this Policy in respect of a specific vote or circumstance if:
The securities in respect of which the Company has the power to vote account for less than 1% of the issuers outstanding voting securities, but only if: (i) such securities do not represent one of the 10 largest holdings of such issuers outstanding voting securities and (ii) such securities do not represent more than 2% of the Clients holdings with the Company.
The matter to be voted on relates to a restructuring of the terms of existing securities or the issuance of new securities or a similar matter arising out of the holding of securities, other than common equity, in the context of a bankruptcy or threatened bankruptcy of the issuer.
Recordkeeping
Following the submission of a proxy vote, the Fund will maintain a report of the vote and all relevant documentation.
The Fund shall retain records relating to the voting of proxies and the Company shall conduct due diligence, including on Proxy Voting Services and Proxy Advisors, as applicable, to ensure the following records are adequately maintained by the appropriate party:
(i) |
Copies of this Policy and any amendments thereto. |
(ii) |
A current copy of the Proxy Advisors voting guidelines, as amended. |
(iii) |
A copy of each proxy statement that the Company receives regarding Client securities. The Company may rely on a third party to make and retain, on the Companys behalf, a copy of a proxy statement, provided that the Company has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request. |
(iv) |
Records of each vote cast by the Company on behalf of Clients. The Company may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on the Companys behalf, a record of the vote cast, provided that the Company has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request. |
(v) |
A copy of any documents created by the Company that were material to making a decision how to vote or that memorializes the basis for that decision. |
(vi) |
A copy of each written request for information on how the Company voted proxies on behalf of the Client, and a copy of any written response by the Company to any (oral or written) request for information on how the Company voted. |
These records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the Companys fiscal year during which the last entry was made in the records, the first two years in an appropriate office of the Company. 2
Enforcement of this Policy
It shall be the responsibility of the Compliance Department to handle or coordinate the enforcement of this Policy. The Compliance Department will periodically sample proxy voting records to ensure that proxies have been voted in accordance with this Policy, with a particular focus on any proxy votes that require additional analysis (e.g., proxies voted contrary to the recommendations of a Proxy Advisor).
If the Compliance Department determines that a Proxy Advisor or Proxy Voting Service may have committed a material error, the Compliance Department will investigate the error, taking into account the nature of the error, and seek to determine whether the Proxy Advisor or Proxy Voting Service is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future.
B-4
In addition, no less frequently than annually, the Compliance Department will review the adequacy of this Policy to ensure that it has been implemented effectively and to confirm that this Policy continues to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of Clients.
2 |
If the Company has essentially immediate access to a book or record (on the Companys proprietary system or otherwise) through a computer located at an appropriate office of the Company, then that book or record will be considered to be maintained at an appropriate office of the Company. Immediate access to books and records includes that the Company has the ability to provide promptly to Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) examination staff hard copies of the books and records or access to the storage medium. The party responsible for the applicable books and records as described above shall also be responsible for ensuring that those books and records for the first two years are either physically maintained in an appropriate office of the Company or that the Company otherwise has essentially immediate access to the required books and records for the first two years. |
Disclosures to Clients and Investors
The Company includes a description of its policies and procedures regarding proxy voting in Part 2 of Form ADV, along with a statement that Clients can contact the CCO to obtain a copy of these policies and procedures and information about how the Company voted with respect to a Clients securities. This Policy is, however, subject to change at any time without notice.
As a matter of policy, the Company does not disclose how it expects to vote on upcoming proxies. Additionally, the Company does not disclose the way it voted proxies to unaffiliated third parties without a legitimate need to know such information.
B-5
Part C
Other Information
Item 25. |
Financial Statements and Exhibits |
1. Financial Statements
Part A Financial Highlights.
Part B Audited financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2018 are incorporated by reference herein to the Trusts annual report for the period ended December 31, 2018.
2. Exhibits
(a) | Agreement and Declaration of Trust (1) | |
(b) | By-Laws (1) | |
(c) | Not applicable | |
(d)(1) | Provisions of instruments defining the rights of holders of securities are contained in the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws | |
(e) | Dividend Reinvestment Plan, filed herewith. | |
(f) | Not applicable | |
(g) | Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement, dated June 29, 2006, between the Trust and NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (7) | |
(h) | Not applicable | |
(i) | Not applicable | |
(j)(1) | Master Custodian Agreement, dated October 1, 2012, between the Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (7) | |
(j)(2) | Appendix A and B to the Master Custodian Agreement, dated October 1, 2012, between the Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company (7) | |
(k)(1) | Transfer Agency and Registrar Services Agreement, dated January 18, 2013, between the Trust and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (10) | |
(k)(2) | Administration Services Agreement, dated June 29, 2006, between the Trust and Highland Capital Management, L.P. (10) | |
(k)(3) | Amendment No. 1, dated June 6, 2008, to Administration Services Agreement, dated December 4, 2006, between the Trust and Highland Capital Management, L.P. (10) | |
(k)(4) | Master Sub-Administration Agreement, dated July 19, 2018, between SEI investments Global Funds Services and NexPoint Advisors, L.P. filed herewith. | |
(k)(5) | Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (BNP) and the Trust (8) | |
(k)(6) | First Amendment Agreement, dated May 29, 2013, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (12) | |
(k)(7) | Second Amendment Agreement, dated December 11, 2013, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (10) | |
(k)(8) | Third Amendment Agreement, dated May 6, 2014, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (10) |
(k)(9) | Fourth Amendment Agreement, dated October 28, 2014, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (10) | |
(k)(10) | Fifth Amendment Agreement, dated February 26, 2015, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (10) | |
(k)(11) | Sixth Amendment Agreement, dated August 3, 2015, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (11) | |
(k)(12) | Seventh Amendment Agreement, dated November 30, 2015, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (11) | |
(k)(13) | Eighth Amendment Agreement, dated December 9, 2015, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (11) | |
(k)(14) | Ninth Amendment Agreement, dated March 16, 2016, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (18) | |
(k)(15) | Tenth Amendment Agreement, dated March 9, 2018, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated May 16, 2013, between BNP and the Trust (18) | |
(k)(16) | Annex to the Master Repurchase Agreement dated November 17, 2017, between BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (17) | |
(k)(17) | Form of Special Custody and Pledge Agreement (8) | |
(k)(18) | Form of U.S. PB Agreement (8) | |
(k)(19) | Rights Offering Marketing Support Agreement dated March 16, 2018, between Highland Capital Funds Distributor, Inc. and the Trust (18) | |
(k)(20) | ISDA Master Agreement dated August 4, 2017, Credit Support Annex and related Schedules between Societe Generale and NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (17) | |
(k)(21) | Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated August 14, 2018, between the Trust, NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC and NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC and Keybank, National Association, filed herewith. | |
(l)(1) | Opinion of Counsel to the Trust Dated March [XX], 2019, to be filed by amendment. | |
(l)(2) | Consent of Counsel to the Trust Dated March 5, 2019, filed herewith. | |
(m) | Not applicable | |
(n) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, filed herewith. | |
(o) | Not applicable | |
(p) | Subscription Agreement, dated June 1, 2006, between the Trust and Highland Capital Management Services, Inc. (1) | |
(q) | Not applicable | |
(r)(1) | Code of Ethics of the Trust (13) | |
(r)(2) | Code of Ethics of the Investment Adviser, filed herewith. | |
(s)(1) | Powers of Attorney for Timothy K. Hui, Ethan Powell, Bryan A. Ward, John Honis and Dr. Bob Froehlich (17) | |
(s)(2) | Power of Attorney for Dustin Norris, filed herewith. |
(1) |
Incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-132436), filed on June 9, 2006. |
(2) |
Incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-132436), filed on June 21, 2006. |
(3) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-156464), filed on December 24, 2008. |
(4) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-173004), filed on March 23, 2011. |
(5) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-173004), filed on July 29, 2011. |
(6) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-173004), filed on May 7, 2013. |
(7) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-173004), filed on August 21, 2013. |
(8) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-173004), filed on November 12, 2013. |
(9) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-173004), filed on May 1, 2014. |
(10) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-173004), filed on April 30, 2015. |
(11) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-209877), filed on March 2, 2016. |
(12) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-215796), filed on January 27, 2017. |
(13) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-215796), filed on March 13, 2017. |
(14) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-215796), filed on April 14, 2017. |
(15) |
Incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-215796), filed on April 21, 2017. |
(16) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-219983), filed on August 15, 2017. |
(17) |
Incorporated by reference from the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-219983), filed on December 19, 2017. |
(18) |
Incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-219983), filed March 23, 2018. |
Item 26. |
Marketing Arrangements |
Not applicable.
Item 27. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with all offerings described in this Registration Statement:
Legal Fees |
$ | 95,000 | ||
Subscription Agent |
49,400 | |||
Information Agent |
15,000 | |||
Printing and Mailing |
10,000 | |||
NYSE Listing Fee |
60,600 | |||
SEC Registration Fee |
5,000 | |||
FINRA Fee |
0 | |||
Other |
[15,000 | ] | ||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | [250,000 | ] |
Note: All amounts are estimates.
Item 28. |
Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Registrant |
As of January 31, 2019, the Trust beneficially owns 100% of NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC and 100% of NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC, each a Delaware limited liability company that has elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust. See Portfolio Composition in the Trusts Prospectus and Investment Policies and TechniquesReal Estate Investment Trusts REITS in the Trusts statement of additional information filed herewith.
Item 29. |
Number of Holders of Shares |
As of January 31, 2019:
Title of Class |
Number of
Registered Holders |
|||
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest |
1,222 |
Item 30. |
Indemnification |
Article V of the Registrants Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
5.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc . No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
5.2 Mandatory Indemnification . (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an indemnitee) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as disabling conduct). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any
of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those trustees who are neither interested persons of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act) nor parties to the proceeding ( Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitees good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or trustees who are disinterested persons (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the Investment Company Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the trustees.
5.3 No Bond Required of Trustees . No trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
5.4 No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc . No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the Investment Company Act.
5.5 Reliance on Experts, etc . Each trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in
good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trusts officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a trustee.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Trust of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Trust in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Trust will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. Reference is made to Section 7 of the Dealer Manager Agreement, which will be filed as Exhibit (h) in a subsequent pre-effective amendment and will discuss the rights, responsibilities and limitations with respect to indemnity and contribution.
Item 31. |
Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor |
(a) The description of the business of NexPoint Advisors, L.P. (NexPoint), the investment adviser, is set forth under the caption Management of the Funds in the Prospectus and under the caption Management in the SAI, each forming part of this Registration Statement. The information as to other businesses, if any, and the directors and officers of NexPoint is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the SEC through the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD) on (File No. 801-54874) and as amended through the date hereof, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P., Highland Capital Management, L.P. (HCM) and NexBank Securities, Inc., each with its principal place of business located at 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201, are registered investment advisers affiliated with NexPoint.
The following person is a non-executive officer of HCMFA and NexPoint:
(1) Jason Post, Chief Compliance Officer
The following persons are executive offers of the general partner of HCM, Strand Advisors XVI, Inc.:
(1) Trey Parker, Executive Vice President
(2) Frank Waterhouse, Treasurer
(4) Dustin Norris, Secretary
The following persons are executive officers of the general partner of HCM and Strand Advisors, Inc.:
(1) James Dondero, President
(2) Mark Okada, Executive Vice President
(3) Scott Ellington, Secretary
(4) Frank Waterhouse, Treasurer
(5) Trey Parker, Assistant Secretary
The following persons are non-executive officers of NexBank Securities, Inc.
(1) David Holt, Chief Compliance Officer
(2) Stacy Hodges, Financial and Operations Principal
Item 32. |
Location of Accounts and Records |
(1) American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 (records relating to its function as transfer agent).
(2) State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111 (records relating to its function as custodian).
(3) NexPoint Advisors, L.P., 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201 (records relating to its function as adviser and administrator).
(4) SEI Investments Global Fund Services, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (records relating to its function as sub-administrator).
Item 33. |
Management Services |
Not Applicable.
Item 34. |
Undertakings |
(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its shares until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its Registration Statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
(2) The Registrant undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant to the registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective under the 1933 Act in the event the shares of the Registrant are trading below its net asset value and either (i) the Registrant receives, or has been advised by its independent registered accounting firm that it will receive, an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding the registrants ability to continue as a going concern; or (ii) the Registrant has concluded that a material adverse change has occurred in its financial position or results of operations that has caused the financial statements and other disclosures on the basis of which the offering would be made to be materially misleading.
(3) If the securities being registered are to be offered to existing shareholders pursuant to rights, and any securities not taken by shareholders are to be reoffered to the public, the Registrant undertakes to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, the Registrant further undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering.
(4) The Registrant undertakes:
(a) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act;
(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and
(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
(b) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the 1933 Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C; each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the 1933 Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in this registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in this registration statement or prospectus that is part of this registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into this registration statement or prospectus that is art of this registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in this registration statement or prospectus that was part of this registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;
(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act;
(2) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(3) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
(5) The Registrant undertakes that:
(a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497 (h) under the 1933 Act shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(6) The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.
(7) The Registrant undertakes to file a post-effective amendment under Section 8(c) of the 1933 Act in connection with any one or more offerings of the Registrants common shares (including rights to purchase the common shares) below net asset value that will result in greater than 15% dilution, in the aggregate, to existing net asset value per share.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas and the State of Texas, on the on the 5th day of March, 2019.
/s/ James Dondero |
James Dondero |
President (Principal Executive Officer) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 5th day of March, 2019.
Signature |
Title |
|||
/s/ James Dondero James Dondero |
President (Principal Executive Officer) | |||
/s/ Ethan Powell* Ethan Powell |
Chairman of the Board of Trustees | |||
/s/ Timothy K. Hui* Timothy K. Hui |
Trustee | |||
/s/ Dr. Bob Froehlich* Dr. Bob Froehlich |
Trustee | |||
/s/ John Honis* John Honis |
Trustee | |||
/s/ Bryan A. Ward* Bryan A. Ward |
Trustee | |||
/s/ Dustin Norris* Dustin Norris |
Trustee | |||
/s/ Frank Waterhouse Frank Waterhouse |
Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
* By: |
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
|
Frank Waterhouse | ||
Attorney in Fact* |
* |
Pursuant to powers of attorney incorporated by reference herein. |
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT NUMBER |
DESCRIPTION |
|
(e) | Dividend Reinvestment Plan | |
(k)(21) | Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated August 14, 2018, between the Trust, NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC and NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC and Keybank, National Association | |
(l)(2) | Consent of Counsel to the Trust Dated March 5, 2019 | |
(n) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
(r)(2) | Code of Ethics of the Investment Adviser | |
(s)(2) | Power of Attorney for Dustin Norris |
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
1. |
TERMS AND CONDITIONS |
Pursuant to this Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the Plan) of the undersigned NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund (the Trust), unless a holder (a Shareholder) of the Trusts common shares of beneficial interest (the Common Shares) otherwise elects, all dividends and distributions (collectively referred to as dividends) on such Shareholders Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by Global Shares, as agent for Shareholders in administering the Plan (the Plan Agent), in the open market at prevailing market prices or in newly issued Common Shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the Shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC as the dividend disbursing agent (the Dividend Disbursing Agent).
Participants may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends and distributions in cash by sending written instructions to the Dividend Disbursing Agent, at the address set forth below in section 5. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by the Plan Agent before the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or distribution.
The Plan Agent will open an account for each Shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such Shareholders Common Shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in newly issued Common Shares.
Newly issued Common Shares will be issued based upon the share price at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) on the date the dividend is paid (the Payment Date). The Trust will issue the Common Shares to the Plan Agent for the participants accounts.
If, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the Payment Date for any dividend, the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions is greater than the net asset value per Common Share (such condition being referred to herein as market premium), the number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participants account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per Common Share on the Payment Date.
If, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the Payment Date for any dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the market value per Common Share (such condition being referred to herein as market discount), the number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participants account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the market value per Common Share as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the Payment Date.
The Plan Agent will maintain all Shareholders accounts in the Plan and furnish written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by Shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant.
In the case of Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record Shareholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Trust. Participants who request a sale of shares through the Plan Agent pay a brokerage commission of $0.4 per share sold.
For the avoidance of doubt, no Common Shares will be issued under the Plan under any circumstance that may violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any rules issued thereunder.
For more information regarding the Plan, please visit the Plan Agents website at https://www.globalshares.com/.
2. |
VOTING |
Each Shareholder proxy will include those Common Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for Common Shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
3. |
TAXATION |
The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. Accordingly, any taxable dividends received by a participant that is reinvested in additional Common Shares will be subject to federal (and possibly state and local) income tax even though such participant will not receive a corresponding amount of cash with which to pay such taxes.
4. |
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN |
The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Trust. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
5. |
INQUIRIES REGARDING THE PLAN |
All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent
For transaction processing:
Maxim Group LLC New York, New York 405 Lexington Avenue 2nd Floor, New York, 10174 |
For inquires:
Global Shares 111 Town Square Place, Suite 1401, Jersey City, NJ 07310 732-256-1005 |
6. |
APPLICABLE LAW |
These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.
None of the Trust, NexPoint Advisors, L. P. (the Trusts investment adviser) or the Plan Administrator shall be liable for any act performed in good faith or for any good faith omission to act or failure to act, including, without limitation, any claim of liability (i) arising out of failure to terminate a participants account, sell shares held in the Plan, deposit certificates or direct registration shares or invest dividends; (ii) with respect to the prices at which shares are purchased or sold for the participants account and the time such purchases or sales are made. Neither the Trust nor the Plan Administrator will be liable for any claims made more than 30 days after any instructions to purchase or sell shares was given.
Effective October 1, 2018
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
August 14, 2018
among
NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE CAPITAL, LLC,
and NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE OPPORTUNITIES, LLC,
as Borrowers
and
The Lenders Party Hereto
and
KEYBANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I Definitions |
1 | |||
Section 1.01 Defined Terms |
1 | |||
Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings |
21 | |||
Section 1.03 Terms Generally |
21 | |||
Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP |
22 | |||
Section 1.05 Joint and Several Liability; Lead Borrowers as Agents |
22 | |||
Section 1.06 Amended and Restatement |
24 | |||
ARTICLE II The Loans |
25 | |||
Section 2.01 [Intentionally Omitted] |
25 | |||
Section 2.02 Commitments |
25 | |||
Section 2.03 Loans and Borrowings |
25 | |||
Section 2.04 Requests for Borrowings |
26 | |||
Section 2.05 [Intentionally Omitted] |
26 | |||
Section 2.06 Funding of Borrowings |
27 | |||
Section 2.07 Reserved |
28 | |||
Section 2.08 Interest Elections |
28 | |||
Section 2.09 Reserved |
29 | |||
Section 2.10 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt |
29 | |||
Section 2.11 Prepayment of Loans |
30 | |||
Section 2.12 Fees |
31 | |||
Section 2.13 Interest |
31 | |||
Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest |
32 | |||
Section 2.15 Increased Costs |
34 | |||
Section 2.16 Break Funding Payments |
35 | |||
Section 2.17 Taxes |
35 | |||
Section 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs |
39 | |||
Section 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders |
41 | |||
Section 2.20 Defaulting Lenders |
42 | |||
Section 2.21 Extension of Maturity Date |
43 | |||
ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties |
43 | |||
Section 3.01 Organization; Powers |
43 | |||
Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability |
44 | |||
Section 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts |
44 | |||
Section 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change |
44 | |||
Section 3.05 Properties |
44 | |||
Section 3.06 Intellectual Property |
45 | |||
Section 3.07 Litigation and Environmental Matters |
45 | |||
Section 3.08 Compliance with Laws and Agreements |
47 | |||
Section 3.09 Investment and Holding Company Status |
47 | |||
Section 3.10 Taxes |
47 | |||
Section 3.11 ERISA |
47 |
i
Section 3.12 Disclosure |
47 | |||
Section 3.13 REIT Qualification |
48 | |||
Section 3.14 Margin Regulations |
48 | |||
Section 3.15 Subsidiaries; RIC Qualification |
48 | |||
Section 3.16 OFAC; Anti-Money Laundering |
48 | |||
Section 3.17 Solvency |
48 | |||
Section 3.18 Brokers |
49 | |||
ARTICLE IV Conditions |
49 | |||
Section 4.01 Effective Date |
49 | |||
Section 4.02 Each Borrowing |
50 | |||
ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants |
51 | |||
Section 5.01 Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information |
51 | |||
Section 5.02 Financial Tests |
52 | |||
Section 5.03 Notices of Material Events |
52 | |||
Section 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business |
53 | |||
Section 5.05 Payment of Obligations |
53 | |||
Section 5.06 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance |
53 | |||
Section 5.07 Books and Records; Inspection Rights |
53 | |||
Section 5.08 Compliance with Laws |
53 | |||
Section 5.09 Use of Proceeds |
54 | |||
Section 5.10 Fiscal Year |
54 | |||
Section 5.11 Environmental Matters |
54 | |||
Section 5.12 KYC |
54 | |||
Section 5.13 Further Assurances |
54 | |||
Section 5.14 REIT Requirements |
54 | |||
Section 5.15 Lead Borrower Covenants |
54 | |||
Section 5.16 Keepwell |
55 | |||
Section 5.17 Securitization Servicer; Refinancing Indebtedness |
55 | |||
Section 5.18 Addition and Release of Borrowing Base Assets; Collateral Requirement |
55 | |||
Section 5.19 Post-Closing Covenant |
58 | |||
ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants |
58 | |||
Section 6.01 Liens |
58 | |||
Section 6.02 Fundamental Changes |
59 | |||
Section 6.03 Investments, Loans, Advances and Acquisitions |
59 | |||
Section 6.04 Hedging Agreements |
59 | |||
Section 6.05 Restricted Payments |
59 | |||
Section 6.06 Transactions with Affiliates |
59 | |||
Section 6.07 Lead Borrower Negative Covenants |
59 | |||
Section 6.08 Restrictive Agreements |
60 | |||
Section 6.09 Indebtedness |
60 | |||
Section 6.10 [Intentionally Omitted] |
61 | |||
Section 6.11 Amendment to Organizational Documents |
61 | |||
Section 6.12 Sanctions |
61 |
ii
ARTICLE VII Events of Default |
61 | |||
Section 7.01 Events of Default |
61 | |||
ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent |
64 | |||
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous |
66 | |||
Section 9.01 Notices |
66 | |||
Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments |
67 | |||
Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver |
68 | |||
Section 9.04 Successors and Assigns |
69 | |||
Section 9.05 Survival |
73 | |||
Section 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness |
73 | |||
Section 9.07 Severability |
74 | |||
Section 9.08 Right of Setoff |
74 | |||
Section 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process |
74 | |||
Section 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
75 | |||
Section 9.11 Headings |
75 | |||
Section 9.12 Confidentiality |
75 | |||
Section 9.13 Interest Rate Limitation |
76 | |||
Section 9.14 USA PATRIOT Act |
76 | |||
Section 9.15 Fiduciary Duty/No Conflicts |
77 | |||
Section 9.16 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions |
77 |
iii
SCHEDULES : |
||||||
Schedule 2.01 |
|
Commitments |
||||
Schedule 3.07 |
|
Litigation Disclosure |
||||
Schedule 3.15 |
|
Subsidiaries |
||||
Schedule 5.18 |
Eligible Collateral Qualification Documents |
|||||
Schedule 6.09 |
|
Existing Indebtedness |
||||
EXHIBITS : |
||||||
Exhibit A |
|
Form of Assignment and Acceptance |
||||
Exhibit B |
|
Form of Compliance Certificate |
||||
Exhibit C |
|
Form of Note |
||||
Exhibit D |
|
Form of Borrowing Request/Interest Rate Election |
||||
Exhibit E |
|
Form of Tax Compliance Certificate |
||||
Exhibit F |
|
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate |
iv
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (Agreement) dated as of
August 14, 2018, among
NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Delaware trust (the Lead Borrower ), NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE CAPITAL, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Lead Borrower and a Delaware limited liability company ( NREC ), and NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE OPPORTUNITIES, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Lead Borrower and a Delaware limited liability company ( NREO ; and together with the Lead Borrower and NREC, each a Borrower and collectively, the Borrowers ), as Borrowers,
the LENDERS party hereto,
and
KEYBANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent,
ARTICLE I
Definitions
Section 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
ABR , when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
Adjusted LIBO Rate means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.
Administrative Agent means KeyBank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.
Administrative Questionnaire means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Alternate Base Rate means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%, and (c) the LIBO Rate for an Interest Period of one month determined as of the
applicable date for which the Alternate Base Rate is being determined plus one percent (1%). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
Anti-Corruption Laws means all Legal Requirements of any jurisdiction concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including without limitation, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.
Anti-Money Laundering Laws means all Legal Requirements related to the financing of terrorism or money laundering, including without limitation, any applicable provision of the Patriot Act and The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (also known as the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951-1959).
Applicable Percentage means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments of the Lenders represented by such Lenders Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.
Applicable Rate means, a rate equal to (i) with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing or Daily LIBOR Borrowing, two percent (2%) per annum, and (ii) with respect to any ABR Loan, one percent (1%) per annum.
Approved Fund has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b) .
Assignment and Acceptance means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04 ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Availability Period means, the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the Maturity Date.
Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.
Bail-In Legislation means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time, which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
BB Interest Coverage Ratio means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) cash income or distributions (after debt service for all common equity investments) received by the Borrowers (without duplication) from each Borrowing Base Asset during the three-month period most recently ended, divided by (b) all interest on the Loans accrued, paid, or payable during such three-month period.
- 2 -
Beneficial Ownership Certification means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, which certification shall be substantially similar in form and substance to the form of Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers published jointly, in May 2018, by the Loan Syndications and Trading Association and Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association.
Beneficial Ownership Regulation means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
Borrower means each of the Lead Borrower, NREC, and NREO.
Borrower Information has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04 .
Borrowing means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
Borrowing Base Amount means, as of any time of determination, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of Principal Obligation that would result in a Borrowing Base Leverage Ratio equal to thirty three and one third percent (33 1/3%); and (b) the amount of Principal Obligation that would result in a Look-Through Leverage Ratio equal to seventy percent (70%), in each case, as of such date; provided that, the Borrowing Base Value from any single Borrowing Base Asset included in the Borrowing Base shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Total Borrowing Base Value, with any amounts in excess of the preceding limit being excluded from the Total Borrowing Base Value.
Borrowing Base Asset means, the Equity Interests, pass-through certificates (including the Freddie Mac B-Piece), or other investment held by the Borrowers in a Collateral Subsidiary that owns real estate or real estate-related assets (including, without limitation, Real Property, preferred stock in real estate, and pass-through certificates), which investment has been approved by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, for inclusion in the Borrowing Base Amount.
Borrowing Base Availability means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base Amount and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Commitment, minus (b) the Principal Obligation, in each case, as of such date.
Borrowing Base Certificate means an executed certificate of a Financial Officer of the Lead Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.
Borrowing Base Leverage Ratio means, as of any time of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the Principal Obligation divided by (b) the Total Borrowing Base Value.
Borrowing Base Value means, with respect to each Borrowing Base Asset, (a) the lesser of (i) undepreciated cost basis and (ii) carrying value, of such Borrowing Base Asset or (b) with the consent of the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, the fair market value of such Borrower Base Asset.
- 3 -
Borrowing Request means a request by a Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 .
Business Day means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Boston, Massachusetts or New York, New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan or Daily LIBOR Loan, the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
Capital Lease Obligations of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Stock means, collectively, all shares of capital stock (whether denominated as common or preferred stock), equity interests, partnership, limited liability company, or membership interests, joint venture interests or other ownership interests in or equivalents of or in a Person (other than an individual), whether voting or non-voting, and to the extent not included in the foregoing, any of a members or partners control rights in such Person, including the rights to manage or participate in management, voting rights, inspection rights and other rights.
Change in Control means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of shares representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of trustees of the Lead Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of trustees of the Lead Borrower nor (ii) appointed by trustees so nominated; (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Lead Borrower by any Person or group; (d) the failure of the Lead Borrower to own, directly or indirectly, free and clear of any Liens except those granted in favor of the Agent, 100% of all common shares in each other Borrower; or (e) the replacement, removal or resignation of NexPoint Advisors, L.P. as advisor to the Lead Borrower, unless replaced with an Affiliate thereof.
Change in Law means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement by any Governmental Authority, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b) , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lenders holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or
- 4 -
issued after the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (b) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Collateral means all property, tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed, now or hereafter subject to the liens and security interests of the Loan Documents, or intended so to be, which Collateral shall secure the Obligations and Hedging Obligations, including, without limitation, 100% of each class of Equity Interest owned by the Borrowers in each Collateral Subsidiary.
Collateral Subsidiary means, as of any date of determination, any direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate (in the case of investments in preferred stock) of a Borrower through which such Borrower makes an investment in real estate or real estate-related assets or issuer of pass-through certificates, to the extent that all of the Equity Interests of each class owned by any Borrower in such Subsidiary have been pledged to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, a Subsidiary or Affiliate that has multiple classes of Equity Interest (e.g. common, preferred, etc.) and in which a Borrower owns only one class of Equity Interests, may become a Collateral Subsidiary if the applicable Borrower owns 100% of the Equity Interests of a particular class and pledges to the Agent 100% of the Equity Interests of such class owned by such Borrower.
Commitment means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01 , as the same may be decreased in accordance with Section 2.11(a) . As of the Effective Date, the aggregate amount of the Lenders Commitments is $75,000,000.00 from the Effective Date until September 13, 2018, and $60,000,000.00 from and after September 14, 2018.
Commodity Exchange Act means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
Compliance Certificate has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(d) hereof and a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B .
Connection Income Taxes means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
Control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise, which includes the customary powers of a managing member of any limited liability company, any general partner of any limited partnership, or any board of directors of a corporation. Controlling and Controlled have meanings correlative thereto.
- 5 -
Daily LIBOR means, for any Business Day, the LIBO Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent for a Loan with an Interest Period of one month in the amount of the subject Daily LIBOR Loan.
Debtor Relief Laws means any applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, or similar laws affecting the rights, remedies, or recourse of creditors generally, including without limitation the Bankruptcy Code and all amendments thereto, as are in effect from time to time during the term of this Agreement.
Default means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender means any Lender that: (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Commitment, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder; (b) has notified a Borrower or Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder (unless such notification or public statement relates to such Lenders obligation to fund a Loan and indicates that such position is based on such Lenders good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular Default, if any) to funding a Loan is not or cannot be satisfied) or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit; (c) has failed, within two (2) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or a Borrower (and the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such request), to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder; or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has: (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or a Bail-In-Action; (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it; or (iii) in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, taken any material action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority; provided , further , that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Lender.
Designated Jurisdiction means any country, region, or territory to the extent that such country, region, or territory itself, or its government, is the subject or target of any Sanction.
Dollars or $ refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
- 6 -
EBITDA means an amount derived from (a) net investment income, plus (b) to the extent included in the determination of net investment income, depreciation, amortization, interest expense and income taxes, plus or minus (c) to the extent included in the determination of net investment income, any extraordinary losses or gains, plus or minus (d) to the extent included in the determination of net investment income, any realized or unrealized losses or gains on investments; (e) to the extent not capitalized, the amount of non-recurring expenses, fees, costs and charges incurred in connection with the Loans, plus (f) to the extent not capitalized, the amount of all non-recurring expenses, fees, costs and charges incurred with any acquisition, issuance of debt or equity, asset disposition or investment permitted hereunder, or any proposed or actual amendment, modification or refinancing of any Indebtedness, in each case, as determined for the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and including (without duplication) the Equity Percentage of EBITDA for the Lead Borrowers Unconsolidated Affiliates.
Economic Interests Pledge means that certain Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement (Economic Interests), dated as of August 14, 2018, by and among NREC, NREO, and the Administrative Agent.
EEA Financial Institution means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;
EEA Member Country means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
EEA Resolution Authority means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
Effective Date means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ).
Environmental Claim means any notice of violation, action, claim, Environmental Lien, demand, abatement or other order or direction (conditional or otherwise) by any Governmental Authority or any other Person for personal injury (including sickness, disease or death), tangible or intangible property damage, damage to the environment, nuisance, pollution, contamination or other adverse effects on the environment, or for fines, penalties or restriction, resulting from or based upon (i) the existence, or the continuation of the existence, of a Release (including, without limitation, sudden or non-sudden accidental or non-accidental Releases) of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material, or other Release in, into or onto the environment (including, without limitation, the air, soil, surface water or groundwater) at, in, by, from or related to any property owned, operated or leased by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any activities or operations thereof; (ii) the environmental aspects of the transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials in connection with any property owned, operated
- 7 -
or leased by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their operations or facilities; or (iii) the violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits of or from any Governmental Authority relating to environmental matters connected with any property owned, leased or operated by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
Environmental Laws means all applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters and includes (without limitation) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ( CERCLA ), 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq ., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq ., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. § 136 et seq ., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ( RCRA ), 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq ., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq ., the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq ., the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq ., the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq ., (to the extent the same relates to any Hazardous Materials), and the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq ., as such laws have been amended or supplemented, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and all analogous state and local statutes.
Environmental Liability means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of a Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) exposure to any Hazardous Materials in violation of any Environmental Law, (c) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment in violation of any Environmental Law or (d) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
Environmental Lien means any lien in favor of any Governmental Authority arising under any Environmental Law.
Environmental Permit means any permit required under any applicable Environmental Law or under any and all supporting documents associated therewith.
Equity Interests means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, partnership or membership interests, economic and other rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of Capital Stock of such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of Capital Stock of such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Capital Stock of such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, membership or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
- 8 -
Equity Issuance Pledge means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement (Equity Issuance Proceeds), dated as of February 16, 2018, by and among the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
Equity Percentage means the aggregate ownership percentage of a Borrower in each Unconsolidated Affiliate, which shall be calculated as the greater of (a) such Borrowers nominal capital ownership interest in the Unconsolidated Affiliate as set forth in the Unconsolidated Affiliates organizational documents, and (b) such Borrowers economic ownership interest in the Unconsolidated Affiliate, reflecting such Borrowers share of income and expenses of the Unconsolidated Affiliate.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
ERISA Event means (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
Eurodollar , when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
Event of Default has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII .
Excluded Swap Obligation means, with respect to the liability of any Borrower with respect to a Swap Obligation, including the grant of a security interest to secure such Swap
- 9 -
Obligation, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Borrowers failure for any reason to constitute an eligible contract participant as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the liability or grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under an agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Swap Obligation or security interest is or becomes illegal
Excluded Taxes means, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or its Commitment pursuant to Legal Requirements in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or its Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrowers under Section 2.18(b) as a result of costs sought to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.16 or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16 amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lenders assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipients failure to comply with Section 2.16 and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
Federal Funds Effective Rate means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for the purposes of this Agreement.
Financial Officer means the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the Lead Borrower.
- 10 -
Financing Statements means all such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements as the Administrative Agent shall require, duly authorized by the Borrowers, to give notice of and to perfect or continue perfection of the Lenders security interest in all Collateral.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the immediately preceding calendar quarter of Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries to (b) the sum of (i) all regularly scheduled principal due and payable and actually paid on Indebtedness (other than amounts paid in connection with balloon maturities), including the Equity Percentage for such amounts for the Borrowers Unconsolidated Affiliates, plus (ii) all Interest Expense, plus (iii) the aggregate amount of all cash dividends payable on any preferred stock for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, in each case, for the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Foreign Lender means, if a Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and if a Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which such Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
Freddie Mac B-Piece means, collectively, all Class B Structured Pass-Through Certificates (SPCs) Series K-W04 issued by The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, subject to the provisions of Section 1.04 .
Governmental Authority means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
Guarantee of or by any Person (the guarantor ) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the primary obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
Hazardous Materials means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law; provided, that Hazardous Materials shall not include any such substances or wastes utilized or maintained at the Real Property in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws.
- 11 -
Hedging Agreement means any interest rate protection agreement (including an interest rate cap), foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to a Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, any obligations arising under any Hedging Agreement entered into with the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to the Loans. Under no circumstances shall any of the Hedging Obligations secured or guaranteed by any Loan Document as to a surety or guarantor thereof include any obligation that constitutes an Excluded Swap Obligation of such Person.
Impacted Interest Period has the meaning set forth in the definition of LIBO Rate.
Indebtedness of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, including mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, but excluding customary non-recourse, carveout guarantees and environmental indemnitees until such time as such guarantees or indemnitees become a recourse obligation, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers acceptances, (k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person with respect to any Hedging Agreements (calculated on a mark-to-market basis as of the reporting date), and (l) payments received in consideration of sale of an ownership interest in a Borrower when the interest so sold is determined, and the date of delivery is, more than one (1) month after receipt of such payment and only to the extent that the obligation to deliver such interest is not payable solely in such interest of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Persons ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. Indebtedness shall be calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and including (without duplication) the Equity Percentage of Indebtedness for the Lead Borrowers Unconsolidated Affiliates.
Indemnified Taxes means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in the immediately preceding clause (a), Other Taxes.
- 12 -
Initial Maturity Date August 14, 2020.
Interest Election Request means a request by the Borrowers to convert or continue the then outstanding amount of a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07 .
Interest Expense means, with respect to any Person, all paid, accrued or capitalized interest expense on such Persons Indebtedness (whether direct, indirect or contingent, and including, without limitation, interest on all convertible debt), and including (without duplication) the Equity Percentage of Interest Expense for the Lead Borrowers Unconsolidated Affiliates.
Interest Payment Date means the First Business Day of each calendar month.
Interest Period means with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the date that the then outstanding portion of the Loan is converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan, and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one (1) month thereafter; provided , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
Interpolated Rate means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the LIBO Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBO Rate for the longest period for which the LIBO Rate is available that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the LIBO Rate for the shortest period for which that LIBO Rate is available that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.
JCI Stock means shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by Jernigan Capital, Inc.
KeyBank means KeyBank, National Association, in its individual capacity.
Legal Requirement means any law, statute, ordinance, decree, requirement, order, judgment, rule, regulation (or interpretation of any of the foregoing) of, and the terms of any license or permit issued by, any Governmental Authority.
- 13 -
Lenders means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.
LIBO Rate means, subject to Section 2.14(b) , with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for U.S. Dollars) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case the LIBOR Screen Rate ) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that (i) if the LIBOR Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement; provided further that if the LIBOR Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an Impacted Interest Period) then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate; provided that if any Interpolated Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement, and (ii) if no such rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or by such other Person that has taken over the administration of such rate for U.S. Dollars) is available to the Administrative Agent, the applicable LIBO Rate for the relevant Interest Period shall instead be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which KeyBank or one of its Affiliate banks offers to place deposits in U.S. dollars with first class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, in the approximate amount of the relevant Eurodollar Loan and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period.
LIBOR Screen Rate is defined in the definition of LIBO Rate
Lien means, with respect to an asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, hypothecation, negative pledge, collateral assignment, encumbrance, deposit arrangement, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; (c) the filing under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction of any financing statement naming the owner of the asset to which such Lien relates as debtor; (d) any other preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever intended to assure payment of any Indebtedness or other obligation; and (e) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities, including any dividend reinvestment or redemption plans.
Liquidity means the sum of (i) unrestricted marketable debt and equity securities and structured products that constitute highly liquid investments under the Securities and Exchange Commissions rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940 less (ii) outstanding Indebtedness of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is secured by any of the securities described in clause (i) hereof.
- 14 -
Loan means, each the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; Loans means, collectively, all of such Loans outstanding at any given time.
Loan Documents means this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, the Financing Statements, and all other instruments, agreements and written obligations executed and delivered by any of the Borrowers in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
Look-Through Leverage Ratio means, as of any date of determination, with respect to all Borrowing Base Assets in the aggregate, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the sum of (i) the Principal Obligation plus (ii) the Borrowers Equity Percentage all other priority Indebtedness (including preferred and other securities) related to each Borrowing Base Asset (other than the Freddie Mac B-Piece), divided by (b) the Borrowers Equity Percentage of the Value of the Underlying Assets with respect to each such Borrowing Base Asset.
Mandatory Prepayment has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(d) .
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of (i) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any of the Borrowers to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents; provided, however, that none of the following shall constitute, or shall be considered in determining whether there has occurred, and no event, circumstance, change or effect resulting from or arising out of any of the following shall constitute, a Material Adverse Effect: (A) changes in the national or world economy or financial markets as a whole or changes in general economic conditions that affect the industries in which the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries conduct their business, so long as such changes or conditions do not adversely affect the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated participants in the industries or markets in which they operate; (B) any change in applicable Law, rule or regulation or GAAP or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated participants in the industries or markets in which they operate; (C) the failure, in and of itself, of a Borrower to meet any published or internally prepared estimates of revenues, earnings or other financial projections, performance measures or operating statistics; (D) a decline in the price, or a change in the trading volume, of the Lead Borrower; and (E) compliance with the terms of, and taking any action required by, this Agreement, or taking or not taking any actions at the request of, or with the consent of, the Administrative Agent.
Material Contract means any contract or other arrangement (other than Loan Documents), whether written or oral, to which any Borrower is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Maturity Date means the earlier of (i) the Initial Maturity Date, as such date may be extended as provided in Section 2.21, and (ii) the date on which the Loans shall become due and payable pursuant to the terms hereof.
- 15 -
Maximum Rate shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.13 .
Multiemployer Plan means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Asset Value means, as of any date of calculation, the total assets of the Lead Borrower including all cash, cash equivalents and other securities (each valued at fair market value as of such date), less the total liabilities of the Lead Borrower, in each case, determined as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
Note means a promissory note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C payable to a Lender evidencing certain of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement to such Lender and executed by Borrowers, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time; Notes means, collectively, all of such Notes outstanding at any given time.
Obligations means the payment of the principal sum, interest at variable rates, charges and indebtedness with respect to the Loans (as may be evidenced by the Notes) including any extensions, renewals, replacements, increases, modifications and amendments thereof, given by any Borrower to the order of the respective Lenders, the payment, performance, discharge and satisfaction of each covenant, warranty, representation, undertaking and condition to be paid, performed, satisfied and complied with by any Borrower under and pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the payment of all costs, expenses, legal fees and liabilities incurred by Agent and the Lenders in the enforcement or collection thereof, and the payment, performance, discharge and satisfaction of all other liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Documents to Agent or any Lender, whether now existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and regardless of whether such indebtedness, obligations, and liabilities are direct, indirect, fixed, contingent, joint, several, or joint and several, and whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Borrower or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding naming such person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceedings. For the avoidance of doubt, Obligations shall not include any indebtedness, liabilities, obligations, covenants or duties in respect of Hedging Obligations.
OFAC has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16 .
Original Credit Agreement means that certain Bridge Credit Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2018, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Bridge Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Pledge dated as of May 29, 2018, by and among each Borrower and KeyBank, as administrative agent.
Other Taxes means, all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19(b) as a result of costs sought to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.17 ).
- 16 -
Patriot Act has the meaning set forth in Section 9.14
PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
Permanent Financing means any (a) Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, CMBS, or insurance company permanent loans and/or (b) HUD/FHA financings.
Permitted Encumbrances means:
(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05 ;
(b) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
(c) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, purchase, construction or sales contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(d) uniform commercial code protective filings with respect to personal property leased to a Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
(e) landlords liens for rent not yet due and payable;
provided that the term Permitted Encumbrances shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.
Permitted Investments means:
(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having an investment grade credit rating on the date of acquisition;
(c) investments in certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;
- 17 -
(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 90 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;
(e) investments in debt and equity securities and other loan assets of any kind permitted under the Lead Borrowers organizational documents, investment policies, and regulatory obligations;
(f) Investments (other than by the Lead Borrower) in real estate, mortgage loans, and other real estate-related debt or equity products; and
(g) investments of a Borrower in its Subsidiaries made in accordance with this Agreement.
Person means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an employer as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
Pledge Agreement means that certain Amended and Restated Equity Pledge and Security Agreements dated as of the date hereof, executed by each Borrower in favor of Administrative Agent.
Prime Rate means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by KeyBank, National Association, as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in Cleveland, Ohio; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
Principal Obligation means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate outstanding amount of the Loans on such date, after giving effect to any Borrowings or prepayments being made on such date.
Qualified ECP Party means, in respect of any interest rate cap, swap or other hedging obligation, each Person which is a Borrower that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time such Borrowers guarantee, mortgage and/or other credit or collateral support, of such interest rate cap, swap or other hedging obligation secured pursuant to the Deed to Secure Debt becomes effective, or otherwise constitutes an eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder
- 18 -
Real Property means, collectively, all interest in any land and improvements located thereon (including direct financing leases of land and improvements owned by a Borrower or any of Borrowers Subsidiaries), together with all equipment, furniture, materials, supplies and personal property now or hereafter located at or used in connection with the land and all appurtenances, additions, improvements, renewals, substitutions and replacements thereof now or hereafter acquired by a Borrower or any of Borrowers Subsidiaries.
Recipient means, each of the Administrative Agent and any Lender.
Register has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04 .
Related Parties means, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Persons Affiliates.
Release means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration on or into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or out of any property in violation of applicable Environmental Laws.
Remedial Action means all actions, including without limitation any capital expenditures, required or necessary to (i) clean up, remove, treat or in any other way address any Hazardous Material; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the further Release, of any Hazardous Material so it does not migrate or endanger public health or the environment; (iii) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations or post-remedial monitoring and care; or (iv) bring facilities on any property owned or leased by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries into compliance with all Environmental Laws.
Required Lenders means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 66 2/3% of the Commitments or, if the Commitments of each Lender to make Loans have been terminated pursuant to Article VII, Lenders holding in the aggregate at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate Obligations; provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Obligations held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
Restricted Payment means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any ownership interests in any Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such ownership interests in the a Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of a Borrower.
Security Documents means, collectively, the Pledge Agreement, the Economic Interests Pledge, the SPC Pledge, and each other Pledge and Security Agreements or Security Agreements executed by a Borrower in favor of Administrative Agent to secured the Obligations and the Hedging Obligations.
- 19 -
SPC Pledge means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement (SPCs), dated as of March 28, 2018, by and between the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Statutory Reserve Rate means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Governmental Authority to which the Administrative Agent is subject, with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as Eurocurrency Liabilities in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
Subsidiary means, with respect to a Borrower, as applicable (the parent ), at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parents consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by parent, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
Swap Obligation means, any Hedging Obligation that constitutes a swap within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Taxes means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.
Total Borrowing Base Value means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Borrowing Base Value of each Borrowing Base Asset.
Total Leverage Ratio means, as of any date of calculation, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the total liabilities of the Lead Borrower, to (b) the total assets of the Lead Borrower including all cash, cash equivalents and other securities (each valued at fair market value as of such date), in each case, determined as of such date for the Lead Borrower in accordance with GAAP.
Transactions means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of the Loan Documents, the borrowing of the Loans, and the use of the proceeds thereof.
- 20 -
Type , when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowings, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Daily LIBO Rate, or the Alternate Base Rate.
Unconsolidated Affiliate means, without duplication, in respect of any Person, any other Person (other than a Person whose stock is traded on a national trading exchange) in whom such Person holds a voting equity or ownership interest and whose financial results would not be consolidated under GAAP with the financial results of such Person on the consolidated financial statements of such Person.
Underlying Asset means, with respect to each Borrowing Base Asset that is included in the Borrowing Base Amount, the underlying Real Property, real estate-related assets, or other investment assets owned by the applicable Collateral Subsidiary; provided that with respect to investments in the Freddie Mac B-Piece and other similar securitizations or pass-through certificates owned directly by a Borrower, such investments themselves shall also constitute the Underlying Assets.
U.S. Person means any Person that is a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
Value means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Collateral Subsidiary, the Borrowers underwritten value of the Underlying Asset owned by such Collateral Subsidiary, as reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that, with respect to any Underlying Asset of a Collateral Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Borrowers, only the Borrowers Equity Percentage of the Value of such asset shall be included in the calculations hereunder.
Withdrawal Liability means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
Withholding Agent means any Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Write-Down and Conversion Powers means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Loan). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Borrowing).
Section 1.03 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words include, includes, and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The word will shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word shall.
- 21 -
Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Persons successors and assigns, (c) the words herein, hereof, and hereunder, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words asset and property shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if a Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrowers request an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.
Section 1.05 Joint and Several Liability; Lead Borrowers as Agents.
(a) Each Borrower recognizes that credit available to it under the Loans is in excess of and on better terms than it otherwise could obtain on and for its own account and that one of the reasons therefor is its joining in the credit facility contemplated herein with all other Borrowers. Consequently, each Borrower, jointly and severally, hereby assumes and agrees fully, faithfully, and punctually to discharge all Indebtedness and other Obligations of all of the other Borrowers.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intent of each Borrower and the Lenders that in any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, such Borrowers maximum obligation hereunder shall equal, but not exceed, the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the obligations of such Borrower hereunder (or any other obligations of such Borrower to the Lenders under the Loan Documents) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Borrower in such proceeding as a result of any Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, (i) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States and (ii) any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in such proceeding, whether by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or otherwise. The Legal Requirements under which the possible avoidance or unenforceability of the obligations of such Borrower hereunder (or any other obligations of such Borrower to the Lender under the Loan Documents) shall
- 22 -
be determined in any such proceeding are referred to herein as Avoidance Provisions . Accordingly, to the extent that the obligations of a Borrower hereunder would otherwise be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions, the maximum Obligations for which such Borrower shall be liable hereunder shall be reduced to the greater of (A) the amount which, as of the time any of the obligations of such Borrower are deemed to have been incurred by such Borrower under the Avoidance Provisions, would not cause the obligations of such Borrower hereunder (or any other obligations of such Borrower to the Lender under the Loan Documents), to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions or (B) the amount which, as of the time demand is made hereunder upon such Borrower for payment on account of the Obligations, would not cause the obligations of such Borrower hereunder (or any other obligations of such Borrower to the Lender under the Loan Documents), to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions. The provisions under this Section are intended solely to preserve the rights of the Lenders hereunder to the maximum extent that would not cause the obligations of any Borrower hereunder to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions, and no Borrower or any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section as against the Administrative Agent or any Lender that would not otherwise be available to such Person under the Avoidance Provisions
(c) Administrative Agent and/or any Lender may deal with any Borrower hereunder as if it were the sole obligor, without impairing in any way the liability of any other Borrower. Without limiting the generality of that right, the Administrative Agent (on behalf of Lenders) may in particular (and without limitation) waive defaults by any Borrower hereunder, or extend or compromise the liability of any such Person without the consent of the other Borrowers hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder agrees that any release which may be given to any Borrower shall not release any other Borrower from its Obligation hereunder, and each such Borrower hereby waives any right to assert against the Administrative Agent and/or any Lender any defense (legal or equitable), set off, counterclaim, or claims which any such Person individually may now or any time hereafter have against any other Borrower.
(d) For the purpose of implementing the joint borrower provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Lead Borrower as its agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of requesting and obtaining Borrowings hereunder, including delivery of any Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request, and such Borrower shall be obligated to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on account of Borrowings so made as if made directly by the Lenders to such Person. Further, each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Lead Borrower as its agent and attorney-in-fact for all other purposes under the Loan Documents, including the giving and receiving of notices and other communications and the giving of consents or approvals pursuant to the terms hereof. Any request by the Lead Borrower for a Borrowing shall in all events be deemed and construed as a request for such Borrowing by all Borrowers hereunder.
(e) The proceeds of each loan and advance provided under the Loans which is requested by the Lead Borrower shall be advanced as and when otherwise provided
- 23 -
herein or as otherwise indicated by the Lead Borrower. The Lead Borrower shall cause the transfer of the proceeds thereof to the Borrower(s) on whose behalf such loan and advance was obtained. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to see to the application of such proceeds.
(f) It is understood and agreed that the handling of this credit facility on a joint borrowing basis as set forth in this Agreement is solely as an accommodation to the Borrower and at their request. Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are entitled to rely, and shall be exonerated from any liability for relying upon, any Borrowing Request, Interest Election Request, or any other request or communication made by a purported officer of any Borrower without the need for any consent or other authorization of any other Borrower and upon any information or certificate provided on behalf of any Borrower by a purported officer of such Borrower, and any such request or other action shall be fully binding on each Borrower as if made by it.
Section 1.06 Amended and Restatement.
(a) The parties to this Agreement agree that, upon (i) the execution and delivery by each of the parties hereto of this Agreement and (ii) satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 , the terms and provisions of the Original Credit Agreement shall be and hereby are amended, superseded and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to and shall not constitute a novation, payment and reborrowing or termination of the Obligations (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement). All Loans made and Obligations incurred under the Original Credit Agreement which are outstanding on the Effective Date, if any, shall continue as Loans and Obligations under (and shall be governed by the terms of) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the effectiveness hereof: all references in the Loan Documents (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) to the Obligations shall be deemed to refer to the Obligations hereunder.
(b) Upon the Effective Date, (i) the Equity Issuance Pledge shall be terminated and shall be of no further force or effect and all Liens granted to the Administrative Agent thereunder shall be released, discharged, and terminated, and (ii) unless expressly terminated or ameded and restated in connection herewith, all Loan Documents (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement and including, without limitation, the SPC Pledge) shall remain in full force and effect and constitute Loan Documents hereunder and all references to the Administrative Agent, the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents therein shall be deemed to refer to the Administrative Agent, this Agreement and the Loan Documents, respectively. Each Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all of its obligations under any such Loan Document to which it is a party and acknowledges and agrees that all Liens in any of its assets and properties created under any such Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect and shall secure the Obligations and Hedging Obligations (each as defined hereunder).
- 24 -
ARTICLE II
The Loans
Section 2.01 [Intentionally Omitted] .
Section 2.02 Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make, and the Borrowers may borrow (and repay and reborrow) from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, upon notice by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 2.03 , revolving loans (each, a Loan; and, collectively, the Loans ) in such amounts as are requested by the Borrowers up to a maximum aggregate principal amount outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal to the lesser of (i) such Lenders Commitment and (ii) such Lenders Applicable Percentage of the Borrowing Base Availability; provided , that, in all events, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) the Principal Obligation (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Borrowing Base Amount or the aggregate Commitments or cause a violation of the covenants set forth in Section 5.02 . In addition to all other conditions for a Borrowing set forth in this Agreement, in connection with each Borrowing, the Borrowers shall execute such documents and take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in each Borrowing Base Asset, as applicable. Each Loan shall be made in immediately available funds in accordance with instructions provided by the Borrowers. Within the limits of each Lenders Commitment and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Availability Period the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.02 , prepay Loans under Section 2.11 , and reborrow under this Section 2.02 .
Section 2.03 Loans and Borrowings .
(a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lenders failure to make Loans as required.
(b) Subject to Section 2.13 , each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans, Daily LIBOR Loans, and/or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrowers may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of four (4) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.
- 25 -
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.
Section 2.04 Requests for Borrowings . To request a Borrowing, the Lead Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request not less than (x) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Borrowing date with respect to ABR Borrowing or Daily LIBOR Borrowing and (y) two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing date with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing. Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof and signed by the Lead Borrower. Each such written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03 :
(a) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;
(b) the intended use of the requested Borrowing, accompanied by such financial and other information as may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent with respect to the investment relating to such requested Borrowing;
(c) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(d) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing, Daily LIBOR Borrowing, or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(e) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term Interest Period; and
(f) the location and number of the Borrowers account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06 .
If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in the Borrowing Request, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one (1) months duration, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lenders Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing. The determination as to whether to fund a requested Borrowing shall be at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent.
Section 2.05 [Intentionally Omitted] .
- 26 -
Section 2.06 Funding of Borrowings .
(a) If Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, has approved the making of any Loan on account of any requested Borrowing, each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Boston, Massachusetts time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrowers by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrowers maintained with the Administrative Agent in Boston, Massachusetts, or wire transferred to such other account or in such manner as may be designated by the Lead Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lenders share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers (collectively) severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to the corresponding Loan made to the Borrowers. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lenders Loan included in such Borrowing. If Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by Borrowers for such period. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim any Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(c) Each Lender may: (a) designate its principal office or a branch, subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender as its lending office (and the office to whose accounts payments are to be credited) for any Eurodollar Loan; (b) designate its principal office or a branch, subsidiary or Affiliate as its lending office (and the office to whose accounts payments are to be credited) for any ABR Loan and (c) change its lending office from time to time by notice to Administrative Agent and Borrowers. In such event, such Lender shall continue to hold the Note, if any, evidencing its loans for the benefit and account of such branch, subsidiary or Affiliate. Each Lender shall be entitled to fund all or any portion of its Commitment in any manner it deems appropriate, consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.06 , but for the purposes of this Credit Agreement such
- 27 -
Lender shall, regardless of such Lenders actual means of funding, be deemed to have funded its Commitment in accordance with the interest option selected from time to time by the Borrowers for such Borrowing period
Section 2.07 Reserved.
Section 2.08 Interest Elections .
(a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrowers may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.
(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrowers were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in the form of a Borrowing Request (with proper election made for an interest rate election only) and signed by the Lead Borrower.
(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03 :
(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing;
(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing, Daily LIBOR Borrowing, or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and
(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term Interest Period.
- 28 -
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Loan but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one (1) months duration.
(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lenders portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(e) If the Borrowers fail to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Eurodollar Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrowers, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
Section 2.09 Reserved .
Section 2.10 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.
(a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of the Loans on the Maturity Date. At the request of each Lender, the Loans made by such Lender shall be evidenced by a Note payable to such Lender in the amount of such Lenders Commitment.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lenders share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
- 29 -
Section 2.11 Prepayment of Loans.
(a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay, without penalty, any Borrowing in whole or in part and to reduce (provided that, in no event shall the aggregate Commitment thereafter be reduced in such manner to an amount less than $15,000,000 unless the Commitments are terminated entirely concurrently therewith) or to terminate entirely the Commitments, whereupon the Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages of the amount specified in such notice or, as the case may be, terminated, in each case, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section, and subject to Section 2.15 , if applicable; provided , however, that no such termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the Principal Obligation would exceed the Commitments of the Lenders as so terminated or reduced.
(b) The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment and/or reduction or termination of the Commitments hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Boston, Massachusetts time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment, or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing or Daily LIBOR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Boston, Massachusetts time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $200,000. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is not less than $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 .
(c) In connection with the prepayment of any portion of the Loan prior to the expiration of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall also pay any applicable expenses pursuant to Section 2.15 .
(d) If at any time the sum of the aggregate Principal Obligation exceeds (a) the aggregate Commitments or (b) the Borrowing Base Amount, the Borrowers shall immediately thereafter prepay Loans (a Mandatory Prepayment ) in amount equal to such excess.
(e) Amounts to be applied to the prepayment of the Loans pursuant to any of the preceding subsections of this Section shall be applied, first, to reduce outstanding ABR Loans, next, to the extent of any remaining balance, to reduce outstanding Daily LIBOR Loans, and next, to the extent of any remaining balance, to reduce outstanding Eurodollar Loans. Within the limits of each Lenders Commitment and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Availability Period the Borrowers may prepay Loans under this Section 2.11 and reborrow under Section 2.02 .
- 30 -
(f) The Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the net proceeds received by the Borrowers in connection with the redemption of their preferred equity investments in the Ashford at Feather Sound and Latitude/Autumn Ridge properties. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, from the Effective Date until September 13, 2018, the Commitments shall be permanently reduced in accordance with Section 2.11(a) concurrently with, and in the same amount as, any prepayment of Loans hereunder, whether voluntary or mandatory, until the aggregate Commitments shall be no more than $60,000,000.00. On September 14, 2018, the aggregate Commitments shall be reduced to $60,000,000 (to the extent then in excess of such amount), regardless of whether any prepayments have been made since the Effective Date, and on such date, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount necessary so that the Principal Amount shall not exceed the aggregate Commitment on such date (after giving effect to such reduction in the Commitments).
Section 2.12 Fees .
(a) The Borrowers agree to pay to Administrative Agent, on the Effective Date, a commitment fee in the amount of $375,000.00.
(b) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender an unused fee (the Unused Fee ), which shall accrue during the Availability Period on the daily amount of the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Commitments over (ii) the Principal Obligation, during the immediately preceding calendar quarter at an annual rate equal to (x) 0.20% per annum if usage is less than 50%, and (y) at 0.15% per annum if usage is greater than or equal to 50%. Unused Fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the first Business Day of the month following the end of the applicable quarter. All Unused Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) and shall be based on the then existing Commitments of the Lenders.
(c) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due in immediately available funds. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.
Section 2.13 Interest .
(a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the lesser of (x) the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate, or (y) the Maximum Rate.
(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the lesser of (a) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Eurodollar Loan plus the Applicable Rate, or (b) the Maximum Rate.
- 31 -
(c) The Loans comprising each Daily LIBOR Borrowing shall bear interest at the lesser of (a) the Daily LIBOR plus the Applicable Rate, or (b) the Maximum Rate
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) if any principal of or interest on the Loans or any portion thereof or any other amount payable by the Borrowers hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of the Loans, the lesser of (x) 4% plus the rate otherwise applicable to the Loans as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section, or (y) the Maximum Rate, or (ii) in the case of any other amount, the lesser of (x) 4% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section, or (y) the Maximum Rate; and (B) after the occurrence of any Event of Default, at the option of the Administrative Agent, or if the Administrative Agent is directed in writing by the Required Lenders to do so, the Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (x) 4% plus the rate otherwise applicable to the Loans as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section, or (y) the Maximum Rate.
(e) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Eurodollar Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(f) All computations of interest on the Loans and of other fees to the extent applicable shall be based on a 360-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate, LIBO Rate, or Daily LIBOR shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest .
(a) If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing or Daily LIBOR Borrowing:
(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or
(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by any Lender that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period;
- 32 -
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.
(b) If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that either (i) the circumstances set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2.14 have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2.14 have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of LIBO Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBO Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans (in the case of either such clause (i) or (ii), an Alternative Interest Rate Election Event ), the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to LIBO Rate, which rate may include adjustment (to be determined from time to time by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) to effect an aggregate interest rate comparable to the LIBO Rate on a historical basis prior to such determination, and that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for dollar-denominated credit facilities in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable. Such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement. To the extent an alternate rate of interest is adopted as contemplated hereby, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with prevailing market convention; provided that, to the extent such prevailing market convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. From such time as an Alternative Interest Rate Election Event has occurred and continuing until an alternate rate of interest has been determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this paragraph, (x) any Request for Credit Extension that requests the conversion of any Loan to, or continuation of any Loan as, a Eurodollar Loan or Daily LIBOR Loan shall be ineffective, and (y) if any Request for Credit Extension requests a Eurodollar Loan or Daily LIBOR Loan, such Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan; provided that (subject to the first paragraph of this Section 2.14 ) LIBO Rate for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis; provided , further, that, if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.
- 33 -
Section 2.15 Increased Costs .
(a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i) subject any Recipient to any Taxes or withholding of any nature with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, such Lenders Commitment or the Loans (other than for Indemnified Taxes, Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and Connection Income Taxes), or
(ii) materially change the basis of taxation (except for changes in taxes on gross receipts, income or profits or its franchise tax) of payments to any Recipient of the principal of or the interest on any Loans or any other amounts payable to any Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or
(iii) impose or increase or render applicable any special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law and which are not already reflected in any amounts payable by Borrowers hereunder) against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, or commitments of an office of any Lender, or
(iv) impose on any Recipient any other conditions or requirements with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Loans, such Lenders Commitment, or any class of loans or commitments of which any of the Loans or such Lenders Commitment forms a part;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders capital or liquidity or on the capital or liquidity of such Lenders holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lenders holding company would have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders policies and the policies of such Lenders holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lenders holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
- 34 -
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lenders right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lenders intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
Section 2.16 Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.06 or Section 2.11 ), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18 , then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the Eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.
Section 2.17 Taxes .
(a) All payments by the Borrowers hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without setoff or counterclaim, and free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Legal Requirements. If any Legal Requirement (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount
- 35 -
deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Legal Requirements and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrowers shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b) The Borrowers shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Legal Requirements, or at the option of the Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
(c) The Borrowers shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to the Agent), or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that the determinations in such statement are made on a reasonable basis and in good faith.
(d) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that a Borrower has not already indemnified the Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lenders failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Agent under this subsection.
(e) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by a Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17 , such Borrower shall deliver to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(f) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver
- 36 -
to the Borrowers and the Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Legal Requirements or reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent as will enable the Borrowers or the Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in the immediately following clauses (ii)(2)(A), (ii)(2)(B) and (ii)(2)(D)) shall not be required if in the Lenders reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that a Borrower is a U.S. Person:
(1) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Agent), an electronic copy (or an original if requested by the Borrowers or the Agent) of an executed IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;
(2) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrowers and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(A) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, an electronic copy (or an original if requested by the Borrowers or the Agent) of an executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the interest article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the business profits or other income article of such tax treaty;
- 37 -
(B) an electronic copy (or an original if requested by the Borrowers or the Agent) of an executed IRS Form W-8ECI;
(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a 10 percent shareholder of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a controlled foreign corporation described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E; or
(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, an electronic copy (or an original if requested by the Borrowers or the Agent) of an executed IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(3) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrowers and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Agent), an electronic copy (or an original if requested by a Borrower or the Agent) of any other form prescribed by Legal Requirements as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Legal Requirements to permit the Borrowers or the Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(4) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by Legal
- 38 -
Requirements and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent such documentation prescribed by Legal Requirements (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lenders obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), FATCA shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrowers and the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(g) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable third party out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party actually incurred and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this subsection (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund has not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it reasonably deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h) Each partys obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.
Section 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .
(a) Each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or of amounts payable under Section 2.15 ,
- 39 -
Section 2.16 or 2.17 , or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., Boston, Massachusetts time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its main offices in Cleveland, Ohio, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. If the Administrative Agent receives a payment for the account of a Lender prior to 1:00 p.m., Boston, Massachusetts time, such payment must be delivered to the Lender on the same day and if it is not so delivered due to the fault of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall pay to the Lender entitled to the payment interest thereon for each day after payment should have been received by the Lender pursuant hereto until the Lender receives payment, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.
(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.
(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans, other than to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrowers rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation.
- 40 -
(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to 2.06(b) or 2.18(d) , then the Administrative Agent may, in its reasonable discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lenders obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.
Section 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .
(a) Each Lender will notify the Borrowers of any event occurring after the date of this Agreement which will entitle such Person to compensation pursuant to Sections 2.13 and 2.15 as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation, provided that such Person shall not be liable for any costs, fees, expenses, or additional interest due to the failure to provide such notice. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.13 , or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any such Person or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to avoid or minimize the amounts payable, including, without limitation, the designation of a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or the assignment of its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.13 or 2.15 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Each Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.13 , or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then such Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort (excluding any costs or expense incurred by such Defaulting Lender), upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign
- 41 -
and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 ), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrowers shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts), and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.13 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
Section 2.20 Defaulting Lenders .
(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:
(i) Waivers and Amendments. That Defaulting Lenders right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Credit Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.02 .
(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by Administrative Agent for the account of a Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to ARTICLE VII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent hereunder; second , if so determined by Administrative Agent, to be held as cash collateral for future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender; third , to the payment of any amounts owing to the non-Defaulting Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lenders breach of its obligations under this Credit Agreement; fourth , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the applicable Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by a Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lenders breach of its obligations under this Credit Agreement; and fifth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts
- 42 -
owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.20(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrowers and Administrative Agent agree in writing in their reasonable discretion that a Defaulting Lender has taken such action that it should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), such Defaulting Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages, whereupon such Defaulting Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no cessation in status as Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising during the period that such Lender was a Defaulting Lender.
Section 2.21 Extension of Maturity Date . The Borrowers shall have the right and option to extend the Initial Maturity Date on a single occasion for a 12-month term, to August 14, 2021, upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, which must be satisfied prior to the effectiveness of such extension of the Initial Maturity Date:
(a) Extension Request . The Borrowers shall deliver written notice of such request (the Extension Request ) to the Agent not later than the date which is thirty (30) days prior to the Initial Maturity Date.
(b) Payment of Extension Fee . The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the pro rata accounts of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments an extension fee in an amount equal to 0.25% of the full Commitments on the then-effective Initial Maturity Date, which fee shall, when paid, be fully earned and non-refundable under any circumstances.
(c) No Default . On the date the Extension Request is given and the effective date of such extension there shall exist no Default or Event of Default.
ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that:
Section 3.01 Organization; Powers . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and,
- 43 -
except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.
Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within the corporate, partnership or limited liability company powers (as applicable) of the respective Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership or limited liability company action. This Agreement and the Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower which is a party thereto and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Person, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
Section 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or which shall be completed at the appropriate time for such filings under applicable securities laws, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Borrower or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Borrower or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Borrower, except pursuant to the Security Documents.
Section 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .
(a) The Lead Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders management-prepared financial statements as of and for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2017. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Lead Borrower as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments.
(b) Since December 31, 2017, no event has occurred which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.05 Properties .
(a) Each of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries has title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business (including, in each case, each Borrowing Base Asset and each Underlying Asset with respect thereto), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, or Liens permitted under Section 6.01 .
- 44 -
(b) To each Borrowers actual knowledge, all franchises, licenses, authorizations, rights of use, governmental approvals and permits (including all certificates of occupancy and building permits) required to have been issued by Governmental Authority to enable each Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to continue to operate its Real Property and respective business as currently operating have been lawfully issued and are in full force and effect, other than those which the failure to obtain in the aggregate would not materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or be otherwise reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To each Borrowers actual knowledge, no Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof is in violation of the terms or conditions of any such franchises, licenses, authorizations, rights of use, governmental approvals and permits, which violation would not materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or be otherwise reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.06 Intellectual Property . To the actual knowledge of each Borrower, such Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by such Borrower or such Subsidiary does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, would not materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or be otherwise reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the actual knowledge of each Borrower, there are no material slogans or other advertising devices, projects, processes, methods, substances, parts or components, or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower, with respect to the operation of its business, and no claim or litigation regarding any slogan or advertising device, project, process, method, substance, part or component or other material employed, or now contemplated to be employed by any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower, is pending or threatened, the outcome of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.07 Litigation and Environmental Matters .
(a) To the actual knowledge of each Borrower, except as set forth in Schedule 3.07 attached hereto, there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, threatened against or affecting any Borrower or any of the Borrowers Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, would, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or be otherwise reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.
(b) Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or otherwise result in a Material Adverse Effect:
(i) to the actual knowledge of Borrowers, all Real Property leased or owned by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is free from contamination by any Hazardous Material, except to the extent such contamination would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect;
- 45 -
(ii) to the actual knowledge of the Borrowers, the operations of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the operations at the Real Property leased or owned by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent such noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect;
(iii) neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have known liabilities with respect to Hazardous Materials and, to the knowledge of each Borrower, no facts or circumstances exist which would reasonably be expected to give rise to liabilities with respect to Hazardous Materials, in either case, except to the extent such liabilities would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(iv) to each Borrowers actual knowledge, (A) each Borrower and its Subsidiaries and all Real Property owned or leased by such Borrower or its Subsidiaries have all Environmental Permits necessary for the operations at such Real Property and are in compliance with such Environmental Permits; (B) there are no legal proceedings pending nor, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened to revoke, or alleging the violation of, such Environmental Permits; and (C) none of the Borrowers or its Subsidiaries have received any notice from any source to the effect that there is lacking any Environmental Permit required in connection with the current use or operation of any such properties, in each case, except to the extent the nonobtainment or loss of an Environmental Permit would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(v) to the actual knowledge of each Borrower, none of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries are subject to any pending legal proceeding alleging the violation of any Environmental Law nor are any such proceedings threatened, in either case, except to the extent any such proceedings would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(vi) to the actual knowledge of each Borrower, none of the operations of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, of any owner of premises currently leased by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any tenant of premises currently leased from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, involve the generation, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined under 40 C.F.R. Part 261.3 (in effect as of the date of this Agreement) or any state, local, territorial or foreign equivalent, in violation of Environmental Laws; and
(vii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, there is not now (except, in all cases, to the extent the existence thereof would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), on, in or under any Real Property leased or owned by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (A) any underground storage
- 46 -
tanks or surface tanks, dikes or impoundments (other than for surface water); (B) any friable asbestos-containing materials; (C) any polychlorinated biphenyls; or (D) any radioactive substances other than naturally occurring radioactive material.
Section 3.08 Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries is in material compliance with all Legal Requirements (including all Environmental Laws) applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or to its knowledge, its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.
Section 3.09 Investment and Holding Company Status . Except for the Lead Borrower, neither any Borrower nor any its Subsidiaries is an investment company as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940. Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a holding company as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.
Section 3.10 Taxes . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Person has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or otherwise result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.11 ERISA . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have any Plans as of the date hereof. As to any future Plan the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) will not exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) will not exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.
Section 3.12 Disclosure . To the actual knowledge of the Borrowers, each Borrower has disclosed or made available to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it, any other Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of a Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, each Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
- 47 -
Section 3.13 REIT Qualification . Each of NREC and NREO qualifies as a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the Code. Each such Borrower conducts its business in a manner which enables it to qualify as a real estate investment trust under, and to be entitled to the benefits of, §856 of the Code, and has elected to be treated as and will be entitled to the benefits of a real estate investment trust thereunder
Section 3.14 Margin Regulations . Neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), and no proceeds of the Loans will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock.
Section 3.15 Subsidiaries; RIC Qualification . As of the Effective Date, the Lead Borrower has only the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.15 attached hereto. The Lead Borrower is a Delaware statutory trust duly organized pursuant to a certificate of trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and is in good standing under the laws of Delaware. The Lead Borrower is a Registered Investment Company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Lead Borrower conducts its business in a manner which enables it to qualify as a as a closed-end company under, and to be entitled to the benefits of, the Investment Company Act of 1940, and has elected to be treated as and will be entitled to the benefits of closed-end company thereunder. The information included in each Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all respects.
Section 3.16 OFAC; Anti-Money Laundering . None of the Lead Borrower, any of the other Borrowers, any of the other Subsidiaries, or any other Affiliate of thereof is (or will be) (i) a Sanctioned Person, (ii) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction, (iii) to the best of each Borrowers knowledge, without any independent inquiry, is or has been (within the previous five (5) years) engaged in any transaction with any Sanctioned Person or any Person who is located, organized or resident in any Designated Jurisdiction to the extent that such transactions would violate Sanctions, or (iv) has violated any Anti-Money Laundering Law in any material respect. Each of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries, and to the knowledge of the Borrowers, each director, officer, employee, agent and Affiliate of the Borrowers and each such Subsidiary, is in compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects. The Loan Parties have implemented and maintain in effect policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
Section 3.17 Solvency . As of the Effective Date and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including any contribution rights under the Guaranty), including all Loans made or to be made hereunder, no Borrower is insolvent on a balance sheet basis such that the sum of such Persons assets exceeds the sum of such Persons liabilities, each Borrower is able to pay its debts as they become due, and each Borrower has sufficient capital to carry on its business.
- 48 -
Section 3.18 Brokers . No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged or otherwise dealt with any broker, finder or similar entity in connection with this Agreement or the Loans contemplated hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Conditions
Section 4.01 Effective Date . The obligations of the Lenders to make the Loans hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ):
(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each Borrower either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to which it is party signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of each such Loan Document other than the Notes) that such party has signed a counterpart of the Loan Documents, together with copies of all Loan Documents.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Wick Phillips Gould & Martin, LLP, counsel for the Borrowers, and such other counsel as the Administrative Agent may approve, covering such matters relating to the Borrowers, the Loan Documents or the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. The Borrowers hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrowers, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrowers, this Agreement (including each Borrowers compliance with Section 9.14 and other customary know your customer requirements) or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Compliance Certificate and a Borrowing Base Certificate, each dated the date of this Agreement and signed by a Financial Officer of the Lead Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received searches of Uniform Commercial Code ( UCC ) filings (or their equivalent) together with such other customary lien, litigation and bankruptcy searches as the Administrative Agent may require.
(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder.
- 49 -
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed copies of all other documents, certificates and instruments with respect to the Collateral as Administrative Agent may require and such other due diligence information as the Administrative Agent may require in respect thereof.
(h) The representations and warranties of each Borrower set forth in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Date.
(i) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the making of the Loans, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(j) Upon the reasonable request of any Lender made at least ten (10) days prior to the Effective Date, each Borrower shall have provided to such Lender the documentation and other information so requested in connection with applicable know your customer and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, in each case at least five (5) days prior to the Effective Date.
(k) At least five (5) days prior to the Effective Date, any Borrower that qualifies as a legal entity customer under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall deliver a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Borrower to each requesting Lender.
Section 4.02 Each Borrowing . The obligation of each Lender (as applicable) to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a) The representations and warranties of each Borrower set forth in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing (it being understood and agreed that any representation or warranty which by its terms is made as of a specified date shall be required to be true and correct only as of such specified date).
(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(c) With respect to any requested Borrowings, the Borrowers shall have complied with Section 2.03 .
Each Borrowing shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers on the date thereof as to the matters specified in this Section.
- 50 -
ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
Until the principal of and interest on the Loans and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
Section 5.01 Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information . The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
(a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Lead Borrower, the Lead Borrowers audited balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, together with all notes thereto all reported on by PwC or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a going concern or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Lead Borrower in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
(b) within 75 days after the end of each semi-annual reporting period of each fiscal year of the each Borrower, each Borrowers balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such semi-annual period and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Borrower in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a compliance certificate of a Financial Officer of the Lead Borrower (the Compliance Certificate ) in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto and a Borrowing Base Certificate;
(d) as soon as available and in any event within 75 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Lead Borrower (commencing with the first full fiscal quarter ended after the Effective Date), a schedule of the portfolio holdings, as of the end of such period, of Lead Borrower, as required by Form N-Q or Form N-PORT, as applicable; and
(e) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clause (a) above, the statement of all contingent liabilities involving amounts of $1,000,000 or more of the Lead Borrower and its subsidiaries which are not reflected in such financial statements or referred to in the notes thereto (including, without limitation, all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations in respect of the indebtedness of others, and obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit);
- 51 -
(f) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request; and
(g) promptly following receipt thereof, copies of the monthly statements with respect to the Borrowers Indebtedness under repurchase agreements or other Indebtedness secured by their assets.
Section 5.02 Financial Tests. The Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have and maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, tested as of the close of each calendar quarter:
(a) A Total Leverage Ratio not to exceed thirty three and one third percent (33 1/3%);
(b) A minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 5.0:1.0;
(c) Net Asset Value of no less than $600,000,000;
(d) A minimum Liquidity of $25,000,000 at all times; and
(e) A BB Interest Coverage Ratio of not less than 3.0 to 1.0.
Section 5.03 Notices of Material Events . The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender written notice of the following promptly after it becomes aware of same (unless specific time is set forth below):
(a) the occurrence of any Default under this Agreement or any default or event of default or other acceleration (whether or not a default exists under such Indebtedness) under any material Indebtedness of any Borrower or their Subsidiaries or any collateral margin call that would reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) within fifteen (15) Business Days after the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting any Borrower thereof that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) within fifteen (15) Business Days after the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000.00; and
(d) any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
- 52 -
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Lead Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
Section 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under this Agreement. No Borrower may be organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
Section 5.05 Payment of Obligations . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, would result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) such Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or be otherwise reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.06 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (ii) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are reasonable and customary for companies engaged in the same or similar businesses and operating in the same or similar locations.
Section 5.07 Books and Records; Inspection Rights .
(a) Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.
(b) Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice and subject to rights of tenants, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.
Section 5.08 Compliance with Laws . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with (i) all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, (ii) the provisions of its corporate charter, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or declaration of trust, as the case may be, and other charter documents and bylaws, (iii) all agreements and instruments to which it is a party or
- 53 -
by which it or any of its properties may be bound, (iv) all applicable decrees, orders, and judgments, and (v) all licenses and permits required by applicable laws and regulations for the conduct of its business or the ownership, use or operation of its properties, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not materially impair the operations of any Borrowing Base Asset or be otherwise reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.09 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used finance a portion of the Borrowers investments in Real Property and real estate-related assets that constitute Borrowing Base Assets and are pledged hereunder. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for financing, funding or completing the hostile acquisition of publicly traded Persons or for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations U and X.
Section 5.10 Fiscal Year . The Lead Borrower shall maintain as its fiscal year the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 of each year.
Section 5.11 Environmental Matters . Each Borrower shall comply and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and each Real Property owned or leased by such parties to comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws currently or hereafter in effect, except to the extent noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.12 KYC . Promptly following any request therefor, each Borrower shall provide information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable know your customer requirements under the Patriot Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation or other applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws.
Section 5.13 Further Assurances . At any time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Borrower will, promptly and at its expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and perform such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Loans made hereunder and interest thereon in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Section 5.14 REIT Requirements . Each of NREC and NREO shall comply with all Legal Requirements to maintain, and, will at all times elect, qualify as and maintain, its status as a real estate investment trust under Section 856(c)(i) of the Code.
Section 5.15 Lead Borrower Covenants . The Lead Borrower will:
(a) own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interest (excluding any preferred shares issued to comply with the requirements of real estate investment trusts under the Code) in each of NREC and NREO, free and clear of all Liens;
(b) maintain management and control of each of NREC and NREO; and
- 54 -
(c) comply with all Legal Requirements to maintain, and, will at all times elect, qualify as and maintain, its status as a Regulated Investment Company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Section 5.16 Keepwell . Each Borrower that is a Qualified ECP Party at the time that the Agreement becomes effective with respect to any Hedging Obligation, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Borrower that is not then an eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act (a Specified Party ) to honor all of its obligations under the Agreement in respect of Hedging Obligations (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Partys obligations and undertakings under this Section 5.16 voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Party under this Section 5.16 shall remain in full force and effect until the Loans have been repaid in full. Each Qualified ECP Party intends this Section 5.16 to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a keepwell, support, or other agreement for the benefit of, each Specified Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Section 5.17 Securitization Servicer; Refinancing Indebtedness . Each Borrower agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, that Administrative Agent shall be offered the opportunity to act as a special servicer with respect to any Borrowers or its Affiliates investments in securitizations or pass-through certificates, upon acquisition thereof by a Borrower or Affiliates thereof and for so long as any Borrower or Affiliate thereof owns an interest in such investment, in each case (i) where servicing is necessary; and (ii) subject to Administrative Agents pricing being consistent with duties of best execution. In addition, the Borrowers shall use their reasonable efforts (subject to duties of best execution) to cause their Subsidiaries and other Persons in which the Borrowers have made an investment to offer KeyBank the opportunity to place or provide any Permanent Financings related to such investment.
Section 5.18 Addition and Release of Borrowing Base Assets; Collateral Requirement .
(a) Addition of Borrowing Base Assets .
(i) After the Effective Date, the Borrowers shall have the right, subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent as required under (3) below and the satisfaction by Borrowers of the conditions set forth in this Section 5.18(a) , to add investments held by a Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries as Borrowing Base Assets. In the event Borrowers desire to add such investments as aforesaid, Borrowers shall provide written notice to the Administrative Agent of such request (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly furnish to the Lenders), together with all documentation and other information reasonably required to permit the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to assess such investments being proposed as Borrowing Base Assets, including, without limitation, information regarding any related Underlying Assets. No such
- 55 -
investment shall be included as a Borrowing Base Asset unless and until the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied:
(1) Each applicable Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent all Eligible Collateral Qualification Documents with respect to such investments, all of which instruments, documents or agreements shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, together with an executed Borrowing Base Certificate after giving effect to such addition and the incurrence of any Loans related thereto;
(2) after giving effect to the inclusion of such investment as a Borrowing Base Asset, each of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, shall be true in all material respects both as of the date as of which it was made and as of the time of the addition of such Borrowing Base Asset, with the same effect as if made on and as of that time (it being understood and agreed that any representation or warranty which by its terms is made as of a specified date shall be required to be true and correct only as of such specified date), and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of Borrower to such effect; and
(3) approval of the inclusion of such investment as a Borrowing Base Asset by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
(b) Release of Borrowing Base Asset . Provided no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder and be continuing (or would exist immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Section 5.18(b) including any paydown of the Loans in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Section 5.18(b) ), the Administrative Agent shall release a Borrowing Base Asset from the lien or security title of the Security Documents encumbering the same upon the request of Borrowers subject to and upon the following terms and conditions:
(i) The Borrowers shall have provided the Administrative Agent with written notice of its intention to remove any specified Borrowing Base Asset from the calculation of the Borrowing Base Amount at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree) prior to the requested release (which notice may be revoked by Borrowers at any time);
(ii) Borrowers shall submit to the Administrative Agent with such request an executed Borrowing Base Certificate adjusted in the best good faith estimate of Borrowers solely to give effect to the proposed release and demonstrating that no Default or Event of Default with respect to the covenants referred to therein shall exist after giving effect to such release and if the Borrower would not be in compliance, then any reduction in the outstanding amount of the Loans in connection with such release;
- 56 -
(iii) Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with such release, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees;
(iv) Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders any payment required to comply with Section 2.11(d) , which payment shall be applied to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Loans as provided in Section 2.11(d) ; and
(v) without limiting or affecting any other provision hereof, any release of a Collateral will not cause the Borrower to be in violation of the covenants set forth in Section 5.02 .
(c) Removal of Borrowing Base Asset . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent that any Borrowing Base Asset becomes subject to a Lien other than a Permitted Encumbrance described in clause (a) of such definition or any of the representations and warranties in the Loan Documents with respect to such Borrowing Base Asset or Underlying Asset with respect thereto ceases to be true and correct to the knowledge of any Borrower or the Borrowers fail to comply with the covenants in the Loan Documents with respect to such Borrowing Base Asset or Underlying Asset, such Borrowing Base Asset shall be immediately removed from all calculations related to the Borrowing Base Amount contained herein; provided that if such failure to so qualify is susceptible to cure within ten (10) Business Days after any Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, the Borrowers shall promptly give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and shall have such ten (10) Business Day period to effect such cure to the Administrative Agents satisfaction, in which case such Borrowing Base Asset shall remain in the Borrowing Base Amount; provided further that, during such ten (10) Business Day cure period, such Borrowing Base Asset may not be included in the calculations related to the Borrowing Base Availability unless approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
(d) Collateral Requirement . The Obligations and the Hedging Obligations shall be secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest to be held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents, in (i) the Equity Interests of each Collateral Subsidiary; and (ii) the Equity Interests of each other Subsidiary of NREC and NREO; provided that such Borrowers shall not, pursuant to this subclause (ii), be required to pledge any portion of such Equity Interests to the extent (and only to the extent) that such a grant of a security interest is prohibited by, or under the terms thereof, may give rise to a default, breach, right of recoupment, buyout, repurchase, purchase option, right of first refusal or similar rights (whether effective with the pledge or any related exercise of rights thereunder), claim, defense or remedy, or directly or indirectly results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, the documents evidencing or securing third-party mortgage indebtedness of such Subsidiary; provided further that, to the extent such pledge of any portion of such Equity Interests is restricted as set forth in the previous proviso, the Borrower shall, to the extent permitted under any such debt instruments, pledge to the
- 57 -
Agent, pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Agent, all of the economic interests and rights to receive dividends or distributions in respect of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary. No later than twenty (20) Business Days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Borrowers shall pledge to the Agent such portion of the Equity Interests or economic interests in any Subsidiaries that were formed or acquired during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter as is required to be pledged pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, in each case, pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall execute such documents and take such action as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require in order to perfect its security interest in such additional Equity Interests or economic interests, as applicable.
(e) Release of Collateral . Upon the refinancing or repayment of the Obligations and Hedging Obligations in full, then the Administrative Agent shall release the Collateral from the lien and security interest of the Security Documents.
Section 5.19 Post-Closing Covenant . No later than two (2) Business Days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), deliver a schedule listing the Equity Interests owned by each Borrower in each Collateral Subsidiary and by NREC and NREO in any other Person, which schedule shall detail (i) the legal name of each entity in which such Borrower owns Equity Interests (an issuer), (ii) such issuers jurisdiction of organization and corporate form, (iii) the number or percentage of Equity Interests owned by a Borrower in such issuer, (iv) the number or percentage of Equity Interests, if any, in such issuer that can be pledged to the Agent to secure the Obligations without violating existing indebtedness or joint venture restrictions, (v) for issuers that are limited liability companies or limited partnerships, whether such Equity Interests constitute securities under the UCC, (vi) whether such Equity Interests are held directly by the Borrowers or are maintained with a custodian, transfer agent, securities intermediary, securities account, or otherwise, and (vii) such other information regarding such Equity Interests as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Notwithstading anything herein to the contrary, the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that any breach of this SECTION 5.19 shall constitute an immediate Event of Default (subject only to notice from the Administrative Agent).
ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
Until the principal of and interest on the Loans and all other amounts due and payable hereunder have been paid in full, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
Section 6.01 Liens . No Borrower will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on the Collateral, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except for Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent securing the Obligations and Permitted Encumbrances described in clause (i) of such definition.
- 58 -
Section 6.02 Fundamental Changes . No Borrower will, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent:
(a) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of a Borrower (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve;
(b) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to the extent such transaction would result in a breach of Section 5.02 ; or
(c) engage to any material extent in any business other than their respective business as conducted by the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.
Section 6.03 Investments, Loans, Advances and Acquisitions . No Borrower will, directly or indirectly, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness (subject to Section 6.09 below) or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except Permitted Investments.
Section 6.04 Hedging Agreements . The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, other than Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which any Subsidiary of a Borrower is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.
Section 6.05 Restricted Payments . The Lead Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment at any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, except that any of the following Restricted Payments are permitted: (a) Restricted Payments by the Lead Borrower required to comply with Section 5.15(c), (b) Restricted Payments by NREC and NREO in the minimum amount required to comply with Section 5.14, and (c) Restricted Payments declared and paid ratably by Subsidiaries to a Borrower with respect to their Equity Interests.
Section 6.06 Transactions with Affiliates . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained on an arms-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among a Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate, (c) transactions related to the closing of and ongoing activities necessary to implement the loan obligations and requirements of this Agreement, and (d) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.05 .
Section 6.07 Lead Borrower Negative Covenants . The Lead Borrower will not (a) give or allow any Lien on any Collateral other than those permitted hereunder (b) fail to make any
- 59 -
filing necessary to comply with the rules of any exchange in which its shares are listed; or (c) fail to maintain its classification under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as a closed-end company as defined under Section 5 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Section 6.08 Restrictive Agreements . No Borrower will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of a Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of a Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that the restrictions contained in this Section 6.08 shall not apply to (i) restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or as otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent, (ii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness or Liens permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, or ownership interests in the obligors with respect to such Indebtedness, and (iv) solely with respect to clause (a), provisions in leases restricting the assignment thereof.
Section 6.09 Indebtedness . No Borrower shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise with respect to any Indebtedness on a recourse basis, except: (a) Indebtedness under this Agreement; (b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.09 ; (c) Indebtedness of the Lead Borrower under any Hedging Obligations, (d) Indebtedness of any Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to a Borrower or any other Subsidiary; (e) Indebtedness of NREO or NREC pursuant to guaranties of Indebtedness of its Subsidiaries that is secured by real property and whose recourse is solely for so-called bad-boy acts, including without limitation, (i) failure to account for a tenants security deposits, if any, for rent or any other payment collected by a borrower from a tenant under the lease, all in accordance with the provisions of any applicable loan documents, (ii) fraud or a material misrepresentation in connection with the financing evidenced by the applicable loan documents; (iii) any attempt by a Borrower or its Subsidiary to divert or otherwise cause to be diverted any amounts payable to the applicable lender in accordance with the applicable loan documents; (iv) the misappropriation or misapplication of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards relating to any Real Property; (v) voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) any environmental matter(s) affecting any Real Property; (vii) failure to deliver statements, schedules, reports, or books and records in accordance with the provisions of any applicable loan documents; (viii) failure to pay any deferred amounts in accordance with the provisions of any applicable loan documents; (ix) any material waste of any Real Property; (x) the failure to comply with any single purpose entity requirements in accordance with the provisions of any applicable loan documents; and (xi) the occurrence of any transfer of any interest in violation of the provisions of any applicable loan documents; (f) Indebtedness for trade payables and operating expenses incurred in the ordinary
- 60 -
course of business; and (g) other Indebtedness in an amount that would not cause a breach of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.02(a) through Section 5.02(d) ; provided that, without the Administrative Agents consent, NREC and NREO shall not incur any recourse Indebtedness other than as permitted in clauses (a) , (e) , and (f) of this Section 6.09 .
Section 6.10 [Intentionally Omitted] .
Section 6.11 Amendment to Organizational Documents . Without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, no Borrower will amend, modify or waive any rights under its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents in any manner, except: (a) modifications necessary to clarify existing provisions of such organizational documents; (b) modifications which would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) modifications in connection with mergers, consolidations, investments and other transactions not otherwise prohibited by the other provisions of this Agreement.
Section 6.12 Sanctions . No Borrower shall permit the proceeds of any Loan: (a) to be lent, contributed or otherwise made available to fund any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction; (b) to fund any activity or business of any Sanctioned Person or any Person located, organized, formed, incorporated or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions; (c) in any other manner that will result in any material violation by any Person (including any Lender or Administrative Agent) of any Sanctions; or (d) to be used in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws.
ARTICLE VII
Events of Default
Section 7.01 Events of Default : If any of the following events (Events of Default) shall occur:
(a) the Borrowers shall fail to pay any principal of any Loans when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise, and such failure (other than the payment due on the Maturity Date, for which there shall be no grace period) shall continue unremedied for a period of over three (3) Business Days;
(b) the Borrowers shall fail to pay any interest on the Loans or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under any Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of over three (3) Business Days (such three Business Day period commencing after written notice from the Administrative Agent as to any such failure);
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Borrower in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or
- 61 -
modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;
(d) any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Article V or VI other than Sections 5.04 , 5 .05 , 5.06 , 5.07(a) , 5.08 , and 5.11 ;
(e) any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of over thirty (30) days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender) and if such default is not curable within thirty (30) days and the Borrowers are diligently pursuing cure of same, the cure period may be extended for thirty (30) days (for a total of 60 days after the original notice from the Administrative Agent) upon written request from the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent;
(f) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Borrower or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Borrower or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(g) any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Person or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(h) any Borrower shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(i) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against any Borrower, any Subsidiary of a Borrower or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of such Person to enforce any such judgment;
- 62 -
(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000;
(k) any Borrower shall default under any agreement and such default would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(l) any Borrower shall (or shall attempt to) disavow, revoke or terminate any Loan Document to which it is a party or shall otherwise challenge or contest in any action, suit or proceeding in any court or before any Governmental Authority the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document;
(m) any provision of any Loan Document with respect to the Collateral shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on, enforceable against, any Borrower resulting in a Material Adverse Effect, or any lien created under any Loan Document ceases to be a valid and perfected first priority lien in any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby;
(n) a Change in Control shall occur; or
(o) any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries defaults under any recourse Indebtedness or any non-recourse Indebtedness or any other event or condition occurs that results in any such recourse or non-recourse Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any such Indebtedness to accelerate or otherwise cause any such Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity;
then, and in every such event (other than an event described in clause (f) or (g) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take some or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all reasonable fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower, and (iii) exercise any other rights or remedies provided under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other right or remedy available by law or equity; and in case of any event described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all reasonable fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers.
- 63 -
ARTICLE VIII
The Administrative Agent
Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In the event of conflicting instructions or notices given to a Borrowers by the Administrative Agent and any Lender, each Borrower is hereby directed and shall rely conclusively on the instruction or notice given by the Administrative Agent.
The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with a Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 ), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent agrees that, in fulfilling its duties hereunder, it will use the same standard of care it utilizes in servicing loans for its own account.
- 64 -
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrowers, and may be removed by the Required Lenders in the event of the Administrative Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the approval of Borrowers (provided no Default has occurred and is continuing), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation or is removed, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a Lender, or a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent for its own behalf shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the Administrative Agents resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall cooperate with any successor Administrative Agent in fulfilling its duties hereunder.
- 65 -
Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Administrative Agent agrees to provide the Lenders with copies of all material documents and certificates received by the Administrative Agent from Borrowers in connection with the Loans.
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
Section 9.01 Notices . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
(a) if to a Borrower, in care of NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund at 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention: Matt McGraner (Telephone No. (972) 419-6229 and Email: mmcgraner@highlandcapital.com ); copies to: Wick Phillips Gould & Martin, LLP, 3131 McKinney, Suite 100, Dallas, Texas 75204, Attention: Chris Fuller (Telephone No. (214) 740-4023 and Email: cfuller@wickphillips.com ) and NexPoint Advisors, L.P., 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention: Legal (Telephone No. (972) 419-6223 and Email: Legal@Hcmlp.com);
(b) if to the Administrative Agent, to KeyBank, National Association, 225 Franklin Street, 16 th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Christopher T. Neil, (Telephone No. (617) 385-6202 and Email: christopher_t_neil@keybank.com; and
(c) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement, or as provided to Borrowers in writing by the Administrative Agent or the Lender.
Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given (i) if given by telecopy, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified in this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day); (ii) if given by mail (return receipt requested), on the earlier of receipt or three (3) Business Days after such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid; or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section; provided that notices to the Administrative Agent under Article II shall not be effective until received.
- 66 -
Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments .
(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under any other Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof nor any provision of any Loan Document may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders or by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of Required Lenders or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) release any Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents or release any Collateral, except as specifically provided for herein, without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) subordinate the Loans or any Collateral without the written consent of each Lender, (viii) waive or modify any conditions of extending the Loan set forth in Section 2.20 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, or (ix) consent to the Collateral securing any other Indebtedness without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
(c) There shall be no amendment, modification or waiver of ARTICLE VIII or any other provision in the Loan Documents that affects the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents without the written consent of the Administrative Agent.
- 67 -
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender; and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
(e) If Administrative Agent shall request in writing the consent of any Lender to any amendment, change, waiver, discharge, termination, consent or exercise of rights covered by this Agreement, and such Lender fails to approve or deny such request in writing within ten (10) Business Days of the making of such written request, the Lender shall be deemed to have consented to the request.
Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .
(a) Each Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any waivers, workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Loans.
(b) Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an Indemnitee ) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the Loans or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by a
- 68 -
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a court of law in a final non-appealable judgment, or the failure of the Indemnitee to make Loans pursuant to its Commitment in breach of its obligations hereunder.
(c) To the extent that the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such Lenders pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such.
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, the Loans or the use of the proceeds thereof.
(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten days after written demand therefor.
Section 9.04 Successors and Assigns .
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that a Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by a Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
- 69 -
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:
(1) the Lead Borrower, provided that (i) no consent of the Lead Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee, and (ii) such consent shall be deemed granted unless the Lead Borrower objects within five (5) Business Days of a receipt of written notice of the proposed assignment
(2) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
(3) the Administrative Agent.
Provided, no consent of the Lead Borrower or Administrative Agent shall be required in connection with any assignment to an entity acquiring, or merging with, a Lender.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000.00 unless each of the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Lead Borrower shall be required if a Default has occurred and is continuing and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
(2) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned;
(3) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500.00; and
(4) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
- 70 -
For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b) , the term Approved Fund has the following meaning:
Approved Fund means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 9.03 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of the principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignees completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(c) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a Participant ) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain
- 71 -
unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement and (iv) each Borrowers obligations hereunder shall not be increased. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (d) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participants interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the Participant Register); provided that, except in the case of a Participant asserting any right of set-off pursuant to Section 9.08 , no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participants interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(d) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Lead Borrowers prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Lead Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.
(e) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and
- 72 -
this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
Section 9.05 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on the Loans or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid. The provisions of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
Section 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .
(a) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.
(b) This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.
(c) Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(d) Each Borrower agrees that it shall never be entitled to be subrogated to any of the Administrative Agents or any Lenders rights against any Borrower or other Person or any collateral or offset rights held by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders for payment of the Loans until the full and final payment of the Loans and all other obligations incurred under the Loan Documents and final termination of the Lenders obligations, if any, to make further advances under this Agreement or to provide any other financial accommodations to any Borrower
- 73 -
Section 9.07 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 9.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits of a Borrower (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, but excluding any funds held by a Borrower on behalf of tenants or other third parties) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of a Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrowers now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. In the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (a) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (b) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.
Section 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
(b) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in Boston, Massachusetts and in New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against such Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
- 74 -
(c) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
Section 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
Section 9.11 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
Section 9.12 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Lead Borrower (h) to any Person in connection with any Hedging Agreement, (i) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential
- 75 -
basis from a source other than a Borrower, or (j) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lenders or its Affiliates investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender or its Affiliates. For the purposes of this Section, Information means all information received from any Borrower relating to any Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from any Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Section 9.13 Interest Rate Limitation . If at any time there exists a maximum rate of interest which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lenders in accordance with applicable law (the Maximum Rate ), then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time the interest applicable to the Loans, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on the Loans under applicable law (collectively, the Charges ), shall exceed such Maximum Rate, the rate of interest payable in respect of the Loans hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been paid in respect of the Loans but were not payable as result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to the Lenders in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by the Lenders. If, for any reason whatsoever, the Charges paid or received on the Loans produces a rate which exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Lenders shall credit against the principal of the Loans (or, if such indebtedness shall have been paid in full, shall refund to the payor of such Charges) such portion of said Charges as shall be necessary to cause the interest paid on the Loans to produce a rate equal to the Maximum Rate. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to the holders of the Loans for the use, forbearance or detention of the Loans shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread in equal parts throughout the full term of this Agreement, so that the interest rate is uniform throughout the full term of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section shall control all agreements, whether now or hereafter existing and whether written or oral, between the parties hereto. Without notice to any Borrower or any other person or entity, the Maximum Rate, if any, shall automatically fluctuate upward and downward as and in the amount by which such maximum nonusurious rate of interest permitted by applicable law fluctuates.
Section 9.14 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act (as hereinafter defined) and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Patriot Act ), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Borrower, which information includes the name and address of such Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or
- 76 -
Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act. Borrower shall, promptly following a request by Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable know your customer and Anti-Money Laundering Laws, rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.
Section 9.15 Fiduciary Duty/No Conflicts .
The Administrative Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the Lenders), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Borrowers, their stockholders and/or their affiliates. Each Borrower agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Borrower, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other. The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arms-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrowers, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Credit Documents and (y) each Lender is acting hereunder solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto in its capacity as a Lender.
Section 9.16 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and
(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:
(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;
- 77 -
(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.
[Signature Pages Follow]
- 78 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
[Signatures Continue on the Following Page]
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]
SCHEDULE 2.01
LENDER |
COMMITMENT (Percentage) |
|
KEYBANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
From the Effective Date until September 13, 2018: $75,000,000.00 (100%)
From and after September 14, 2018: $60,000,000.00 (100%) |
Schedule 2.01
SCHEDULE 3.07
LITIGATION
NONE.
Schedule 3.07
SCHEDULE 3.15
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
NREC
NREO
ALLENBY, LLC
CLAYMORE HOLDINGS, LLC
ENTEGRA-NHF HOLDCO, LLC
ENTEGRA-NHF SUPERHOLDCO, LLC
G-LA RESORTS HOLDINGS LLC
NHF CCD, INC.
SPECIALTY FINANCIAL PRODUCTS DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY
Schedule 3.15
SCHEDULE 5.18
ELIGIBLE COLLATERAL QUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS
With respect to any asset proposed to be included as a Borrowing Base Asset, each of the following, each in the similar form delivered to Administrative Agent as of the Effective Date (to the extent applicable):
Security Documents . A joinder or supplement to the Security Documents relating to such Borrowing Base Asset as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably and customarily require, duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto. Without limiting the foregoing UCC-1 financing statements which shall have been furnished for filing in all filing offices that Administrative Agent may reasonably require;
Enforceability Opinion . If required by the Administrative Agent, the favorable legal opinion of counsel to Borrowers, from counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, addressed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent covering the enforceability of such documents, the Borrowers existence and authority to enter into such Security Documents, and such other matters as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.
Perfection of Liens . Such filings, recordings, deliveries of instruments and other actions requested by the Administrative Agent in order to create a legal, valid and enforceable first lien or security title and security interest in such Borrowing Base Asset.
UCC Certification . A certification from records search firm or counsel satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that a search of the appropriate public records disclosed no conditional sales contracts, security agreements, chattel mortgages, financing statements or title retention agreements which affect any property, rights or interests of the Borrowers that are or are intended to be subject to the security interest, security title, assignments, and liens created by the Security Documents relating to such Collateral except to the extent that the same are discharged and removed prior to or simultaneously with the inclusion of the asset in the Collateral.
Bankruptcy and Litigation Searches . Bankruptcy and litigation searches with respect to the subject Borrower performed by a search firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in such jurisdictions as Administrative Agent may reasonably require, which searches shall be satisfactory to Administrative Agent.
Additional Documents . Such other agreements, documents, certificates, reports or assurances as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.
Schedule 5.18
SCHEDULE 6.09
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
1. |
That certain Master Repurchase Agreement by and between BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and NexPoint Advisors, L.P., dated as of November 16, 2017, as amended by that certain Annex 1 Supplemental Terms and Conditions dated as of November 17, 2017. |
2. |
That certain Prime Brokerage Account Agreement by and between Highland Credit Strategies Fund and Merrill Lynch Professional Clearing Corp. dated June 22, 2011. |
Schedule 6.09
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (the Assignment and Assumption ) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the Assignor ) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the Assignee ). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the Credit Agreement ), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignors rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all its Commitment and outstanding Loans and a corresponding interest in and to all other rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the Assigned Interest ). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
Assignee, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, hereby assumes all obligations of Assignor with respect to the Assigned Interests from and after the Effective Date as if Assignee were an original Lender under and signatory to the Credit Agreement, which obligations shall include, but shall not be limited to, the obligation to make Loans to the Borrowers with respect to the Assigned Interest and to indemnify the Administrative Agent as provided therein (such obligations, together with all other obligations set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Assigned Obligations ). Assignor shall have no further duties or obligations with respect to, and shall have no further interest in, the Assigned Obligations or the Assigned Interests.
A-1
1. | Assignor: | |||
2. | Assignee: |
[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ] 1 ] |
||
3. | Borrowers: | NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund, NexPoint Real Estate Capital LLC, and NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC | ||
4. | Administrative Agent: | KeyBank, National Association, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement | ||
5. | Credit Agreement: | The Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018, among NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund, NexPoint Real Estate Capital LLC, and NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC, as borrowers, the Lenders parties thereto, and KeyBank, National Association, as Administrative Agent | ||
6. | Assigned Interest: |
Aggregate Amount of Commitments for all Lenders |
Amount of
Commitment Assigned |
Percentage
Assigned of Commitment 2 |
Amount of
Outstanding Loans Assigned |
|||||||||
$ |
$ | % | $ | |||||||||
$ |
$ | % | $ | |||||||||
$ |
$ | % | $ |
In consideration of the assignment made pursuant to this Assignment and Assumption, Assignee agrees to pay to Assignor on the Effective Date, an amount equal to the Amount of Outstanding Loans Assigned set forth in the table above.
Effective Date: | , 20 [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] |
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
ASSIGNOR | ||
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR] | ||
By: | ||
Title: |
1 |
Select as applicable. |
2 |
Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Loans of all Lenders thereunder. |
A-2
ASSIGNEE | ||||
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE] | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
[Consented to and] 3 Accepted: | ||||
[KeyBank, National Association], as Administrative Agent |
||||
By: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
[Consented to:] 4 | ||||
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY] | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
3 |
To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. |
4 |
To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement |
A-3
ANNEX 1
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1. Representations and Warranties .
1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of any Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by any Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; (b) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents; and (c) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the
A-4
Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. All payments to Assignee under the Credit Agreement shall be made as provided in the Credit Agreement in accordance with the separate instructions delivered to Administrative Agent.
3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
A-5
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Key Bank, National Association
as Administrative Agent
225 Franklin Street, 16 th Floor
Boston, MA 02110
Attn: Mr. Christopher Neil
RE: NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund Compliance Certificate for through
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Compliance Certificate is made with reference to that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund (the Lead Borrower), NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC, and NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC, as borrowers (collectively, the Borrower), the financial institutions party thereto, as lenders, and KeyBank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. All capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate (including any attachments hereto) and not otherwise defined in this Compliance Certificate shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Credit Agreement. All Section references herein shall refer to the Credit Agreement.
I hereby certify that I am the [ ] of the Lead Borrower, and that I make this Certificate on behalf of the Borrowers. I further represent and certify on behalf of the Lead Borrower as follows as of the date of this Compliance Certificate:
I have reviewed the terms of the Loan Documents and have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and financial condition of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries, during the accounting period (the Reporting Period) covered by the financial reports delivered simultaneous herewith pursuant to Section 5.01[(a)][(b)], and that such review has not disclosed the existence during or at the end of such Reporting Period (and that I do not have knowledge of the existence as at the date hereof) of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default.
B-1
This Compliance Certificate has been executed and delivered as of the date set forth above.
[Signature Page Follows]
B-2
The undersigned has executed this Compliance Certificate as of , 20
|
||
Name: | ||
Title: | [ ] of Lead Borrower |
B-3
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF NOTE
$ |
, 2016 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND , a Delaware statutory trust, NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE CAPITAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE OPPORTUNITIES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as borrowers (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the Maker ), jointly and severally promise to pay without offset or counterclaim to the order of [insert name of Lender], (Payee), the principal amount equal to the lesser of (x) ($ ) or (y) the outstanding amount advanced by Payee as a Loan under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), payable in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
Maker also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note (this Note) at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated of even date herewith, among Maker, the Lenders named therein, and KeyBank, National Association, as Administrative Agent for itself and the Lenders (as hereafter amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
Payments hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the Payee at 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114-1306, or at such other address as Administrative Agent may designate from time to time, or made by wire transfer in accordance with wiring instructions provided by the Administrative Agent.
This Note is subject to (a) mandatory prepayment and (b) prepayment at the option of the Maker, as provided in the Credit Agreement.
This Note is issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, reference to which is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Loan evidenced hereby is made and is to be repaid.
THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. MAKER AGREES THAT JURISDICTION AND VENUE FOR ANY ACTION REGARDING THIS NOTE SHALL BE AS SET FORTH IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.
C-1
Maker promises to pay all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. Maker and any endorser of this Note hereby consents to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand and notice of every kind (except such notices as may be expressly required under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents) and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.
Whenever possible, each provision of this Note shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Note shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Note.
C-2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first written above.
C-3
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF] BORROWING REQUEST/INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST
[Date]
KeyBank, National Association
as Administrative Agent
225 Franklin Street, 18th floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attn: Mr. Christopher Neil
Re: |
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund, et al. |
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Interest Election Request is made with reference to that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund, NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC, and NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC, as borrowers (each, a Borrower), the financial institutions party thereto, as lenders, and KeyBank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. All capitalized terms used in this Interest Election Request (including any attachments hereto) and not otherwise defined in this Interest Election Request shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Credit Agreement. All Section references herein shall refer to the Credit Agreement.
The undersigned Lead Borrower hereby requests [check as applicable]
☐ a conversion of an existing Loan as provided below and/or
☐ a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement in the amount of $ [minimum of $1,000,000.00 and in multiples of $100,000.00] for the purpose of [DESCRIBE INVESTMENT].
The advance or conversion is to be made as follows:
A. | ABR Loan . | |||||
1. | Amount of ABR Loan: | $ | ||||
2. | Amount of conversion of existing Loan to ABR Loan | $ | ||||
3. | Date of ABR Loan conversion: |
D-1
B. | Eurodollar Loan : | |||||
1. | Amount of Eurodollar Loan: | $ | ||||
2. | Amount of conversion of existing Loan to Eurodollar Loan: | $ | ||||
3. | Number of Eurodollar Loans(s) now in effect: [cannot exceed four (4)] | |||||
4. | Date of Eurodollar Loan conversion: | |||||
5. | Interest Period: | |||||
6. | Expiration date of current Interest Period as to this conversion: | |||||
C. | Daily LIBOR Loan: | |||||
1. | Amount of Daily LIBOR Loan: | $ | ||||
2. | Amount of conversion of existing Loan to Daily LIBOR Loan: | $ | ||||
3. | Date of Eurodollar Loan conversion: |
The Lead Borrower, for itself and on behalf of the other Borrowers, hereby represents and warrants that the amounts set forth above are true and correct, that the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are true and correct as if made as of this date (except to the extent relating to a specific date), and that the Borrowers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every one of its obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the date hereof [except as follows: ]
LEAD BORROWER: | ||
NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Delaware statutory trust | ||
|
||
Name: | James Dondero | |
Title: | President and Principal Executive Officer |
D-2
EXHIBIT E-1
[FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Delaware statutory trust, NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE CAPITAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, AND NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE OPPORTUNITIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrowers (each, a Borrower ), KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the lenders, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrowers as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form). By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Date: , 20[ ] |
E-1
EXHIBIT E-2
[FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Delaware statutory trust, NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE CAPITAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, AND NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE OPPORTUNITIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrowers (each, a Borrower ), KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the lenders, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrowers as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form). By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Date: , 20[ ] |
E-2
EXHIBIT E-3
[FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Delaware statutory trust, NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE CAPITAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, AND NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE OPPORTUNITIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrowers (each, a Borrower ), KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the lenders, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of ta Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrowers as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) from each of such partners/members beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Date: , 20[ ]
E-3
EXHIBIT E-4
[FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among NEXPOINT STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Delaware statutory trust, NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE CAPITAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, AND NEXPOINT REAL ESTATE OPPORTUNITIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrowers (each, a Borrower ), KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the lenders, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers with IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) from each of such partners/members beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Date: , 20[ ] |
E-4
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT F
[FORM OF] BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
F-1
CONSENT OF COUNSEL
We hereby consent to the use of our name and the references to our firm under the caption Legal Counsel included in or made a part of the Registration Statement of NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund (File Nos. 333-[ ] and 811-21869), on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
/s/ K&L Gates LLP |
K&L Gates LLP |
March 5, 2019
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund of our report dated March 1, 2019, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights, which appears in the NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Funds Annual Report on Form N-CSR for the year ended December 31, 2018. We also consent to the references to us under the headings Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Financial Statements and Financial Highlights in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 5, 2019
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY
Purpose and Scope
The purpose of the Code of Ethics Policy (the Policy) is to implement a policy of strict compliance with the highest standards of ethical business conduct and the provisions of applicable federal securities laws, including rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. This Policy provides guidance to all Company personnel regarding ethical business principles. The Policy is designed to ensure compliance with legal requirements and the Companys standard of business conduct. Employees shall read and understand the Policy and uphold the standards outlined herein in their day-to-day activities at the Company.
General Policy
This Policy does not address every possible situation that may arise. Consequently, every Employee is responsible for exercising good judgment, applying ethical principles, and bringing violations or potential violations of this Policy to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer. Any questions regarding the Companys policies and procedures should be referred to the Compliance Department. This Policy shall apply to each Employee of the Company. The Policy covers the following topics:
(i) |
Insider Trading |
(ii) |
Personal Trading Policy |
(iii) |
Outside Business Activities and Private Securities Transactions |
(iv) |
Business Gifts and Entertainment |
(v) |
Political Contributions |
The Company will distribute this Code of Ethics, and any amendments, to each Employee, and each Employee will be required to sign either electronically or in writing an acknowledgement, indicating that they have received a copy of the Code of Ethics and will comply with its provisions. Acknowledgements required under the Code of Ethics may be submitted in written or electronic format containing substantially the same information included on the form.
Standards of Conduct
Compliance with Governing Laws, Regulations and Procedures
The Company and its Employees shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
(i) |
Employees shall comply with all procedures and guidelines established by the Company to ensure compliance with applicable federal and state laws and regulations. No Employee shall knowingly participate in, assist, or condone any act of violation of any statute or regulation governing the Company or any act that would violate any provision of this Policy. |
(ii) |
Employees shall have and maintain knowledge of and shall comply with the provisions of the Policy. |
(iii) |
Employees having knowledge of violations of this Policy shall immediately report such violations to the Chief Compliance Officer. |
Individual Standards of Conduct
The following general principles guide the individual conduct of each Employee:
(i) |
Employees will not take any action that will violate any applicable laws or regulations, including all federal securities laws. |
(ii) |
Employees will adhere to the highest standards of ethical conduct. |
(iii) |
Employees will maintain the confidentiality of all information obtained in the course of employment with the Company. |
(iv) |
Employees will bring any issues reasonably believed to place the Company at risk to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer. |
(v) |
Employees will not abuse or misappropriate the Companys or any Clients assets or use them for personal gain. |
(vi) |
Employees will disclose any activities that may create an actual or potential conflict of interest between the Employee, the Company and/or any Client. |
(vii) |
Employees will deal fairly with Clients and other Employees and will not abuse the Employees position of trust and responsibility with Clients or take inappropriate advantage of his or her position with the Company. |
(viii) |
Employees will comply with this Code of Ethics. |
Ethical Business Practices
It is the policy of the Company that any violation of applicable laws, regulations or this Policy shall be immediately reported to the Chief Compliance Officer. If an Employee, in good faith, raises an issue regarding a possible violation of law, regulation or Company policy or any suspected illegal or unethical behavior he or she will be protected from retaliation.
Falsification or Alteration of Records
Falsifying or altering records or reports, preparing records or reports that do not accurately or adequately reflect the underlying transactions or activities, or knowingly approving such conduct is prohibited. Examples of prohibited financial or accounting practices include:
(i) |
Making false or inaccurate entries or statements in any Company or Client books, records, or reports that intentionally hide or misrepresent the true nature of a transaction or activity; |
(ii) |
Manipulating books, records, or reports for personal gain; |
(iii) |
Failing to maintain books and records that completely, accurately, and timely reflect all business transactions; |
(iv) |
Maintaining any undisclosed or unrecorded Company or Client funds or assets; |
(v) |
Using funds for a purpose other than the described purpose; and |
(vi) |
Making a payment or approving a receipt with the understanding that the funds will be, or have been, used for a purpose other than what is described in the record of the transaction. |
Competition and Fair Dealing
The Company seeks to outperform its competition fairly and honestly. The Company seeks competitive advantages through superior performance, not through unethical or illegal business practices. Stealing proprietary information, possessing trade secret information obtained without the owners consent, or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. Each Employee should endeavor to respect the rights of and deal fairly with the Clients, vendors, service providers, suppliers, and competitors. No Employee should, in connection with any Company business, take
unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair dealing practice. Employees should not falsely disparage or make unfair negative comments about its competitors or their products and services. Negative public statements concerning the conduct or performance of any former Employee of the Company should also be avoided.
Privacy of Personal Information
The Company will acquire and retain only personal information that is required for the effective operation of the business of the Company or that is required by law in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Access to such information will be restricted internally to those with a legitimate need to know. Employee communications transmitted by the Companys systems are not considered private.
Online Blogging and Communication with Media
Without the express advance approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Department, Employees are prohibited from posting their opinions regarding an investment, issuer, investment strategy, market conditions, government financial actions, and any and all other such opinions as may appear to impart a financial opinion on any corporate, personal, or financial blogging website.
Spreading of False Rumors
The Company prohibits Employees from spreading Rumors (as hereinafter defined) directly or indirectly regarding the financial condition of any company. For purposes of the Code of Ethics, a Rumor shall be defined to include any statement which, at the time of making, the Employee knew, or should have known, was false, misleading, or otherwise untrue or deceptive. This includes any statement in which the Employee omits a fact or set of facts, which if disclosed would change the nature of the statement, and which by being omitted results in the statement being false, misleading or otherwise untrue and deceptive. The Company prohibits the dissemination of Rumors verbally, electronically, or in writing.
Protection of Confidential Information
Information generated in the Company is a valuable Company asset. Protecting this information plays a vital role in the Companys continued growth and ability to compete. Such information includes among other things, technical information such as computer programs and databases, business information such as the Companys objectives and strategies, trade secrets, processes, analysis, charts, drawings, reports, sales, earnings, forecasts, relationships with Clients, marketing strategies, training materials, Employee compensation and records, and other information of a similar nature. Employees must maintain the confidentiality of the Companys proprietary and confidential information and must not use or disclose such information without the express consent of an officer of the Company or when legally mandated.
Confidentiality of Investor Information
As a registered investment adviser, we have particular responsibilities for safeguarding our investors information and the proprietary information of the Company. Employees should be mindful of this obligation when using the telephone, fax, electronic mail, and other electronic means of storing and transmitting information. Employees should not discuss confidential information in public areas, read confidential documents in public places, or leave or discard confidential documents where they can be retrieved by others.
Information concerning the identity of investors and their transactions and accounts is confidential. Such information may not be disclosed to persons within the Company except as they may need to know it in order to fulfill their responsibilities to the Company. You may not disclose such information to anyone or any firm outside the Company unless (i) the outside firm requires the information in order to perform services for the Company and is bound to maintain its confidentiality; (ii) when the Client has consented or been given an opportunity to request that the information not be shared; (iii) as required by law; or (iv) as authorized by the Chief Compliance Officer. In addition, Regulation S-AM (Reg S-AM) prohibits a registered investment adviser from using information about an individual consumer that has been obtained from an affiliated entity for marketing purposes unless the information sharing practices have been disclosed and the consumer has not opted out. The Company should not use information about individuals that was obtained from affiliates for any marketing purposes and should not provide information about individuals to any of its affiliates for any marketing purposes.
Information regarding investor orders must not be used in any way to influence trades in personal accounts or in the accounts of other Clients. Intentionally trading ahead of a Clients order with the purpose of benefiting on the trade as a result of the Clients follow-on trade is known as frontrunning and is prohibited. Certain six-month short-swing transactions (e.g., a sale and a purchase, or a purchase and a sale, occurring within a six-month period) are also prohibited. If you reasonably believe improper trading in personal or Client accounts has occurred, you must report such conduct to the Chief Compliance Officer.
Additionally, Employees are prohibited from buying or selling an option while in possession of non-public information concerning a block transaction in the underlying stock, or buying or selling an underlying security while in possession of non-public information concerning a block transaction in an option covering that security (the inter-market front running), for an account in which the Company or such Employee has an interest or with
respect to which the Company or such Employee exercises investment discretion. This prohibition extends to trading in stock index options and stock index futures while in possession of non-public information concerning a block transaction in a component stock of an index. A block transaction means a transaction involving 10,000 shares or more of an underlying security or options covering 10,000 shares or more of such security. In the case of a thinly traded security, fewer than 10,000 shares may constitute a block transaction.
Prohibition Against Insider Trading
General
The Company forbids any Employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and private accounts advised by the Company, on material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as insider trading. The Companys policy extends to activities within and outside each persons duties at the Company.
The term insider trading is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of material non-public information to trade in securities (whether or not one is an insider) or to communications of material non-public information to others.
While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:
(i) |
Trading by an insider while in possession of material non-public information; |
(ii) |
Trading by a non-insider while in possession of material non-public information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insiders duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; or |
(iii) |
Communicating material non-public information to others. |
Insider Trading
The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct are discussed below. If Employees have any questions, they should consult the Chief Compliance Officer.
Who is an Insider?
The concept of who is an insider is broad. It includes generally officers, directors and Employees of a company. In addition, a person can become a temporary insider if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a companys affairs and, as a result, is given access to information solely for the companys purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a companys attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers, and certain Employees of such organizations. In addition, although it is unlikely to occur in the normal conduct of its business, the Company or an Employee could become a temporary insider of a company it advises or for which it performs other services. According to the U.S. Supreme Court, the company must expect an outsider to keep the disclosed non-public information confidential and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.
What is Material Information?
Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. Material information is defined generally as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a Companys securities. Information that should be considered material includes, but is not limited to, dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation problems, antitrust charges, labor disputes, pending large commercial or government contracts, major new products or services, significant shifts in operating or financial circumstances (such as major write-offs and strikes at major plants) and extraordinary management developments (such as key personnel changes).
What is Non-Public Information?
Information is non-public until it has been effectively communicated to the market place. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation would be considered public.
Penalties for Insider Trading
Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:
(i) |
civil injunctions; |
(ii) |
disgorgement of profits; |
(iii) |
jail sentences; |
(iv) |
fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited; and |
(v) |
fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided. |
In addition, violations can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, detailed in the Sanction Provisions section in this Policy, potentially including dismissal of the person(s) involved.
Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading
The following procedures have been established to aid Employees in avoiding insider trading, and to aid the Company in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against individuals for insider trading. Each Employee must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties.
Identifying Inside Information
Before trading for yourself or others, including any Client Account, in the securities of a Company about which you may have potential inside information, ask yourself the following questions:
(i) |
Is the information material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities if disclosed? |
(ii) |
Is the information non-public? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by appearing in publications of general circulation? Is the information already available to a significant number of other traders in the market? |
If after consideration of the foregoing you believe that the information is material and non-public, or if you have questions as to whether the information is material and non-public, you should take the following steps:
(i) |
Report the matter immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer. |
(ii) |
Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including any Client Account. |
(iii) |
Do not communicate the information within or outside of the Company other than to the Chief Compliance Officer. |
Client Account Trading
In connection with Company investments, certain Employees may gain access to material, non-public information relating to the applicable borrower or issuer. In such cases, the applicable borrower or issuer will be placed on the Companys Restricted List discussed below. In addition, in connection with investments, the Company will often enter into a confidentiality agreement relating to information that it may receive. It is the Companys general policy that all companies who are the subject of a confidentiality agreement will be placed on the Companys Restricted List. An example of a circumstance where the Company may agree to a confidentiality agreement or undertaking and not place the subject company on the Companys Restricted List is when the Company is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking as a condition precedent to the access of information that is expressly designated as public side information on intralinks/syndtrak/debt domain or similarly situated service providers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should any employee believe information so designated as public side does in fact constitute material non-public information, the subject company should either immediately be added to the Companys Restricted List or, if such determination is unclear, the CCO should be consulted for further guidance as to whether restriction is necessary.
Subject to the foregoing, prior to a confidentiality agreement being executed and an issuer being placed on the internal Company restricted list, an email should be circulated by the investment professional or his/her designee to an internal restricted list, which comprises members of investments, notifying his/her intention to become restricted in an issuer. This notification will provide members of the firm time to opine or reject the execution of the confidentiality agreement. After a period of 24 hours has passed and if there are no objections received, the issuer will be placed on the Companys restricted list. Each proposed confidentiality agreement shall be emailed to the Companys Legal department for review, prior to execution.
Restricting Access to Material Non-Public Information
Information in your possession that you identify as material and non-public may not be communicated to anyone, including any person within the Company other than those persons who need to know such information in order to perform their job responsibilities at the Company. In addition, care should be taken to keep the information secure. For example, memos, reports, correspondence or files containing the information should be restricted.
Resolving Insider Trading Issues
If, after consideration of the provisions of this Code of Ethics, you have questions as to whether information is material or non-public, the propriety of any action, or about the foregoing procedures, please contact the Legal/Compliance Department to discuss your questions before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
Restricted Lists
Prior to voluntarily receiving any private-side or otherwise non-public information regarding any issuer (regardless of whether it is currently owned by the Company or any Client Account, but particularly if the Company is analyzing or recommending securities for Client transactions) in any form (oral, written, electronic, etc.) or in any manner (by conversation, by accessing private-side information on intralinks/syndtrak/debt domain, by fax, by e-mail, by confidentiality agreement, etc.), Employees should email [ ] requesting permission for the issuer to become restricted. This email is intended to put all relevant parties on notice of the potential restriction. Please include in your email the issuer name and whether or not the issuer has public securities. Also please indicate the anticipated length of the restriction (Note: for confidentiality agreements, this period is assumed to be the term of the agreement, absent CCO approval of a shorter period). Each analyst is responsible for notifying the Compliance Department immediately when the name of an issuer he or she monitors changes.
After receipt of the email notification, recipients of the restricted list request are generally provided 24 hours to object to the request to become restricted. If an objection is received, the relevant portfolio managers and other Employees should discuss the matter with Compliance to determine whether we will proceed with receiving the private information and become restricted. Note that electronic confidentiality undertakings associated with electronic public-side only information do not require an addition to the Restricted List unless MNPI is specifically identified on such site (Intralinks, Syndtrak, Debt Domain, etc.); however, when we expressly indicate access limited to public-side information via the above referenced electronic forums, we generally do not restrict the issuer but investment personnel are subject to an ongoing obligation to immediately report to Compliance if they believe any MNPI is contained in such public-side information. If MNPI is identified, such issuer must immediately be added to the Restricted List.
Notwithstanding anything in this policy to the contrary, if an Employee of the Company receives or otherwise is in possession of material, non-public information with respect to an issuer, there is no applicable waiting period and the Employee receiving the information must immediately notify the Compliance Department via [ ] to immediately
add the issuer to the Restricted List . Specific instances where an issuer must immediately be added to the Companys Restricted List include, but are not limited to, the following:
|
In the event Highland has a representative or observer on the Board of Directors of an issuer, the employee appointed or the portfolio manager responsible for the issuer must also immediately submit a Restricted List request for such issuer. |
|
In the event any Highland personnel becomes aware that any Highland portfolio company in respect of which Highland has a board designee or observer rights is (i) entering into or has entered into a confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement with respect to an M&A transaction, the counterparties (e.g., the acquiring, merging or target company) should be immediately placed on the Restricted List; or (ii) presenting any other transaction to the board of such portfolio company for approval, then the facts and circumstances regarding such transaction shall be immediately communicated to the CCO for a determination as to whether the Company needs to add one or more parties to the transaction to the Companys Restricted List. |
Any questions regarding whether we are in possession of material non-public information or whether we need to add an issuer to the Restricted List must be brought to the immediate attention of the CCO for a determination. The CCO may, but is not required to, consult legal counsel for further guidance in making such a determination.
Exceptions to this policy can only be granted with express Compliance Approval upon a showing that none of the information in the possession of the Company constitutes material non-public information. The Compliance Department also has discretion to place an issuer on the Restricted List even though no Employee has or is expected to receive any material, non-public information about the issuer. Such action may be taken for the purpose of avoiding any appearance of the misuse of material, non-public information. When an issuer is placed on the Restricted List, all Employees are prohibited from personal trading in securities of those issuers. In addition, no trades in Client Accounts may be made in securities of an issuer on the Restricted List until the Compliance Department makes a determination as provided below.
In the event that the Company desires to engage in a securities transaction relating to an issuer that is listed on the Restricted List, the Chief Compliance Officer will consider all relevant factors, which may include: (i) whether the proposed transaction involves a security, (ii) the circumstances surrounding the placement of such issuer on the Restricted List, (iii) the extent to which any Employee may have material, non-public information, (iv) whether the counterparty to the transaction has access to the same information, and (v) whether the counterparty is entering into customary big-boy/non-reliance representations. The Chief Compliance Officer will then determine whether such factors
prevent the Company from engaging in such security transaction. All such determinations will be made on a case-by-case basis and may be made in conjunction with advice from internal and/or external legal counsel. The Legal/Compliance Department may condition its determination on the Portfolio Manager providing a certification affirming that, as of such trade date, he or she does not possess any material, non-public information relating to such issuer. In addition, in certain circumstances the Chief Compliance Officer may authorize one or more groups to trade while the firm is in possession of material nonpublic information, subject to appropriate ethical walls determined by the Chief Compliance Officer following consultation with any internal and/or external legal counsel that the Chief Compliance Officer may deem appropriate, being imposed that insulate the authorized groups from the information otherwise in possession of the firm.
All confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements must be reviewed by a member of the Companys legal department prior to execution, other than standard electronic confidentiality undertakings on intralinks/syndtrak/debt domain or similarly situated service providers.
There are two processes to remove an issuer from the Restricted List:
|
Process A: Restricted List Expiration |
|
Five days prior to the issuers expiration date a computer generated email reminder will be sent to the Portfolio Managers listed on the Restricted List as well as to the Compliance Department. |
|
The issuer will be removed from the Restricted List upon the expiration date if the Portfolio Managers affirmatively indicate to the Compliance Department that the issuer should be removed. |
|
Process B: Removal Prior to Expiration |
|
For removals that are prior to the Restricted List expiration date, send an email to the Compliance Department confirming the basis for why we no longer have material non-public information. |
|
Compliance will only remove a particular issuer from the Restricted List with Chief Compliance Officer approval following review of the relevant facts and circumstances, as described above. |
The only persons who are authorized to remove issuers from the Restricted List are members of the Compliance Department .
Personal Trading Policy
Policy Overview
The purpose of this policy regarding employee personal trading is to ensure that employees personal trading activity complies with applicable laws and regulations, and is carried out in a manner consistent with Company policy. The Company has an obligation to monitor employee personal trading to ensure that all trades meet the requirements set forth in this policy and that all personal trading transactions must avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest. (For additional information regarding the Personal Trading Policy, including the list of approved brokerage firms, please see Employee Trading Policy ).
General Principles
The following general principles should guide the individual trading activities of Employees:
1. |
Employees may only trade Reportable Securities during the permitted trading windows discussed under Blackout Periods for Reportable Securities below, provided that up to 40 ETF and ETN trades may be completed each year at any time and, provided further that the Chief Compliance Officer may permit additional trades on a case-by-case basis. |
2. |
Employees may not trade in the securities of an issuer in which any portfolio or fund managed by the Company has an interest in any part of the capital structure, (other than securities of issuers with respect to which the Company may be deemed to have an interest solely as a result of such securities being held in a retail client that is managed by a third party sub-advisor). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Compliance Officer may approve exceptions to this limitation upon showing of need such as (in the case of a sale by an employee where the Company is long the security in an account) or a showing of alignment of interests (such as where the employee wishes to buy a security that the company is long) provided that the investment does not violate any legal, regulatory, or contractual restriction. Issuers held by Company-advised ETFs which track an underlying index are excluded for this purpose and may be traded by employees assuming all other factors are met. |
3. |
Executions of Employee account orders are subject to completion of Client orders (See, Restrictions on Personal Trading Activity below). |
4. |
The Company reserves the right to cancel any Employees transaction. If a transaction is canceled, the Employee will bear the risk of loss and the Company (or a designated charity) will retain any profit associated with such cancellation. |
5. |
Any breach of this policy may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment (See, Sanction Provisions for a detailed list of sanctions relating to violations of the Companys Code of Ethics Policy). |
Pre-Clearance Required for Reportable Securities: PTS
Employees are required to pre-clear all acquisitions or dispositions of Reportable Securities. Pre-clearance approval is good for the day on which it is obtained. Receiving pre-clearance approval for a specific trade does not oblige the employee to place the trade. Limit orders expiring at the end of a trading day are permissible; good until canceled orders are not.
Pre-Clearance Procedures
To monitor, record, and report the personal trading activities of Employees, the Company uses the Financial Tracking Personal Trading System (PTS). Each Employee is provided a username and password to the online PTS. Pre-clearance must be obtained by submitting a pre-clearance request using the PTS. PTS will generate an approval or denial of the pre-clearance. PTS maintains a record of all pre-clearance requests submitted and their approval status, which can be viewed by both Compliance and Employees. The Chief Compliance Officer monitors all transactions made by all Employees in order to ascertain any pattern of conduct which may evidence conflicts or potential conflicts with the principles and objectives of this Policy.
Employees requiring pre-clearance of personal securities transactions while out of the office can email [ ].
Transaction activity in proprietary accounts of the Company and its affiliates does not require preclearance pursuant to these policies.
Advance trade clearance in no way waives or absolves any Employees of the obligation to abide by the provisions, principles and objectives of this Policy.
Reportable Securities
For the purpose of this Code of Ethics, Reportable Securities are exchange traded funds (ETFs), exchange traded notes (ETNs), closed-end funds, notes and financial derivatives, and, except as provided below, all public or private securities. However, ETFs, options on ETFs, and ETNs are not required to be pre-cleared.
The following instruments are not considered Reportable Securities: shares issued by open-end funds (mutual funds), other than funds advised by the Company or its affiliates , direct obligations of the Government of the United States, municipal securities, annuities, currencies and commodities, commercial paper, banker acceptances, and bank certificates of deposit.
Restrictions on Personal Trading Activity
Excessive trading by employees is discouraged and will be documented by Compliance and any issues identified will be presented to Senior Management.
Under no circumstances may any Employee effect a transaction in his or her personal account or in another Employees account while either in possession of material non-public information (MNPI) regarding the financial instrument and/or issuer that is the subject of the transaction, or with knowledge that a Client account is engaging, or likely to engage on the same day, in a similar transaction in the same instrument. Employees may reference the Companys Restricted List for a complete list of issuers the Company has access to MNPI. If an employee holds a position that is subsequently placed on the Restricted List, employees are prevented from closing out the position until the issuer is removed from the list.
Employees are also restricted from trading issuers where the Company has filed under Section 13D (Company owns more than 5%) or Section 16A (Company owns more than 10%). Compliance will maintain a complete list of restricted issuers under this rule.
Employees are prohibited from trading in any firm holding, excluding ETFs and ETNs, that is in conflict with the Companys position. Conflicting positions misalign employee interests with investor interests. For example, employees are not allowed to go long in a security if the Company is currently short in an account nor shall they short a security if the company is currently long the security in an account. Express CCO exceptions can be granted in limited circumstances (such as showing of need or alignment of interest).
All employees are prohibited from violating any rule, regulation, or law while trading in their personal accounts. Highland employees are expected to live up not only to the letter of the law but also to the ideals of the Company.
Blackout Periods for Reportable Securities
Without the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee, no employee may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of a beneficial ownership interest in a Reportable Security other than during the first 7 calendar days of February, May, August, November and during the seven calendar days commencing on December 15 th and ending on December 21 st each year. No Employee may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of a beneficial ownership in a Reportable Security, with the exceptions of ETFs and ETNs, when the Company has a pending transaction for an asset of the same issuer or its wholly owned affiliate. In the event the Chief Compliance Officer permits an employee trading a firm holding, such employee trade may not be effected until the seventh calendar day after the Companys most recent transaction in the assets of that issuer. For example, if the Company purchases any part of IBMs capital structure on Calendar Day 1 (loans, bonds, or equity), on Calendar Day 6 an employee may not trade in IBM but on Calendar Day 7 the Employee may enter such a trade if the Company did not enter a trade in IBM on Calendar Day 6 and has no open orders on Calendar Day 7.
Employees will not be restricted from (i) exercising a call/put option position or otherwise covering an option position in their personal trading accounts prior to expiration as long as the original option position was approved through PTS, (ii) toggling elections within the Companys 401(k) plan, or (iii) investing in Funds managed by the Company or its affiliates (subject to applicable investor eligibility restrictions). Any transfers in or out of Highland/NexPoint advised or affiliated funds need to be precleared by Compliance via email in advance of the transfer.
Front Running
All Employees are prohibited from front running. The SEC states front-running occurs when a person trades in advance of his or her client in order to take advantage of changes in the market price of a security that will be caused by that clients trade. The Company generally does not permit Employees to trade within seven days before a Client Account, unless subject to approval from the Chief Compliance Officer. If the seventh day falls on a weekend or holiday, the preceding business day is used.
Highland Retail Fund Trading
Employees are not allowed to trade for short term profits in any of the Retail Funds managed or sub-advised by the Company. Preclearance will be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer and will be subject to the same restrictions held on all other securities.
Pre-Clearance Required for Participation in IPOs
No Employee shall acquire any beneficial ownership in any securities in an initial public offering (as defined in Rule 204A-1 promulgated under the Advisers Act), for his or her account, without the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer who has been provided with full details of the proposed transaction.
Pre-Clearance Required for Private or Limited Offerings
No Employee shall acquire beneficial ownership of any securities in a limited offering (as defined in Rule 204A-1 promulgated under the Advisers Act) without the prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer who has been provided with full details of the proposed transaction.
Pre-Clearance Required for Personal Loans Collateralized by Securities
Prior to arranging a personal loan with a financial institution, which will be collateralized by securities, an Employee must obtain the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer. If the loan is approved, the Employee must supply the Chief Compliance Officer with an email containing the following information:
(i) |
The date of the transaction, the title and the number of securities involved in the transaction, the principal amount of each security, and a description of any other interest involved; |
(ii) |
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
(iii) |
The price at which the transaction was effected; and |
(iv) |
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected. |
Hardship Exemption
Employees may request to trade outside of permitted windows or amounts under the hardship exemption. This exemption includes, without limitation, transferring assets to a new account, raising cash for taxes due, raising cash for unanticipated personal, family or medical expenses, raising cash for a large investment, incurring losses or gains in excess of 20% on an investment, or court ordered liquidation. These and other claims under the hardship exemption will be reviewed at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.
Requests for hardship exemptions must be provided to the Chief Compliance Officer in writing. The Employee is not permitted to complete any transaction unless approval has been granted.
Any and all ambiguities relating to the administration of this policy will be determined and resolved by the Chief Compliance Officer in his sole discretion.
Monitoring and Review of Personal Securities Transactions
The Chief Compliance Officer or a designee will monitor and review all reports required under the Policy for compliance with Highlands policies regarding personal securities transactions and applicable SEC rules and regulations. The Chief Compliance Officer may also initiate inquiries of Employees regarding personal securities trading. Employees are required to cooperate with such inquiries and any monitoring or review procedures employed by the Company. Any transactions for any accounts of the Chief Compliance Officer will be reviewed and approved by a separate member of Compliance, internal legal counsel or other designated supervisory person. All Employees are required to comply with the reporting requirements outlined in the Code of Ethics.
Reporting Requirements for Employees
Every Employee shall annually disclose their personal brokerage and third party 401(k) accounts and holdings held within those accounts. It is the Companys policy that Employees must maintain their account with firm approved brokerage firms. Additionally, an employee may be asked to provide hard copy duplicate statements for their disclosed personal brokerage accounts.
Initial and Annual Holdings Disclosure
Every Employee must, no later than ten (10) days after becoming an Employee and after opening any additional brokerage accounts thereafter, submit a completed Securities/Futures Account Disclosure Form covering the accounts over which they have investment discretion. Employees are required to provide a copy of their most current brokerage statements (and the information must be current as of no more than 45 days prior to the reporting date), and transfer their account to one of the designated brokers approved by the Company. For the purpose of this Policy, an Employee account includes:
(i) |
Any account owned by an Employee, any account owned/controlled by his or her family (including a spouse, minor child or other relative living in the same household); |
(ii) |
Any account, contract, understanding or other arrangement in which the Employee has a beneficial or pecuniary interest (such as a corporation, partnership, or estate in which the Employee has an interest); and |
(iii) |
Any account over which the Employee exercises discretionary trading control (such as an IRA, trust account or other custodian account). Note: this also includes non-Highland 401k and 529 accounts that have reportable securities among potential investment elections. |
Every employee must submit a completed Non-Discretionary Account Certification (attached as Appendix F ) if any of their accounts include a trust or third-party managed account within ten days of opening a new account. Employees completing this form will certify that:
(i) |
The employee cannot suggest purchases or sales of investments to the trustee or third-party discretionary manager; |
(ii) |
The employee cannot direct purchases or sales of investments in any of the trusts or third-party managed accounts; and |
(iii) |
The employee does not consult with the trustee or third-party discretionary manager as to the particular allocation of investments to be made in any of the trusts or third-party managed accounts. |
No later thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar year, each Employee must complete an Annual Holdings Certification reflecting account holdings as of year-end. Both the Securities/Futures Account Disclosure Form and the Annual Holdings Certification at a minimum must contain the following information:
(i) |
The title and type, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security and/or reportable fund in which the Employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; |
(ii) |
The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Employee maintains an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Employee; and |
(iii) |
The date the report is submitted by the Employee. |
Securities/Futures Account Disclosure Form, Non-Discretionary Account Certification and Annual Holdings Certifications are submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer using PTS.
Quarterly Certification of Transactions
Every Employee must, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, file a quarterly Certification of Transactions containing the following information with respect to any transaction during the quarter in a reportable security over which the Employees had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:
(i) |
The date of the transaction, the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security; |
(ii) |
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
(iii) |
The price of the reportable security at which the transaction was effected; |
(iv) |
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; |
(v) |
The date the account was established; and |
(vi) |
The date the report is submitted by the Employee. |
As part of the reporting requirements, every Employee must also, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, affirm that they have reported all Reportable Securities transactions during the period. Quarterly Certification of Transactions are submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer using PTS.
Annual Certification & Conflict of Interest Disclosure
Every Employee must, no later than 30 days following year end, or no less than annually, must complete the Annual Certification & Conflicts of Interest Disclosure. The Annual Certification & Conflicts of Interest Disclosure is submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer using PTS. The Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee is responsible reviewing and following up on any issues identified as potential conflicts of interest on the questionnaires.
Sanction Provisions
The following details violations of the Policy and the related sanctions that may result from non-adherence to the Policy. Each violation may result in the corresponding sanction, but the Company is not limited by what is enumerated. Similarly, the Company may take disciplinary action with respect to certain violations not specifically mentioned herein. The Chief Compliance Officer has the discretion to additionally fine a violator and
to call a violator before Senior Management. A violation of the Policy may result in, warnings or fines as well as additional disciplinary action up to and including termination. All penalty fines will be placed in a fund held by the Company that will be available for donations to charities approved by Senior Management.
The Company encourages any Employee who has or may have violated the Policy (or any securities law or regulation) to voluntarily bring the matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer. To the extent that any such volunteered violation of the Policy is determined to have been unintentional, or to the extent that such voluntary disclosure prevented further violation of the Policy, the Chief Compliance Officer, after such consultation with Senior Management that the Chief Compliance Officer determines is necessary or advisable, shall take such factors into consideration in determining any sanction relating to such Employee actions.
Outside Business Activities and Private Transactions
All employees of Highland Capital Management, L.P. (the Company) are required to devote their full time and efforts to the business of the Company. In addition, no person may make use of his or her position as an employee, make use of information acquired during employment, or make personal investments in a manner that may create a conflict, or the appearance of a conflict, between the employees personal interests and the interests of the Company.
To assist in ensuring that such conflicts are avoided, an employee must obtain the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer prior to:
(i) |
Serving as a director, officer, general partner or trustee of, or as a consultant to, any business, corporation or partnership, including family owned businesses and charities, non-profit and political organizations, and/or Highland portfolio companies. |
(ii) |
Accepting a second job or part-time job of any kind or engaging in any other business outside of the Company. |
(iii) |
Acting, or representing that the employee is acting, as agent for a firm in any investment banking matter or as a consultant or finder. |
(iv) |
Forming or participating in any stockholders or creditors committee. |
(v) |
Receiving compensation of any nature, directly or indirectly, from any person, firm, corporation, estate, trust or association, other than the Company, whether as a fee, commission, bonus or other consideration such as stock, options or warrants. |
Every employee is required to complete the required disclosure form via PTS and have the form approved by the Chief Compliance Officer prior to serving in any of the capacities or making any of the investments described heretofore.
The Chief Compliance Officer, in connection with approving any outside activities, may place such conditions on an approval as he deems necessary and appropriate to protect the interests of any Client. In addition, an employee must notify the Legal/Compliance Department if the employee is or believes that he or she may become a participant, either as a plaintiff, defendant or witness, in any litigation or arbitration.
Gifts and Entertainment Policy
General
The Company recognizes the value of fostering good working relationships with individuals and firms doing business or seeking to do business with the Company. To this end, subject to the guidelines below, Employees are permitted, on occasion, to accept unsolicited perishable gifts and invitations to attend entertainment events with current or prospective service providers and counterparties. When doing so, however, Employees should always act in the best interests of the Company and its Clients and should avoid any activity that might create an actual or perceived conflict of interest or impropriety in the course of the Companys business relationships. Employees should contact the Chief Compliance Officer to discuss any offered activity or gift that they feel creates such a conflict. The Company reserves the right to prohibit the acceptance or retention of a gift or offer of entertainment, regardless of value, as it may determine in its sole discretion. In addition, the Company may reimburse certain expenses or costs paid by Employees as determined on a case by case basis.
Prior to accepting entertainment from an existing or prospective firm service provider or counterparty, Employees must notify and obtain approval from their Team Leader. All entertainment having a market value in excess of $200.00 per occurrence/item must also be pre-approved by Compliance. No gifts regardless of market value, other than unsolicited perishable items, may be accepted by Employees. To obtain approval employees must submit a Gift and Event Approval Form using PTS.
To determine approval or denial of the pre-clearance requests, the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee will consider if the gift or entertainment is of significant value and whether accepting such the gift or entertainment would create a real or potential conflict of interest. Entertainment may include such events as meals, shows, concerts, theatre events, sporting events, certain accommodations or similar types of entertainment. Entertainment also includes in-town and out-of-town trips and seminars where the service provider or counterparty offers to pay for items such as lodging, airfare, meal and/or event expenses. No gift or entertainment may be accepted or given, however, regardless of value, that is intended to influencing, or has the likelihood of influences, any business decision or relationship of the Company.
Entertainment
Entertainment includes events such as meals, shows, concerts, theatre events, sporting events, or similar types of entertainment.
(i) |
The applicable current or prospective service provider or counterparty must accompany Employees to all Entertainment. |
(ii) |
Entertainment may be provided for Employees and their immediate family members. |
(iii) |
Employees must pay for all air transportation, which may be reimbursed by the Company in its sole discretion. |
(iv) |
Despite the actual dollar value, the cost of the entertainment should in all instances be reasonable under the circumstances. |
(v) |
Employees may not request to attend particular entertainment events. |
Gifts
Gifts include all items received from a service provider or counterparty, as well as tickets to an event that is not attended by the grantor, which is prohibited.
(i) |
Only unsolicited perishable gifts are permitted. Alcoholic beverages are not considered perishable for Compliance purposes. |
(ii) |
If a non-perishable gift is received, the Employee must return the gift to the grantor or donate the gift to charity. If the Employee elects to donate the gift to charity: |
(a) |
The gift must be forwarded to the Employees respective administrative assistant. |
(b) |
The non-perishable item will be donated to a local charitable organization (e.g. Goodwill or the Salvation Army). |
(c) |
Evidence of the donation must be submitted to Compliance. |
(d) |
No charitable tax deduction can be taken by the Company or any Employee in connection with the donation. |
(iii) |
Employees may not request or solicit gifts. |
(iv) |
No gift of cash or cash equivalents may be accepted. |
(v) |
Employees may not receive perishable gifts on more than two occasions annually from a specific service provider or counterparty. |
Employee Provided Gifts and Entertainment
Employees may occasionally give and expense business gifts to someone doing or seeking to do business with the Advisor.
(i) |
The value of such gift should be limited to approximately $150.00. |
(ii) |
Employees should limit entertainment and meal expenses to approximately $150.00 per attendee per event and approximately $400.00 per person per day, provided that seats at sporting events shall be permitted regardless of value. |
(iii) |
Employees should not give a requested business gift or entertainment. |
Guiding Principles
The Company holds its Employees to high ethical standards and strictly prohibits any giving or receipt of things of value that are designed to improperly influence the recipient. Anti-bribery and anti-corruption statutes in the U.S. and the U.K. are broadly written, so Employees should consult with the CCO if there is even an appearance of impropriety associated with the giving or receipt of anything of value.
Business gifts and entertainment are complex topics involving strict rules and dollar limits as well as the need for good judgment. Before offering or accepting any Business Gift or Business Entertainment, it is essential that Employees are familiar with the rules, but it is equally essential that Employees exercise appropriate judgment in situations that, even if within the rules, could appear improper to an independent observer such as a regulator or member of the media.
Terms with Special Meanings
Business Entertainment.
Any meal, sporting event (whether as a spectator or participant), cultural event, or similar entertainment that an Employee and a Business Partner attend together and that one of the parties provided. Exception: Meals that are in connection with an approved training and education event or industry conference are not considered Business Entertainment.
Business Gift.
Anything of value that is given to, or accepted from, a Business Partner. It includes prizes (whether awarded by skill or chance) and any discount or rebate not generally available to the public.
Business Partner.
Any natural person who is:
(i) |
A current or prospective Client, a consultant of same, or a vendor, supplier, or provider of any service to the Company. |
(ii) |
An employee, agent, officer, or representative of any of the above. |
Government Official.
Any elected or appointed official at any level of government in any country (U.S. or non-U.S.), and any U.S. candidate for federal, state or local office. This includes any board members or personnel of a state or local retirement plan, sovereign wealth fund, or government-controlled enterprise. For purposes of this policy, the term Government Official also includes any individual who would be considered a foreign official under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), including but not limited to, all officers and employees of a foreign government or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, as well as any board members or personnel of a state or local retirement plan, sovereign wealth fund, or government-controlled enterprise.
General Restrictions and Requirements
Prohibition Against Broker-Sponsored Entertainment.
The acceptance of any broker provided gifts, tickets or invitations to entertainment oriented events while acting as a representative of the Company is prohibited. This includes gifts of any kind as well as invitations ore tickets to any sporting events, plays, concerts, rounds of golf, charitable events, etc. If Employees elect to participate in any of these events with a broker, the Employee must consider their participation as a personal choice and they will be required to pay their own way.
Prohibition Against Giving Cash or Cash Equivalents.
Employees must never give cash or cash equivalents as a Business Gift. This includes items that can be redeemed for cash, such as checks and cash-redeemable gift cards. Gift cards or gift certificates that can be redeemed only for goods or services, and not for cash, may be given.
Prohibition Against Solicitation of Business Gifts and Business Entertainment.
Employees must never solicit a Business Gift or Business Entertainment. If a Business Partner solicits either of these from an Employee, such request should politely be declined and reported to the CCO.
Prohibition Against Quid Pro Quo Arrangements.
Employees may never give or receive a Business Gift or Business Entertainment if there is any explicit quid-pro-quo arrangement, meaning that there is an understanding (either spoken or implicit) that the gift or entertainment is specifically linked to a certain business outcome.
Restrictions for Special Categories
Gifts and Entertainment Given to Union Officials.
Any gift or entertainment provided by Highland to a labor union or a union official in excess of $250 per fiscal year must be reported on Department of Labor Form LM-10 within 90 days following the end of the Companys fiscal year.
Gifts and Entertainment Given to ERISA Plan Fiduciaries.
The Company is prohibited from giving gifts or entertainment with an aggregate value exceeding $250 per year to any ERISA plan fiduciary.
Gifts and Entertainment Given to Government Officials.
Due to various restrictions on the giving of gifts and entertainment to elected and appointed officials at any level of government and in any country, as well as any United States candidate for federal, state, or local office, all Business Gifts and Business Entertainment to be given to such Government Officials must be pre-cleared.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) prohibits the direct or indirect giving of, or a promise to give, things of value in order to corruptly obtain a business benefit from an officer, employee, or other instrumentality of a foreign government. Companies that are owned, even partly, by a foreign government may be considered an instrumentality of
that government. In particular, government investments in foreign financial institutions may make the FCPA applicable to those institutions. Individuals acting in an official capacity on behalf of a foreign government or a foreign political party may also be instrumentalities of a foreign government.
The FCPA includes provisions that may permit the giving of gifts and entertainment under certain circumstances, including certain gifts and entertainment that are lawful under the written laws and regulations of the recipients country, as well as bona-fide travel costs for certain legitimate business purposes. However, the availability of these exceptions is limited and is dependent on the relevant facts and circumstances.
Civil and criminal penalties for violating the FCPA can be severe. Employees must consult with the CCO, or designee, prior to providing any business gifts and/or entertainment to individuals that may be covered by the FCPA.
Political Contributions
General
Individuals may have important personal reasons for seeking public office, supporting candidates for public office, or making charitable contributions. However, such activities could pose compliance and business risks to an investment adviser because federal and state pay-to-play laws.
SEC Rule 206(4)-5 (the Pay-to-Play Rule) imposes restrictions on certain political contributions made by investment advisers that provide advisory services to a state or local government entity or to an investment pool in which a state or local governmental entity invests. An investment pool includes:
(i) |
Any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act that is an investment option of a plan or program of a government entity; or |
(ii) |
Any company that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act but for the exclusion provided from that definition by section 3(c)(1), section 3(c)(7) or section 3(c)(11) of the Investment Company Act. |
The Company currently provides advisory services to government entities and anticipates continuing to do so in the future and therefore will fall under the provisions of the Rule. Any questions regarding this rule should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer.
Specifics of the Rule
There are three key elements of the Rule: (i) a two-year time-out from receiving compensation for providing advisory services to certain government entities after certain political contributions are made, (ii) a prohibition on soliciting contributions and payments, and (iii) a prohibition from paying third parties for soliciting government clients.
Two-Year Time Out
The Rule prohibits an Investment Adviser from receiving compensation from a government entity for two years after the Investment Adviser or any of its covered associates makes a political contribution to an official of the government entity. During the two-year time-out period, the Investment Adviser is only prohibited from receiving compensation from a government entity; the Investment Adviser can still provide advisory services to the government entity.
Any employee who makes a disqualifying contribution during the course of his or her employment without first clearing such contribution with Compliance may be held personally liable to the Company for any loss of fees or other damages incurred by the Company as a result of such noncompliance.
Employees Must Obtain Pre-Clearance Before Making Political Contributions
If an employee is considering making a political contribution to any state or local government entity, official, candidate, political party, or political action committee, the potential contributor must seek pre-clearance from the CCO.
Look-Back Provision
Under the Rule, when a person becomes a covered associate (including when an existing employee is transferred or promoted), the Investment Adviser must look back in time to that persons prior contributions to determine whether the time-out provisions of the Rule apply to the Investment Adviser. If the person is involved in soliciting clients, then the Investment Adviser is required to look back two years. If the person is not involved in soliciting clients, then the Investment Adviser is only required to look back six months. The look-back provision is prophylactic since it bars advisers from influencing the selection process by hiring persons who have made political contributions.
Soliciting Contributions and Payments
The Rule bars an Investment Adviser and its covered associates from soliciting or coordinating: (i) contributions to an official of a government entity to which the Investment Adviser is seeking to provide investment advisory services, or (ii) payments to a political party of a state or locality where the Investment Adviser is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services to a government entity.
Prohibition on Third Party Solicitation
The Rule prohibits an Investment Adviser or any of its covered associates from paying any person to solicit a government entity unless such person is (i) a regulated person (i.e., a registered investment adviser or broker-dealer) that is subject to prohibitions against engaging in pay-to-play practices or (ii) one of the Investment Advisers employees, general partners, managing members, or executive officers (although contributions by these persons may trigger the two-year time out). This provision is a change from the initial proposal, which would have completely barred the use of solicitors.
The prohibition does not extend to non-affiliated persons providing legal, accounting or other professional services in connection with specific investment advisory business that are not being paid directly or indirectly for communicating with the government entity for the purpose of obtaining or retaining investment advisory business for the Investment Adviser.
Catch-all Provision
There is a catch-all provision in the Rule that prohibits acts done indirectly, which, if done directly, would violate the Rule. As a result, an Investment Adviser and its covered associates are not permitted to funnel payments through third parties, including, for example, consultants, attorneys, family members, friends or companies affiliated with the adviser as a means to circumvent the Rule.
De Minimis Exception
The Rule has a de minimis exception for contributions to officials for whom the contributor can vote. The exception permits individual contributions up to $350 per official (per election) for whom the employee is entitled to vote. In addition, contributions that in the aggregate do not exceed $150 per election per official will not violate the Rule, even if the contributor is not entitled to vote for the official. These de minimis exceptions are available only for contributions by individual covered associates, not the Investment Adviser. Under both exceptions, primary and general elections are considered separate elections.
Returned Contributions Exception
The Rule contains an exception that will provide an Investment Adviser with a limited ability to cure the consequences of an inadvertent political contribution to an official for whom the covered associate making it is not entitled to vote. The exception is available for a limited number of contributions that, in the aggregate, do not exceed $350 to any one official, per election. The Investment Adviser must have discovered the offending contribution within four months of the date the contribution was made and, within 60 days after learning of the triggering contribution, the contributor must obtain the return of the contribution.
Exemptions
The SEC may exempt an Investment Adviser from the two-year time out requirement after an offending contribution is discovered when the exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest.
Whistleblower Policy
Purpose
This policy establishes procedures for the receipt, review, and retention of Reporting Person (defined below) complaints relating to the Advisers accounting, internal accounting controls, and auditing matters. The Adviser is committed to complying with all applicable accounting standards, accounting controls, and audit practices. While the Adviser does not encourage frivolous complaints, the Adviser does expect its officers, employees, and agents to report any irregularities and other suspected wrongdoing regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. It is the Advisers policy that its employees may submit complaints of such information on a confidential and anonymous basis without fear of dismissal or retaliation of any kind. This policy applies only to reports concerning Accounting Violations (as defined in Part 3 below).
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for overseeing the receipt, investigation, resolution, and retention of all complaints submitted pursuant to this policy.
This policy was adopted in order to:
(i) |
Cause violations to be disclosed before they can disrupt the business or operations of the Adviser, or lead to serious loss; |
(ii) |
Promote a climate of accountability and full disclosure with respect to the Advisers accounting, internal controls, compliance matters, and Code of Ethics; and |
(iii) |
Ensure that no individual feels at a disadvantage for raising legitimate concerns. |
This policy provides a means whereby individuals can safely raise, at a high level, serious concerns and disclose information that an individual believes in good faith relates to violations of the Compliance Manual, Code of Ethics, or law.
Reporting Persons Protected
This policy and the related procedures offer protection from retaliation against officers, employees, and agents who make any complaint with respect to perceived violations (referred to herein as a Reporting Person), provided the complaint is made in good faith. Good faith means that the Reporting Person has a reasonably held belief that the complaint made is true and has not been made either for personal gain or for any ulterior motive.
The Adviser will not discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass, or in any manner discriminate or otherwise retaliate against any Reporting Person in the terms or conditions of his employment with the Adviser based upon such Reporting Persons submitting in good faith any complaint regarding an Accounting Violation. Any acts of retaliation against a Reporting Person will be treated by the Adviser as a serious violation of Adviser policy and could result in dismissal.
Scope of Complaints
The Adviser encourages employees and officers (Inside Reporting Persons) as well as non-employees such as agents, consultants and investors (Outside Reporting Persons) to report irregularities and other suspected wrongdoings, including, without limitation, the following:
(i) |
Fraud or deliberate error in the preparation, evaluation, review or audit of any financial statement of the Adviser; |
(ii) |
Fraud or deliberate error in preparation and dissemination of any financial, marketing, informational, or other information or communication with regulators and/or the public; |
(iii) |
Deficiencies in or noncompliance with the Advisers internal controls and procedures; |
(iv) |
Misrepresentation or false statement to or by a senior officer of the Adviser regarding any matters in violation of state and/or federal securities laws; or |
(v) |
Deviation from full and fair reporting of the Advisers financial condition. |
Confidentiality of Complaint
The Chief Compliance Officer will keep the identity of any Inside Reporting Person confidential and privileged under all circumstances to the fullest extent allowed by law, unless the Inside Reporting Person has authorized the Adviser to disclose his identity.
The Chief Compliance Officer will exercise reasonable care to keep the identity of any Outside Reporting Person confidential until it launches a formal investigation. Thereafter, the identity of the Outside Reporting Person may be kept confidential, unless confidentiality is incompatible with a fair investigation, there is an overriding reason for identifying or otherwise disclosing the identity of such person, or disclosure is required by law, such as where a governmental entity initiates an investigation of allegations contained in the complaint. Nothing in this Manual prohibits any Supervised Person from initiating communications directly with, or responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before, the SEC, FINRA, any other self-regulatory organization or any other state or federal regulatory authority, regarding a possible securities law violation.
Submitting Complaints
Inside Reporting Persons should submit complaints in accordance with the following procedures:
(i) |
Complaints must be submitted in writing and mailed in a sealed envelope addressed as follows: The Chief Compliance Officer, Confidential To be Opened Only by the Chief Compliance Officer. |
(ii) |
If they so desire, Inside Reporting Persons may request to discuss their complaint with the Chief Compliance Officer by indicating such desire and including their name and telephone number in the complaint. |
(iii) |
Inside Reporting Persons may report violations on an anonymous basis. The Chief Compliance Officer urges any employee that is considering making an anonymous complaint to strongly consider that anonymous complaints are, by their nature, susceptible to abuse, less reliable, and more difficult to resolve. In addition, employees considering making an anonymous complaint should be aware that there are significant rights and protections available to them if they identify themselves when making a complaint, and that these rights and protections may be lost if they make the complaint on an anonymous basis. Therefore, the Adviser encourages employees to identify themselves when making reports of Accounting Violations. In responding to anonymous complaints, the Chief Compliance Officer will pay due regard to: |
(a) |
The fairness to any individual named in the anonymous complaint; |
(b) |
The seriousness of the issue raised; |
(c) |
The credibility of the information or allegations in the complaint, with allegations that are speculative or that do not have a specific factual basis being likely to receive less credence; and |
(d) |
The ability to ascertain the validity of the complaint and appropriately resolve the complaint without the assistance and cooperation of the person making the complaint. |
Outside Reporting Persons should submit complaints concerning violations in accordance with the following procedures:
(i) |
Complaints may be submitted by e-mail or by a written letter in a sealed envelope addressed as follows: The Chief Compliance Officer, Confidential To be Opened Only by the Chief Compliance Officer. |
The Chief Compliance Officer recommends that Outside Reporting Persons use the sample Complaint Form attached to this policy when reporting Accounting Violations.
(ii) |
Outside Reporting Persons are required to disclose their identity in any complaints submitted under this policy. Complaints submitted by non-employees on an anonymous basis may not be reviewed. |
Investigation of Complaints
(i) |
Upon receipt of a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer (or his designated representative) will confirm the complaint pertains to a violation. Investigations will be conducted as quickly as possible, taking into account the nature and complexity of the complaint and the issues raised therein. Any complaints submitted pursuant to this policy that do not relate to a violation will be returned to the Reporting Person, unless the Reporting Persons identity is unknown. |
(ii) |
The Chief Compliance Officer may enlist employees of the Adviser and outside legal, accounting and other advisors, as appropriate, to conduct an investigation of a complaint. |
(iii) |
The results of each investigation will be reported timely to the Chief Compliance Officer, which will then apprise the Chief Executive Officer, and prompt and appropriate remedial action will be taken as warranted in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or as otherwise directed by the Chief Compliance Officer. Any actions taken in response to a complaint will be reported to the Reporting Person to the extent allowed by law, unless the complaint was submitted on an anonymous basis. |
(iv) |
An Inside Reporting Person who is not satisfied with the outcome of the initial investigation or the remedial action taken with respect thereto, if any, may submit directly to the Chief Compliance Officer for its review a written |
complaint with an explanation of why the investigation or remedial action was inadequate. An Inside Reporting Person may submit a revised complaint on an anonymous basis in his sole discretion. The Inside Reporting Person should forward the revised complaint to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer in the same manner as set out above for the original complaint. |
(v) |
The Chief Compliance Officer will review the Reporting Persons revised complaint, together with documentation of the initial investigation, and determine in its sole discretion if the revised complaint merits further investigation. The Chief Compliance Officer will conduct a subsequent investigation to the extent and in the manner it deems appropriate. The Chief Compliance Officer may enlist employees of the Adviser and outside legal, accounting and other advisors, as appropriate, to undertake the subsequent investigation. The Chief Compliance Officer or its designated representative will inform the Reporting Person of any remedial action taken in response to a Revised Complaint to the extent allowed by law, unless the complaint was submitted on an anonymous basis. |
Retention of Complaints
The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain all complaints received, tracking their receipt, investigation, and resolution. All complaints and reports will be maintained in accordance with the Advisers confidentiality and document retention policies.
Unsubstantiated Allegations
If a Reporting Person makes a complaint in good faith pursuant to this policy and any facts alleged therein are not confirmed by a subsequent investigation, no action will be taken against the Reporting Person. In submitting complaints, Reporting Persons should exercise due care to ensure the accuracy of the information reported. If, after an investigation, it is determined that a complaint is without substance or was made for malicious or frivolous reasons or otherwise submitted in bad faith, the Reporting Person could be subject to disciplinary action. Where alleged facts reported pursuant to this policy are found to be without merit or unsubstantiated: (i) the conclusions of the investigation will be made known to both the Reporting Person, unless the complaint was submitted on an anonymous basis, and, if appropriate, to the persons against whom any allegation was made in the complaint; and (ii) the allegations will be dismissed.
Reporting and Annual Review
The Chief Compliance Officer will submit periodic reports to the Chief Executive Officer of all complaints and any remedial actions taken in connection therewith. This policy will be reviewed annually by the Chief Compliance Officer, taking into account the effectiveness of this policy in promoting the reporting of Accounting Violations of the Adviser, but with a view to minimizing improper complaint submissions and investigations.
NEXPOINT CREDIT STRATEGIES FUND
POWER OF ATTORNEY
NexPoint Credit Strategies Fund (the Trust) and the undersigned Trustee constitutes and appoints each of Frank Waterhouse and Clifford Stoops (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and on his behalf and in his place and stead in any and all the capacities to make, execute and sign on behalf of the Trust the registration statement of the Trust and any and all amendments and supplements to the registration statement on Forms N-2 and N-14 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and to file any of the foregoing and any and all exhibits and other documents requisite in connection therewith with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Trust, granting unto said attorneys and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as to the undersigned officers and Trustee themselves might or could do.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused this Power of Attorney to be executed in its name by its Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer and Principal Financial Officer and attested by its Assistant Treasurer, and the undersigned Trustee has hereunto set his hand this 26 th day of February 2018.
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
Frank Waterhouse |
Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer and Principal Financial Officer |
ATTEST |
/s/ Clifford Stoops |
Clifford Stoops |
Assistant Treasurer |
TRUSTEE: |
/s/ Dustin Norris |
Dustin Norris |